US20230330805A1 - Porous chemical mechanical polishing pads - Google Patents
Porous chemical mechanical polishing pads Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20230330805A1 US20230330805A1 US18/138,555 US202318138555A US2023330805A1 US 20230330805 A1 US20230330805 A1 US 20230330805A1 US 202318138555 A US202318138555 A US 202318138555A US 2023330805 A1 US2023330805 A1 US 2023330805A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- polishing
- porosity
- porous
- pad
- polishing pad
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
- 238000005498 polishing Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 735
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 title description 45
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 188
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 129
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 68
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 66
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 52
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 424
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims description 263
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 claims description 220
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 claims description 169
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 claims description 169
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims description 127
- -1 methylglycoside Chemical compound 0.000 claims description 68
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 68
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 claims description 67
- 229910001868 water Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 67
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 claims description 57
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acrylate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 55
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 claims description 50
- 238000000151 deposition Methods 0.000 claims description 44
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical group OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 24
- MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCO MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 21
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 19
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 claims description 17
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 claims description 15
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 claims description 14
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 claims description 10
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 229920001477 hydrophilic polymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 9
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000005037 alkyl phenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 claims description 8
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 claims description 8
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000004721 Polyphenylene oxide Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N ether Substances CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 claims description 7
- PSGCQDPCAWOCSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4,7,7-trimethyl-3-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl) prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C1CC2(C)C(OC(=O)C=C)CC1C2(C)C PSGCQDPCAWOCSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- XFCMNSHQOZQILR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(2-methylprop-2-enoyloxy)ethoxy]ethyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCCOCCOC(=O)C(C)=C XFCMNSHQOZQILR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 235000011130 ammonium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 claims description 5
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- LEJBBGNFPAFPKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-prop-2-enoyloxyethoxy)ethyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCCOCCOC(=O)C=C LEJBBGNFPAFPKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- POAOYUHQDCAZBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butoxyethanol Chemical compound CCCCOCCO POAOYUHQDCAZBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- ZJCCRDAZUWHFQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trimethylolpropane Chemical compound CCC(CO)(CO)CO ZJCCRDAZUWHFQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 150000002009 diols Chemical class 0.000 claims description 4
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 claims description 4
- QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene Natural products CC=C QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000004805 propylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 claims description 4
- FIHBHSQYSYVZQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-prop-2-enoyloxyhexyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCCCCCCOC(=O)C=C FIHBHSQYSYVZQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- UWHCKJMYHZGTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetraethylene glycol, Natural products OCCOCCOCCOCCO UWHCKJMYHZGTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- KCTAWXVAICEBSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N prop-2-enoyloxy prop-2-eneperoxoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OOOC(=O)C=C KCTAWXVAICEBSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- ZIBGPFATKBEMQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCO ZIBGPFATKBEMQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- ZWVMLYRJXORSEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,6-Hexanetriol Chemical compound OCCCCC(O)CO ZWVMLYRJXORSEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- ZDQNWDNMNKSMHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[2-(2-prop-2-enoyloxypropoxy)propoxy]propan-2-yl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OC(C)COC(C)COCC(C)OC(=O)C=C ZDQNWDNMNKSMHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- VOBUAPTXJKMNCT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-prop-2-enoyloxyhexyl prop-2-enoate Chemical class CCCCCC(OC(=O)C=C)OC(=O)C=C VOBUAPTXJKMNCT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- HWSSEYVMGDIFMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-[2-(2-methylprop-2-enoyloxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]ethyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCCOCCOCCOC(=O)C(C)=C HWSSEYVMGDIFMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- QWGRWMMWNDWRQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylpropane-1,3-diol Chemical compound OCC(C)CO QWGRWMMWNDWRQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- WHLLTKNSUINYCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(2-methylprop-2-enoyloxy)butyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate 4-prop-2-enoyloxybutyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCCCCOC(=O)C=C.CC(CCOC(=O)C(C)=C)OC(=O)C(C)=C WHLLTKNSUINYCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- FQMIAEWUVYWVNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-prop-2-enoyloxybutyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OC(C)CCOC(=O)C=C FQMIAEWUVYWVNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- XOJWAAUYNWGQAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(2-methylprop-2-enoyloxy)butyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCCCCOC(=O)C(C)=C XOJWAAUYNWGQAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- SAPGBCWOQLHKKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-(2-methylprop-2-enoyloxy)hexyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCCCCCCOC(=O)C(C)=C SAPGBCWOQLHKKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- LCXXNKZQVOXMEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCC1CCCO1 LCXXNKZQVOXMEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- IAXXETNIOYFMLW-COPLHBTASA-N [(1s,3s,4s)-4,7,7-trimethyl-3-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl] 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound C1C[C@]2(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)C(=C)C)C[C@H]1C2(C)C IAXXETNIOYFMLW-COPLHBTASA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- CDQSJQSWAWPGKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N butane-1,1-diol Chemical compound CCCC(O)O CDQSJQSWAWPGKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- VKONPUDBRVKQLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexane-1,4-diol Chemical compound OC1CCC(O)CC1 VKONPUDBRVKQLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- SKAVEYIADGPFAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexane;[4-(hydroxymethyl)cyclohexyl]methanol;methanol Chemical compound OC.OC.C1CCCCC1.OCC1CCC(CO)CC1 SKAVEYIADGPFAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- XXJWXESWEXIICW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylene glycol monoethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCCOCCO XXJWXESWEXIICW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229940075557 diethylene glycol monoethyl ether Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- XXMIOPMDWAUFGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane-1,6-diol Chemical compound OCCCCCCO XXMIOPMDWAUFGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229940119545 isobornyl methacrylate Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 claims description 2
- YDKNBNOOCSNPNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 1,3-benzoxazole-2-carboxylate Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC(C(=O)OC)=NC2=C1 YDKNBNOOCSNPNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- SLCVBVWXLSEKPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N neopentyl glycol Chemical compound OCC(C)(C)CO SLCVBVWXLSEKPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- OEIJHBUUFURJLI-UHFFFAOYSA-N octane-1,8-diol Chemical compound OCCCCCCCCO OEIJHBUUFURJLI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- WXZMFSXDPGVJKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentaerythritol Chemical compound OCC(CO)(CO)CO WXZMFSXDPGVJKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- FSDNTQSJGHSJBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N piperidine-4-carbonitrile Chemical compound N#CC1CCNCC1 FSDNTQSJGHSJBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229920002432 poly(vinyl methyl ether) polymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 2
- 229920001748 polybutylene Polymers 0.000 claims description 2
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 claims description 2
- QFXCGXNPCMKTJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N prop-2-enoic acid;1,1,3-trimethylcyclohexane Chemical compound OC(=O)C=C.CC1CCCC(C)(C)C1 QFXCGXNPCMKTJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- MUTNCGKQJGXKEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N tamibarotene Chemical group C=1C=C2C(C)(C)CCC(C)(C)C2=CC=1NC(=O)C1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1 MUTNCGKQJGXKEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- QXJQHYBHAIHNGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylolethane Chemical compound OCC(C)(CO)CO QXJQHYBHAIHNGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000007517 polishing process Methods 0.000 abstract description 36
- 238000010146 3D printing Methods 0.000 abstract description 22
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 14
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 213
- 238000001723 curing Methods 0.000 description 78
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 70
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 64
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 47
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 41
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 38
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 38
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 37
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 27
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 26
- 239000000976 ink Substances 0.000 description 23
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 21
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 20
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 19
- 150000001252 acrylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 18
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 17
- 239000011800 void material Substances 0.000 description 17
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 15
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- 238000001878 scanning electron micrograph Methods 0.000 description 15
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 14
- MWKFXSUHUHTGQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N decan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCO MWKFXSUHUHTGQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 239000010954 inorganic particle Substances 0.000 description 13
- 238000007639 printing Methods 0.000 description 13
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylic acid group Chemical group C(C=C)(=O)O NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 12
- 239000011146 organic particle Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 12
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 12
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 11
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 10
- 125000004386 diacrylate group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000003999 initiator Substances 0.000 description 10
- JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N urethane group Chemical group NC(=O)OCC JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 10
- 229920001730 Moisture cure polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 9
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 230000005670 electromagnetic radiation Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000000017 hydrogel Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 9
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene oxide Chemical class C1CO1 IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000003945 anionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 230000003750 conditioning effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 229920001002 functional polymer Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 239000002563 ionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000002736 nonionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 6
- 150000002924 oxiranes Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 229920001606 poly(lactic acid-co-glycolic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 239000002861 polymer material Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000011342 resin composition Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000005266 casting Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000003093 cationic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000012705 liquid precursor Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000003361 porogen Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000008093 supporting effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000012958 Amine synergist Substances 0.000 description 4
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000005062 Polybutadiene Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000002280 amphoteric surfactant Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000006399 behavior Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000011960 computer-aided design Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000005137 deposition process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000003700 epoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000009477 glass transition Effects 0.000 description 4
- DCAYPVUWAIABOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecane Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC DCAYPVUWAIABOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000008240 homogeneous mixture Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000000465 moulding Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229920002857 polybutadiene Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 4
- YHQGMYUVUMAZJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N α-terpinene Chemical compound CC(C)C1=CC=C(C)CC1 YHQGMYUVUMAZJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 3
- XWUNIDGEMNBBAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bisphenol A ethoxylate diacrylate Chemical compound C=1C=C(OCCOC(=O)C=C)C=CC=1C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(OCCOC(=O)C=C)C=C1 XWUNIDGEMNBBAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000010547 Norrish type II reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003082 abrasive agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000005215 alkyl ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 3
- CETPSERCERDGAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N ceric oxide Chemical compound O=[Ce]=O CETPSERCERDGAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910000422 cerium(IV) oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000003431 cross linking reagent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- VFHVQBAGLAREND-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenylphosphoryl-(2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)methanone Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=CC(C)=C1C(=O)P(=O)(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 VFHVQBAGLAREND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 230000004907 flux Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 3
- VOZRXNHHFUQHIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycidyl methacrylate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCC1CO1 VOZRXNHHFUQHIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000001746 injection moulding Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 3
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen Substances N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920003229 poly(methyl methacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000010526 radical polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000009877 rendering Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000007151 ring opening polymerisation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002834 transmittance Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229960004418 trolamine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- BYLSIPUARIZAHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4,6-tris(1-phenylethyl)phenol Chemical compound C=1C(C(C)C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C(O)C(C(C)C=2C=CC=CC=2)=CC=1C(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 BYLSIPUARIZAHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- STMDPCBYJCIZOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2,4-dinitroanilino)-4-methylpentanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)CC(C(O)=O)NC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1[N+]([O-])=O STMDPCBYJCIZOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XMLYCEVDHLAQEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropan-1-one Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 XMLYCEVDHLAQEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OQEBBZSWEGYTPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-aminobutanoic acid Chemical compound CC(N)CC(O)=O OQEBBZSWEGYTPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004342 Benzoyl peroxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- OMPJBNCRMGITSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzoylperoxide Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 OMPJBNCRMGITSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KAKZBPTYRLMSJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butadiene Chemical compound C=CC=C KAKZBPTYRLMSJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LZZYPRNAOMGNLH-UHFFFAOYSA-M Cetrimonium bromide Chemical compound [Br-].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)C LZZYPRNAOMGNLH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229920002943 EPDM rubber Polymers 0.000 description 2
- RRHGJUQNOFWUDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isoprene Chemical compound CC(=C)C=C RRHGJUQNOFWUDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WSTYNZDAOAEEKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Mayol Natural products CC1=C(O)C(=O)C=C2C(CCC3(C4CC(C(CC4(CCC33C)C)=O)C)C)(C)C3=CC=C21 WSTYNZDAOAEEKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000006845 Michael addition reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000004435 Oxo alcohol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004734 Polyphenylene sulfide Substances 0.000 description 2
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 241000364021 Tulsa Species 0.000 description 2
- MCMNRKCIXSYSNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zirconium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Zr]=O MCMNRKCIXSYSNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001346 alkyl aryl ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3] PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052921 ammonium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- RWCCWEUUXYIKHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzophenone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RWCCWEUUXYIKHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012965 benzophenone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019400 benzoyl peroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- UCMIRNVEIXFBKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-alanine Chemical compound NCCC(O)=O UCMIRNVEIXFBKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000003842 bromide salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 2
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 2
- WOWHHFRSBJGXCM-UHFFFAOYSA-M cetyltrimethylammonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)C WOWHHFRSBJGXCM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007334 copolymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- MGNZXYYWBUKAII-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexa-1,3-diene Chemical compound C1CC=CC=C1 MGNZXYYWBUKAII-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000354 decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910003460 diamond Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010432 diamond Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012672 diels-alder polymerization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004205 dimethyl polysiloxane Substances 0.000 description 2
- SZXQTJUDPRGNJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dipropylene glycol Chemical compound OCCCOCCCO SZXQTJUDPRGNJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GMSCBRSQMRDRCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCOC(=O)C(C)=C GMSCBRSQMRDRCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010894 electron beam technology Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004945 emulsification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- LDLDYFCCDKENPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenylcyclohexane Chemical compound C=CC1CCCCC1 LDLDYFCCDKENPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001301 ethoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 2
- 150000002191 fatty alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000013022 formulation composition Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012949 free radical photoinitiator Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011261 inert gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003754 machining Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000002734 metacrylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910044991 metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000004706 metal oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000001617 migratory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002077 nanosphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- RZJRJXONCZWCBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecane Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC RZJRJXONCZWCBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N oleic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920001084 poly(chloroprene) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000435 poly(dimethylsiloxane) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001643 poly(ether ketone) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002492 poly(sulfone) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000058 polyacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004926 polymethyl methacrylate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000069 polyphenylene sulfide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000012805 post-processing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000006748 scratching Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002393 scratching effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005245 sintering Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000019333 sodium laurylsulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000003460 sulfonic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000003760 tallow Substances 0.000 description 2
- WGYONVRJGWHMKV-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetrabutylazanium;benzoate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1.CCCC[N+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC WGYONVRJGWHMKV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- JSPLKZUTYZBBKA-UHFFFAOYSA-N trioxidane Chemical compound OOO JSPLKZUTYZBBKA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 229920003169 water-soluble polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (E)-8-Octadecenoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCC(O)=O WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZORQXIQZAOLNGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-difluorocyclohexane Chemical compound FC1(F)CCCCC1 ZORQXIQZAOLNGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FYBFGAFWCBMEDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[3,5-di(prop-2-enoyl)-1,3,5-triazinan-1-yl]prop-2-en-1-one Chemical compound C=CC(=O)N1CN(C(=O)C=C)CN(C(=O)C=C)C1 FYBFGAFWCBMEDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012956 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl-ketone Substances 0.000 description 1
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZKJNETINGMOHJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-prop-1-enoxyprop-1-ene Chemical class CC=COC=CC ZKJNETINGMOHJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YIKSHDNOAYSSPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-propan-2-ylthioxanthen-9-one Chemical compound S1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C2=C1C=CC=C2C(C)C YIKSHDNOAYSSPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KWVGIHKZDCUPEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(OC)(OC)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWVGIHKZDCUPEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OXBLVCZKDOZZOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-Dihydrothiophene Chemical compound C1CC=CS1 OXBLVCZKDOZZOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000263 2,3-dihydroxypropyl (Z)-octadec-9-enoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- ODWNBAWYDSWOAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4,4-trimethylpentan-2-yloxybenzene Chemical compound CC(C)(C)CC(C)(C)OC1=CC=CC=C1 ODWNBAWYDSWOAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BTJPUDCSZVCXFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4-diethylthioxanthen-9-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC(CC)=CC(CC)=C3SC2=C1 BTJPUDCSZVCXFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FTALTLPZDVFJSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound CCOCCOCCOC(=O)C=C FTALTLPZDVFJSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XMNIXWIUMCBBBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-phenylpropan-2-ylperoxy)propan-2-ylbenzene Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(C)(C)OOC(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 XMNIXWIUMCBBBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FLKHVLRENDBIDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(butylcarbamoyloxy)ethyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound CCCCNC(=O)OCCOC(=O)C=C FLKHVLRENDBIDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JKNCOURZONDCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CN(C)CCOC(=O)C(C)=C JKNCOURZONDCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GOXQRTZXKQZDDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Ethylhexyl acrylate Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)COC(=O)C=C GOXQRTZXKQZDDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GJKGAPPUXSSCFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Hydroxy-4'-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-2-methylpropiophenone Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(=O)C1=CC=C(OCCO)C=C1 GJKGAPPUXSSCFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LTHJXDSHSVNJKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-[2-[2-(2-methylprop-2-enoyloxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCCOCCOCCOCCOC(=O)C(C)=C LTHJXDSHSVNJKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WBIQQQGBSDOWNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCC1=CC=CC=C1S(O)(=O)=O WBIQQQGBSDOWNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QPXVRLXJHPTCPW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-(4-propan-2-ylphenyl)propan-1-one Chemical compound CC(C)C1=CC=C(C(=O)C(C)(C)O)C=C1 QPXVRLXJHPTCPW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DCBJXJOKADGNAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyl-1-[6-(2-methyl-2-morpholin-4-ylpropanoyl)-9-octylcarbazol-3-yl]-2-morpholin-4-ylpropan-1-one Chemical compound C=1C=C2N(CCCCCCCC)C3=CC=C(C(=O)C(C)(C)N4CCOCC4)C=C3C2=CC=1C(=O)C(C)(C)N1CCOCC1 DCBJXJOKADGNAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CEXQWAAGPPNOQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenoxyethyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCCOC1=CC=CC=C1 CEXQWAAGPPNOQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RZVINYQDSSQUKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenoxyethyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCCOC1=CC=CC=C1 RZVINYQDSSQUKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 20:1omega9c fatty acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AEDQNOLIADXSBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(dodecylazaniumyl)propanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCNCCC(O)=O AEDQNOLIADXSBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MXRGSJAOLKBZLU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-ethenylazepan-2-one Chemical compound C=CC1CCCCNC1=O MXRGSJAOLKBZLU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RZRNAYUHWVFMIP-GDCKJWNLSA-N 3-oleoyl-sn-glycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](O)CO RZRNAYUHWVFMIP-GDCKJWNLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DBCAQXHNJOFNGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-bromo-1,1,1-trifluorobutane Chemical compound FC(F)(F)CCCBr DBCAQXHNJOFNGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JHWGFJBTMHEZME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-prop-2-enoyloxybutyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCCCCOC(=O)C=C JHWGFJBTMHEZME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JTHZUSWLNCPZLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-fluoro-3-methyl-2h-indazole Chemical compound FC1=CC=C2C(C)=NNC2=C1 JTHZUSWLNCPZLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DXPPIEDUBFUSEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-methylheptyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(C)CCCCCOC(=O)C=C DXPPIEDUBFUSEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- COCLLEMEIJQBAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-methylnonyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(C)CCCCCCCOC(=O)C(C)=C COCLLEMEIJQBAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LVGFPWDANALGOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-methylnonyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(C)CCCCCCCOC(=O)C=C LVGFPWDANALGOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-Heptadecensaeure Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101100504388 Arabidopsis thaliana GFS12 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150076749 C10L gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004971 Cross linker Substances 0.000 description 1
- RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen sulfide Chemical class S RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QXNVGIXVLWOKEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Disodium Chemical compound [Na][Na] QXNVGIXVLWOKEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005033 Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 244000043261 Hevea brasiliensis Species 0.000 description 1
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000004166 Lanolin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005639 Lauric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002011 Lauryl methyl gluceth-10 hydroxypropyl dimonium chloride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002841 Lewis acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000877 Melamine resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005642 Oleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000025174 PANDAS Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 208000021155 Paediatric autoimmune neuropsychiatric disorders associated with streptococcal infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- AMFGWXWBFGVCKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Panavia opaque Chemical compound C1=CC(OCC(O)COC(=O)C(=C)C)=CC=C1C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(OCC(O)COC(=O)C(C)=C)C=C1 AMFGWXWBFGVCKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 240000004718 Panda Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000016496 Panda oleosa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004696 Poly ether ether ketone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004695 Polyether sulfone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004642 Polyimide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000265 Polyparaphenylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001214 Polysorbate 60 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HVUMOYIDDBPOLL-XWVZOOPGSA-N Sorbitan monostearate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1O HVUMOYIDDBPOLL-XWVZOOPGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000028419 Styrax benzoin Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000000126 Styrax benzoin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000008411 Sumatra benzointree Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- DAKWPKUUDNSNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trimethylolpropane triacrylate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCC(CC)(COC(=O)C=C)COC(=O)C=C DAKWPKUUDNSNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QYKIQEUNHZKYBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl ether Chemical class C=COC=C QYKIQEUNHZKYBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FIDYXZSJZSCJES-UHFFFAOYSA-N [(2,6-dimethoxybenzoyl)-(2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)phosphoryl]-(2,6-dimethoxyphenyl)methanone Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(OC)=C1C(=O)P(=O)(C=1C(=CC(C)=CC=1C)C)C(=O)C1=C(OC)C=CC=C1OC FIDYXZSJZSCJES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- IPBVNPXQWQGGJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid phenyl ester Natural products CC(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1 IPBVNPXQWQGGJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000004676 acrylonitrile butadiene styrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002723 alicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920003232 aliphatic polyester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001340 alkali metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002877 alkyl aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000008051 alkyl sulfates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000746 allylic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000908 ammonium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 1
- WPKYZIPODULRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N azane;prop-2-enoic acid Chemical compound N.OC(=O)C=C WPKYZIPODULRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LFYJSSARVMHQJB-QIXNEVBVSA-N bakuchiol Chemical compound CC(C)=CCC[C@@](C)(C=C)\C=C\C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 LFYJSSARVMHQJB-QIXNEVBVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JUPQTSLXMOCDHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzene-1,4-diol;bis(4-fluorophenyl)methanone Chemical compound OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1.C1=CC(F)=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 JUPQTSLXMOCDHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002130 benzoin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000008366 benzophenones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- QGBHFHTYXPPAKA-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoylphosphanyl(phenyl)methanone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)PC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 QGBHFHTYXPPAKA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- MQDJYUACMFCOFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis[2-(1-hydroxycyclohexyl)phenyl]methanone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(C(=O)C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C2(O)CCCCC2)C=1C1(O)CCCCC1 MQDJYUACMFCOFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001400 block copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001273 butane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012663 cationic photopolymerization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010538 cationic polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004581 coalescence Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920006037 cross link polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- KBLWLMPSVYBVDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OC1CCCCC1 KBLWLMPSVYBVDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FWLDHHJLVGRRHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N decyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCOC(=O)C=C FWLDHHJLVGRRHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006356 dehydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001739 density measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- ISAOCJYIOMOJEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N desyl alcohol Natural products C=1C=CC=CC=1C(O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ISAOCJYIOMOJEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LSXWFXONGKSEMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N di-tert-butyl peroxide Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OOC(C)(C)C LSXWFXONGKSEMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001983 dialkylethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- XDSGMUJLZDSCPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N diazanium;phenoxybenzene;sulfate Chemical class [NH4+].[NH4+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O.C=1C=CC=CC=1OC1=CC=CC=C1 XDSGMUJLZDSCPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003989 dielectric material Substances 0.000 description 1
- PSLWZOIUBRXAQW-UHFFFAOYSA-M dimethyl(dioctadecyl)azanium;bromide Chemical compound [Br-].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC PSLWZOIUBRXAQW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- REZZEXDLIUJMMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M dimethyldioctadecylammonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC REZZEXDLIUJMMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910001873 dinitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001882 dioxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004664 distearyldimethylammonium chloride (DHTDMAC) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012153 distilled water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003438 dodecyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000001227 electron beam curing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001033 ether group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005677 ethinylene group Chemical group [*:2]C#C[*:1] 0.000 description 1
- JZMPIUODFXBXSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl carbamate;prop-2-enoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C=C.OC(=O)C=C.CCOC(N)=O JZMPIUODFXBXSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UHESRSKEBRADOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl carbamate;prop-2-enoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C=C.CCOC(N)=O UHESRSKEBRADOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004494 ethyl ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- STVZJERGLQHEKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylene glycol dimethacrylate Substances CC(=C)C(=O)OCCOC(=O)C(C)=C STVZJERGLQHEKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002195 fatty ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000013020 final formulation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005187 foaming Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012682 free radical photopolymerization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910021485 fumed silica Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000007499 fusion processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000227 grinding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019382 gum benzoic Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- JEGUKCSWCFPDGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N h2o hydrate Chemical compound O.O JEGUKCSWCFPDGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- JAGYXYUAYDLKNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N hepta-2,5-diene Chemical compound CC=CCC=CC JAGYXYUAYDLKNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002329 infrared spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007641 inkjet printing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910000765 intermetallic Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- MGFYSGNNHQQTJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodonium Chemical compound [IH2+] MGFYSGNNHQQTJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010884 ion-beam technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001788 irregular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N isooleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000003951 lactams Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002596 lactones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000003475 lamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940039717 lanolin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019388 lanolin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940099367 lanolin alcohols Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000608 laser ablation Methods 0.000 description 1
- PBOSTUDLECTMNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N lauryl acrylate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCOC(=O)C=C PBOSTUDLECTMNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000007517 lewis acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000031700 light absorption Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010550 living polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000691 measurement method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000007974 melamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N mercury Chemical compound [Hg] QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052753 mercury Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001247 metal acetylides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000005555 metalworking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005395 methacrylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N methamphetamine Chemical compound CN[C@@H](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000001000 micrograph Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003801 milling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 1
- RZRNAYUHWVFMIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N monoelaidin Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO RZRNAYUHWVFMIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IJDNQMDRQITEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-butane Chemical compound CCCC IJDNQMDRQITEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-pentane Natural products CCCCC OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920003052 natural elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001194 natural rubber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000004767 nitrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002825 nitriles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SJYNFBVQFBRSIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N norbornadiene Chemical compound C1=CC2C=CC1C2 SJYNFBVQFBRSIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940038384 octadecane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HMZGPNHSPWNGEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCOC(=O)C(C)=C HMZGPNHSPWNGEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940049964 oleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000962 organic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000003204 osmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- RZFODFPMOHAYIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxepan-2-one;prop-2-enoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C=C.O=C1CCCCCO1 RZFODFPMOHAYIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002921 oxetanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- MPQXHAGKBWFSNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxidophosphanium Chemical class [PH3]=O MPQXHAGKBWFSNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003002 pH adjusting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000913 palmityl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000002978 peroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HPAFOABSQZMTHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenyl-(2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)methanone Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=CC(C)=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 HPAFOABSQZMTHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LYXOWKPVTCPORE-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenyl-(4-phenylphenyl)methanone Chemical compound C=1C=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=CC=1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 LYXOWKPVTCPORE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940049953 phenylacetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WLJVXDMOQOGPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 WLJVXDMOQOGPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003014 phosphoric acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002574 poison Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000614 poison Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 229920002239 polyacrylonitrile Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920006393 polyether sulfone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002530 polyetherether ketone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001601 polyetherimide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001721 polyimide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920006254 polymer film Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000013047 polymeric layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002952 polymeric resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000098 polyolefin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920006324 polyoxymethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- FOUMXCVSWGOIHX-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium;3-(4-nonylphenoxy)propane-1-sulfonate Chemical compound [K+].CCCCCCCCCC1=CC=C(OCCCS([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 FOUMXCVSWGOIHX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 150000003864 primary ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- KRIOVPPHQSLHCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N propiophenone Chemical compound CCC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KRIOVPPHQSLHCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000003242 quaternary ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000010791 quenching Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000171 quenching effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003847 radiation curing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003252 repetitive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- FSYKKLYZXJSNPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N sarcosine Chemical compound C[NH2+]CC([O-])=O FSYKKLYZXJSNPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000110 selective laser sintering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003352 sequestering agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940083575 sodium dodecyl sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 159000000000 sodium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002195 soluble material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001593 sorbitan monooleate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011069 sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940035049 sorbitan monooleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229950011392 sorbitan stearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012798 spherical particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- SFVFIFLLYFPGHH-UHFFFAOYSA-M stearalkonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 SFVFIFLLYFPGHH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000004079 stearyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000010059 sulfur vulcanization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003467 sulfuric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003746 surface roughness Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010408 sweeping Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920003002 synthetic resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- GJBRNHKUVLOCEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl benzenecarboperoxoate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 GJBRNHKUVLOCEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001169 thermoplastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- YRHRIQCWCFGUEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N thioxanthen-9-one Chemical class C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 YRHRIQCWCFGUEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012876 topography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012780 transparent material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021642 ultra pure water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000000108 ultra-filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012498 ultrapure water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013311 vegetables Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000001429 visible spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009736 wetting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052724 xenon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FHNFHKCVQCLJFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N xenon atom Chemical compound [Xe] FHNFHKCVQCLJFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B24—GRINDING; POLISHING
- B24B—MACHINES, DEVICES, OR PROCESSES FOR GRINDING OR POLISHING; DRESSING OR CONDITIONING OF ABRADING SURFACES; FEEDING OF GRINDING, POLISHING, OR LAPPING AGENTS
- B24B37/00—Lapping machines or devices; Accessories
- B24B37/11—Lapping tools
- B24B37/20—Lapping pads for working plane surfaces
- B24B37/22—Lapping pads for working plane surfaces characterised by a multi-layered structure
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B24—GRINDING; POLISHING
- B24D—TOOLS FOR GRINDING, BUFFING OR SHARPENING
- B24D18/00—Manufacture of grinding tools or other grinding devices, e.g. wheels, not otherwise provided for
- B24D18/0045—Manufacture of grinding tools or other grinding devices, e.g. wheels, not otherwise provided for by stacking sheets of abrasive material
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B24—GRINDING; POLISHING
- B24B—MACHINES, DEVICES, OR PROCESSES FOR GRINDING OR POLISHING; DRESSING OR CONDITIONING OF ABRADING SURFACES; FEEDING OF GRINDING, POLISHING, OR LAPPING AGENTS
- B24B37/00—Lapping machines or devices; Accessories
- B24B37/11—Lapping tools
- B24B37/20—Lapping pads for working plane surfaces
- B24B37/24—Lapping pads for working plane surfaces characterised by the composition or properties of the pad materials
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B24—GRINDING; POLISHING
- B24B—MACHINES, DEVICES, OR PROCESSES FOR GRINDING OR POLISHING; DRESSING OR CONDITIONING OF ABRADING SURFACES; FEEDING OF GRINDING, POLISHING, OR LAPPING AGENTS
- B24B37/00—Lapping machines or devices; Accessories
- B24B37/11—Lapping tools
- B24B37/20—Lapping pads for working plane surfaces
- B24B37/26—Lapping pads for working plane surfaces characterised by the shape of the lapping pad surface, e.g. grooved
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B24—GRINDING; POLISHING
- B24D—TOOLS FOR GRINDING, BUFFING OR SHARPENING
- B24D18/00—Manufacture of grinding tools or other grinding devices, e.g. wheels, not otherwise provided for
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B24—GRINDING; POLISHING
- B24D—TOOLS FOR GRINDING, BUFFING OR SHARPENING
- B24D3/00—Physical features of abrasive bodies, or sheets, e.g. abrasive surfaces of special nature; Abrasive bodies or sheets characterised by their constituents
- B24D3/02—Physical features of abrasive bodies, or sheets, e.g. abrasive surfaces of special nature; Abrasive bodies or sheets characterised by their constituents the constituent being used as bonding agent
- B24D3/04—Physical features of abrasive bodies, or sheets, e.g. abrasive surfaces of special nature; Abrasive bodies or sheets characterised by their constituents the constituent being used as bonding agent and being essentially inorganic
- B24D3/14—Physical features of abrasive bodies, or sheets, e.g. abrasive surfaces of special nature; Abrasive bodies or sheets characterised by their constituents the constituent being used as bonding agent and being essentially inorganic ceramic, i.e. vitrified bondings
- B24D3/18—Physical features of abrasive bodies, or sheets, e.g. abrasive surfaces of special nature; Abrasive bodies or sheets characterised by their constituents the constituent being used as bonding agent and being essentially inorganic ceramic, i.e. vitrified bondings for porous or cellular structure
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B24—GRINDING; POLISHING
- B24D—TOOLS FOR GRINDING, BUFFING OR SHARPENING
- B24D3/00—Physical features of abrasive bodies, or sheets, e.g. abrasive surfaces of special nature; Abrasive bodies or sheets characterised by their constituents
- B24D3/02—Physical features of abrasive bodies, or sheets, e.g. abrasive surfaces of special nature; Abrasive bodies or sheets characterised by their constituents the constituent being used as bonding agent
- B24D3/20—Physical features of abrasive bodies, or sheets, e.g. abrasive surfaces of special nature; Abrasive bodies or sheets characterised by their constituents the constituent being used as bonding agent and being essentially organic
- B24D3/22—Rubbers synthetic or natural
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B24—GRINDING; POLISHING
- B24D—TOOLS FOR GRINDING, BUFFING OR SHARPENING
- B24D3/00—Physical features of abrasive bodies, or sheets, e.g. abrasive surfaces of special nature; Abrasive bodies or sheets characterised by their constituents
- B24D3/02—Physical features of abrasive bodies, or sheets, e.g. abrasive surfaces of special nature; Abrasive bodies or sheets characterised by their constituents the constituent being used as bonding agent
- B24D3/20—Physical features of abrasive bodies, or sheets, e.g. abrasive surfaces of special nature; Abrasive bodies or sheets characterised by their constituents the constituent being used as bonding agent and being essentially organic
- B24D3/28—Resins or natural or synthetic macromolecular compounds
- B24D3/32—Resins or natural or synthetic macromolecular compounds for porous or cellular structure
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B33—ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY
- B33Y—ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING, i.e. MANUFACTURING OF THREE-DIMENSIONAL [3-D] OBJECTS BY ADDITIVE DEPOSITION, ADDITIVE AGGLOMERATION OR ADDITIVE LAYERING, e.g. BY 3-D PRINTING, STEREOLITHOGRAPHY OR SELECTIVE LASER SINTERING
- B33Y10/00—Processes of additive manufacturing
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08J—WORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
- C08J9/00—Working-up of macromolecular substances to porous or cellular articles or materials; After-treatment thereof
- C08J9/04—Working-up of macromolecular substances to porous or cellular articles or materials; After-treatment thereof using blowing gases generated by a previously added blowing agent
- C08J9/06—Working-up of macromolecular substances to porous or cellular articles or materials; After-treatment thereof using blowing gases generated by a previously added blowing agent by a chemical blowing agent
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08J—WORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
- C08J9/00—Working-up of macromolecular substances to porous or cellular articles or materials; After-treatment thereof
- C08J9/04—Working-up of macromolecular substances to porous or cellular articles or materials; After-treatment thereof using blowing gases generated by a previously added blowing agent
- C08J9/12—Working-up of macromolecular substances to porous or cellular articles or materials; After-treatment thereof using blowing gases generated by a previously added blowing agent by a physical blowing agent
- C08J9/14—Working-up of macromolecular substances to porous or cellular articles or materials; After-treatment thereof using blowing gases generated by a previously added blowing agent by a physical blowing agent organic
- C08J9/142—Compounds containing oxygen but no halogen atom
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08J—WORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
- C08J9/00—Working-up of macromolecular substances to porous or cellular articles or materials; After-treatment thereof
- C08J9/04—Working-up of macromolecular substances to porous or cellular articles or materials; After-treatment thereof using blowing gases generated by a previously added blowing agent
- C08J9/12—Working-up of macromolecular substances to porous or cellular articles or materials; After-treatment thereof using blowing gases generated by a previously added blowing agent by a physical blowing agent
- C08J9/14—Working-up of macromolecular substances to porous or cellular articles or materials; After-treatment thereof using blowing gases generated by a previously added blowing agent by a physical blowing agent organic
- C08J9/149—Mixtures of blowing agents covered by more than one of the groups C08J9/141 - C08J9/143
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B24—GRINDING; POLISHING
- B24D—TOOLS FOR GRINDING, BUFFING OR SHARPENING
- B24D2203/00—Tool surfaces formed with a pattern
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B33—ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY
- B33Y—ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING, i.e. MANUFACTURING OF THREE-DIMENSIONAL [3-D] OBJECTS BY ADDITIVE DEPOSITION, ADDITIVE AGGLOMERATION OR ADDITIVE LAYERING, e.g. BY 3-D PRINTING, STEREOLITHOGRAPHY OR SELECTIVE LASER SINTERING
- B33Y80/00—Products made by additive manufacturing
Definitions
- Implementations disclosed herein generally relate to polishing articles and methods for manufacturing polishing articles used in polishing processes. More specifically, implementations disclosed herein relate to porous polishing pads produced by processes that yield improved polishing pad properties and performance, including tunable performance.
- CMP Chemical mechanical polishing
- a substrate such as a silicon wafer
- the carrier head provides a controllable load on the substrate to push the device surface against the polishing pad.
- a polishing liquid such as slurry with abrasive particles, is typically supplied to the surface of the moving polishing pad and polishing head.
- the polishing pad and polishing head apply mechanical energy to the substrate, while the pad also helps to control the transport of slurry, which interacts with the substrate during the polishing process.
- a conventional polishing pad is typically made by molding, casting or sintering polymeric materials that include polyurethane materials.
- polishing pads can be made one at a time, e.g., by injection molding.
- the liquid precursor is cast and cured into a cake, which is subsequently sliced into individual pad pieces. These pad pieces can then be machined to a final thickness.
- Pad surface features, including grooves, which aid in slurry transport, can be machined into the polishing surface, or be formed as part of the injection molding process.
- Polishing pads made of harder materials often exhibit high removal rates and have long useful pad life, but undesirably tend to form numerous scratches on the substrate being polished. Polishing pads made of softer materials exhibit low scratching of substrates, but tend to exhibit lower removal rates and have shorter useful pad life.
- open pore structures may be introduced into the pad via methods including poromerics and closed pore structures may be introduced into the pad via methods including blending with microspheres, frothing, microcellular foaming, blending with water-soluble spherical particles, and embedding with mineral oil.
- These methods of manufacturing polishing pads are expensive and time consuming, and often yield non-uniform polishing results due to the difficulties in the production and control of the dimensions of the pad surface features. Non-uniformity has become increasingly significant as the dimensions of IC devices and feature sizes continue to shrink.
- polishing pads and methods of manufacturing polishing pads that provide uniform removal rates, have extended pad life, and minimizes scratching of the polished substrate.
- Implementations disclosed herein generally relate to polishing articles and methods for manufacturing polishing articles used in polishing processes. More specifically, implementations disclosed herein relate to porous polishing pads produced by processes that yield improved polishing pad properties and performance.
- a resin precursor composition comprises a first resin precursor component that comprises a multifunctional acrylate oligomer, a second resin precursor component that comprises a multifunctional acrylate monomer, a surfactant and a porosity-forming agent.
- the porosity-forming agent includes water.
- the first precursor formulation has a first viscosity that enables the first precursor formulation to be dispensed to form a portion of the polishing article by use of an additive manufacturing process.
- a composition for forming a porous polishing pad is provided.
- a porous polishing pad is provided.
- the porous polishing pad is formed from a resin precursor composition comprising a first resin precursor component that comprises a multifunctional acrylate oligomer, a second resin precursor component that comprises a multifunctional acrylate monomer, a surfactant and a porosity-forming agent.
- the first precursor formulation has a first viscosity that enables the first precursor formulation to be dispensed to form a portion of the polishing article by use of an additive manufacturing process.
- a method of forming a porous polishing pad comprises depositing a plurality of composite layers with a 3D printer to reach a target thickness. Depositing the plurality of composite layers comprises dispensing one or more droplets of a curable resin precursor composition onto a support.
- the curable resin precursor composition comprises a first resin precursor component that includes a multifunctional acrylate oligomer, a second resin precursor component that comprises a multifunctional acrylate monomer, a surfactant and a porosity-forming agent.
- the curable resin precursor composition has a first viscosity that enables the curable resin precursor composition to be dispensed to form a portion of the polishing pad by use of an additive manufacturing process.
- Depositing further comprises exposing the dispensed first droplet of the curable resin precursor composition to electromagnetic radiation for a first time period partially curing the curable resin precursor composition, repeating the dispensing, and exposing to build a 3D-relief on the support.
- the method further comprises solidifying the plurality of composite layers to form a porous pad body.
- the porosity-forming agent is vaporizable. In one implementation, the porosity-forming agent is selected from the group of water, water-soluble inert materials, water-containing hydrophilic polymers, hydrophilic polymerizable monomers, and combinations thereof.
- the porosity-forming agent contains ionic surfactants, glycols, or mixtures thereof.
- the ionic surfactants include, for example, ammonium-based salts.
- Exemplary salts include tetrabutylammonium tetrabutylborate, tetrafluoroborate, hexafluorophosphate, tetrabutylammonium benzoate, or combinations thereof.
- Exemplary glycols include diethylene glycol and propylene glycol. This non-reactive ionic surfactant/glycol mixture is dispersed into photo-curable ink formulations. After curing, nano-sized and micro-sized mixture drops are trapped in the cured materials.
- a method of forming a porous polishing pad comprises depositing a plurality of composite layers with a 3D printer to reach a target thickness.
- Depositing the plurality of composite layers comprises dispensing one or more droplets of a curable resin precursor composition onto a support and dispensing one or more droplets of a porosity-forming composition onto the support, wherein at least one component of the porosity-forming composition is removable to form the pores in the porous polishing pad.
- a method of forming a porous polishing pad comprises depositing a plurality of composite layers with a 3D printer to reach a target thickness and solidifying the plurality of composite layers to form a porous pad body.
- Depositing the plurality of composite layers comprises dispensing one or more droplets of a curable resin precursor composition onto a support.
- the curable resin precursor composition comprises a first resin precursor component that comprises a multifunctional acrylate oligomer, a second resin precursor component that comprises a multifunctional acrylate monomer, a surfactant and a porosity-forming agent.
- Depositing the plurality of composite layers further comprises exposing the one or more droplets of the curable resin precursor composition to electromagnetic radiation to at least partially cure the curable resin precursor composition and repeating the dispensing and exposing to build a 3D-relief on the support.
- a resin precursor composition comprises a first precursor formulation.
- the first precursor composition comprises a first resin precursor component that comprises a multifunctional acrylate oligomer, a second resin precursor component that comprises a multifunctional acrylate monomer, a surfactant and water.
- the first resin precursor formulation has a viscosity that enables the first precursor formulation to be dispensed to form a portion of a polishing article by use of an additive manufacturing process.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic sectional view of a polishing station having a porous polishing pad formed according to implementations described herein;
- FIG. 2 A is a schematic isometric and cross-sectional view of a porous polishing pad according to an implementation of the present disclosure
- FIG. 2 B is a schematic partial top view of a porous polishing pad according to an implementation of the present disclosure
- FIG. 2 C is a schematic isometric and cross-sectional view of a porous polishing pad according to an implementation of the present disclosure
- FIG. 2 D is a schematic side cross-sectional view of a portion of a porous polishing pad according to an implementation of the present disclosure
- FIG. 2 E is a schematic side cross-sectional view of a portion of a porous polishing pad according to an implementation of the present disclosure
- FIGS. 2 F- 2 K are top views of polishing pad designs according to implementations of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 2 L illustrates a plot of polished material removal rate versus feature height of a polishing pad, according to an implementation of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 2 M illustrates a plot of surface area to volume ratio versus feature height of a polishing pad, according to an implementation of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 2 N is a schematic cross-sectional view of a polishing pad according to an implementation of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 2 O is a schematic cross-sectional view of a polishing pad according to an implementation of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 3 A is a schematic view of a system for manufacturing porous polishing pads, according to an implementation of the present disclosure
- FIG. 3 B is a schematic view of a portion of the system illustrated in FIG. 3 A , according to an implementation of the present disclosure
- FIG. 3 C is a schematic view of a dispensed droplet disposed on a surface of a region of the porous polishing pad illustrated in FIG. 3 B , according to an implementation of the present disclosure
- FIG. 4 A is a schematic top view of a web or roll-to-roll type polishing pad, according to an implementation of the present disclosure
- FIG. 4 B is a schematic side cross-sectional view of a portion of a porous polishing pad, according to an implementation of the present disclosure
- FIG. 5 A is a top view of a pixel chart used to form an advanced polishing pad that may contain pores, according to at least one implementation of the present disclosure
- FIG. 5 B is a schematic side cross-sectional view of a portion of an advanced polishing pad, according to an implementation of the present disclosure
- FIG. 5 C is a schematic side cross-sectional view of a portion of an advanced polishing pad, according to an implementation of the present disclosure
- FIG. 6 A is a scanning electron microscope (SEM) image of one implementation of a porous pad structure formed according to implementations described herein;
- FIG. 6 B is a scanning electron microscope (SEM) image of another implementation of a porous pad structure formed according to implementations described herein;
- FIG. 7 is a schematic side cross-sectional view of a portion of a porous polishing pad according to an implementation of the present disclosure
- FIG. 8 is a schematic side cross-sectional view of a porous polishing pad having a transparent region formed therein, according to an implementation of the present disclosure
- FIG. 9 is a schematic perspective sectional view of a porous polishing pad including a supporting foam layer, according to an implementation of the present disclosure.
- FIGS. 10 A- 10 O depict SEM images of various implementations of porous pads formed according to implementations described herein;
- FIG. 11 A- 11 B depict SEM images of surfaces of porous pads formed according to implementations described herein;
- FIG. 12 depict SEM images of surfaces of porous pads formed according to implementations described herein.
- FIG. 13 is a flow chart depicting a method of forming a porous pad according to implementations described herein.
- Implementations disclosed herein generally relate to polishing articles and methods for manufacturing polishing articles used in polishing processes. More specifically, implementations disclosed herein relate to porous polishing pads produced by processes that yield improved polishing pad properties and performance, including tunable performance. Additive manufacturing processes, such as three-dimensional printing (“3D printing”) processes provide the ability to make polishing pads with unique properties and attributes.
- 3D printing three-dimensional printing
- Implementations of the present disclosure provide an advanced polishing pad that has discrete features and geometries, formed from at least two different materials that are formed from liquid polymer precursors, or resin precursor compositions, that contain “resin precursor components.”
- the resin precursor components include, but are not restricted to functional polymers, functional oligomers, monomers, reactive diluents, flow additives, curing agents, photoinitiators, one or more porosity-forming agents, surfactants and cure synergists.
- 3D printing utilizes inkjet technology, which involves dispensing a droplet of a liquid resin precursor composition in a predetermined pattern and curing or solidifying the dispensed precursor material into a solid polymer by exposing the dispensed precursor material to electromagnetic radiation, such as ultraviolet light.
- Inkjet technology produces microdroplets of precursor material by ejecting precursor materials through a small nozzle (e.g., 10-50 micron diameter). This creates high pressure and shear on the droplet.
- 3D printing techniques involve printing material in a layer-by-layer form, where thickness control of each deposited layer is critical.
- a resin precursor composition for forming porous structures by incorporating one or more liquid porosity-forming agents in the resin precursor composition, which is also referred to herein as the liquid polymer precursor material. While, for simplicity reasons, the discussion below primarily discloses the use of water as the “porosity-forming agent” in a resin precursor composition, this type of porosity-forming agent is not intended to be limiting as to the scope of the disclosure provided herein since other non-miscible liquid components (e.g., organic liquids) may be used in its place within the resin precursor composition.
- non-miscible liquid components e.g., organic liquids
- Porosity-forming agents that may be used with the implementations described herein include but are not limited to water, water-soluble inert materials, water-containing hydrophilic polymers, hydrophilic polymerizable monomers, and combinations thereof. In some cases, it is also desirable for the porosity-forming agent to be vaporizable at temperatures below the decomposition temperature of polymer materials used to form the porous polishing pad. In some implementations where the porosity-forming agent is soluble in water or other solvents, the porosity-forming agent may be removed by a rinsing process to form the porous pad structure.
- the resin precursor composition further comprises a low hydrophilic lyophilic balance (“HLB”) surfactant.
- HLB hydrophilic lyophilic balance
- the resin precursor composition since water, or other porosity-forming agents, is immiscible in the liquid polymer precursors found in the resin precursor composition and the water's dispersion may be aided by adding the low HLB surfactant, a uniform dispersion of water droplets can be formed within the resin precursor composition.
- the type and amount of surfactant used determine the size of porosity-forming agent droplets in the resulting emulsion.
- the water-liquid polymer precursor emulsion of the resin precursor composition is dispensed through the ink-jet printer and on exposure to energy (e.g., UV light), forms a solid polymer, which encloses porosity-forming agent micro-droplets.
- the final solidified material may be dried at a temperature below the softening temperature of the solid polymer to eliminate the residual porosity-forming agent, leaving a porous material.
- between about 5 wt. % to about 40 wt. % of a porosity-forming agent may be incorporated in the liquid polymer precursor formulation as discussed further below.
- Suitable low HLB surfactants include, but are not limited to sorbitan stearate (HLB 4.7), polyglyceryl oleate (HLB 5.0), lecithin (HLB approx. 4.0), sorbitan monooleate, glyceryl monooleate, and lanolin & lanolin alcohols.
- the porosity-forming agent is deposited separately from the resin precursor formulation.
- the resin precursor formulation is deposited from a first nozzle and the porosity-forming agent is deposited from a second nozzle.
- Deposition of the resin precursor formulation and the porosity-forming agent may be followed by at least one of a curing process to form or partially form the porous structure, a rinsing process to remove the porosity-forming agent, and an annealing process to form the final porous structure.
- Implementations of the present disclosure further provide polishing articles and methods of forming polishing articles that are porous and have varying regions of zeta potential throughout the surface of the polishing article.
- the varying regions of zeta potential of the polishing article may be tuned based on the slurry composition systems used and the materials to be polished. This varying zeta potential may be tuned to transport active slurry to the interface between the polishing article and substrate while removing polishing byproducts and contaminants from the interface.
- the polishing article has a more positive zeta potential near the polishing surface of the polishing article (i.e. the interface between the polishing article and the liquid interface) and a more negative zeta potential near the bottom of a groove of the polishing article.
- the more positive zeta potential repels unwanted positively charged ions (e.g., metal ions, dielectric material ions) from the liquid interface while the more negative zeta potential attracts the unwanted positive ions toward the bottom of the groove where the collected ions can be removed from the polishing article.
- the active slurry contains abrasives having a negative zeta potential (e.g., native silica, such as fumed silica)
- the abrasives may be attracted to the more positive zeta potential near the polishing surface and correspondingly repelled by the negative potential near the bottom of the groove.
- the polishing surface may be designed to have a more negative zeta potential relative to other regions of the surface of the polishing article to attract the abrasive to the interface between the polishing article and the liquid interface.
- abrasives having a positive zeta potential e.g., alumina
- the following disclosure describes a polishing pad for chemical mechanical polishing comprising a porous polymeric material, wherein the polishing pad includes a porous structure.
- the following disclosure also describes formulations and processes for forming porous polishing pads.
- polishing articles described herein are polishing pads
- implementations describe herein are also applicable to other polishing articles including, for example, buffing pads.
- polishing articles described herein are discussed in relation to a chemical mechanical polishing process, the polishing articles and methods of manufacturing polishing articles described herein are also applicable to other polishing processes including polishing lenses and other processes including both abrasive and non-abrasive slurry systems.
- polishing articles described herein may be used in at least the following industries: aerospace, ceramics, hard disk drive (HDD), MEMS and Nano-Tech, metalworking, optics and electro-optics, and semiconductor, among others.
- the porous polishing pads described herein may be formed using an additive manufacturing process, for example, a 3D printing process.
- a layer of the porous polishing pad starts with a thin pattern of droplets of a resin precursor composition that are dispensed on a surface and are then cured to form the polishing article in layer-by-layer fashion. Since 3D printing processes can exercise local control over the material composition, microstructure and surface texture, various (and previously inaccessible) geometries may be achieved with this method.
- a layer of the porous polishing pad starts with a thin pattern of droplets of a resin precursor composition that are dispensed on a surface from a first nozzle and a thin pattern of droplets of porosity-forming agent is deposited on the surface from a second nozzle.
- the thin pattern of the resin precursor composition and the porosity-forming agent are then cured to form the polishing article in layer-by-layer fashion. Since 3D printing processes can exercise local control over the material composition, microstructure and surface texture, various (and previously inaccessible) geometries may be achieved with this method.
- the polishing pad includes a porous structure formed within the printed solidified material that contains open pores and/or closed pores. In one implementation, the polishing pad includes a porous structure formed within the printed solidified material that substantially contains closed pores. In another implementation, the polishing pad includes a porous structure within the printed solidified material that contains both open pores and closed pores. In one example, the open pores are formed at the polishing surface of the formed polishing pad and the closed pores are formed at a level beneath the surface of the polishing pad. Yet, in another implementation, it may be desirable to form a polishing pad that includes a porous structure within the printed solidified material that contains substantially all open pores, which may form an interwoven network of pores.
- the void volume of the porous polishing pad predominantly includes closed cells (i.e., closed pores).
- closed cells i.e., closed pores
- closed pores, or closed cells include hollow interior regions of material that are not interconnected, or are only interconnected to a few adjacent cells.
- the closed pores are predominantly buried within the porous pad material until they are exposed and/or opened at the pad surface due to pad wear or a pad conditioning process.
- the porous polishing pad can have a void volume fraction of about 1% or more, e.g., about 4% or more, about 5% or more, about 10% or more, about 12% or more, about 15% or more, about 20% or more, about 25% or more, about 30% or more, about 40% or more, or about 45% or more.
- the porous polishing pad can have a void volume fraction of about 50% or less, e.g., about 45% or less, about 40% or less, about 30% or less, about 25% or less, about 20% or less, about 15% or less, about 12% or less, about 10% or less, about 5% or less, or about 4% or less.
- the porous polishing pad can have a void volume fraction bounded by any two of the endpoints recited for the void volume.
- the porous polishing pad can have a void volume fraction of about 1% to about 50%, about 10% to about 40%, about 20% to about 30%, about 1% to about 20%, about 2% to about 18%, about 4% to about 5%, about 5% to about 15%, about 10% to about 20%, about 25% to about 30%, or about 35% to about 40%.
- the void volume fraction of the porous polishing pad can be measured using any suitable measurement method.
- void volume void volume fraction
- void volume percentage as used herein can be synonymous with porosity.
- the porous polishing pad can have an average pore size of about 1 ⁇ m or more, e.g., about 5 ⁇ m or more, about 10 ⁇ m or more, about 15 ⁇ m or more, about 20 ⁇ m or more, about 25 ⁇ m or more, about 30 ⁇ m or more, about 35 ⁇ m or more, about 40 ⁇ m or more, about 45 ⁇ m or more, about 50 ⁇ m or more, about 55 ⁇ m or more, about 60 ⁇ m or more, about 65 ⁇ m or more, about 70 ⁇ m or more, about 75 ⁇ m or more, about 100 ⁇ m or more, about 125 ⁇ m or more, or about 150 ⁇ m or more.
- the porous polishing pad can have an average pore size of about 200 ⁇ m or less, e.g., about 190 ⁇ m or less, about 180 ⁇ m or less, about 175 ⁇ m or less, about 170 ⁇ m or less, about 160 ⁇ m or less, about 150 ⁇ m or less, 140 ⁇ m or less, 130 ⁇ m or less, about 125 ⁇ m or less, 120 ⁇ m or less, 110 ⁇ m or less, 100 ⁇ m or less, 90 ⁇ m or less, 80 ⁇ m or less, 70 ⁇ m or less, 60 ⁇ m or less, 50 ⁇ m or less, 40 ⁇ m or less, 30 ⁇ m or less, about 20 ⁇ m or less; 15 ⁇ m or less, 10 ⁇ m or less, or 5 ⁇ m or less.
- the porous polishing pad can have an average pore size bounded by any two of the endpoints recited for the average pore size.
- the porous polishing pad can have an average pore size of about 1 ⁇ m to about 200 ⁇ m, about 5 ⁇ m to about 200 ⁇ m, about 5 ⁇ m to about 20 ⁇ m, about 5 ⁇ m to about 40 ⁇ m, about 5 ⁇ m to about 130 ⁇ m, about 25 ⁇ m to about 75 ⁇ m, about 50 ⁇ m to about 100 ⁇ m, about 75 ⁇ m to about 125 ⁇ m, about 100 ⁇ m to about 150 ⁇ m, about 125 ⁇ m to about 175 ⁇ m, or about 150 ⁇ m to about 200 ⁇ m.
- the average pore size refers to the average of the largest diameter of a representative sample of individual pores in the porous polishing pad.
- the largest diameter is the same as the Feret diameter.
- the largest diameter can be obtained from an image of a sample, such as a scanning electron microscope image, either manually or by using image analysis software. Typically, the sample is obtained by sectioning a portion of a porous polishing pad.
- the average pore size as used herein refers to the average pore size within the bulk portion of the porous polishing pad, i.e., the portion of the porous polishing pad between, but not including, the surface(s) of the porous polishing pad.
- the surface can be the region of the pad within about 5 mm, e.g., within about 4 mm, within about 3 mm, within about 2 mm, or within about 1 mm, of the pad surface as produced and before any finishing operations, such as skiving, dressing, or the like.
- a porous polishing pad with improved polishing and mechanical properties can be produced by an additive manufacturing process.
- a porous polishing pad which is formed by additive manufacturing process, can be formed such that it has improved polishing performance and properties over conventionally formed porous or non-porous pads.
- the formed porous polishing pad generally includes a pad body and discrete features produced over, upon, and within the pad body, that may be formed simultaneously from a plurality of different materials and/or compositions of materials, thus enabling micron scale control of the pad architecture and properties.
- the disclosure provided herein can thus be used to form a porous polishing pad that includes desirable pad polishing properties over the complete polishing process range.
- Typical polishing pad mechanical properties include both static and dynamic properties of the polishing pad, which are affected by the individual materials within the polishing pad and the composite properties of the complete polishing pad structure.
- the porous polishing pad may include regions that contain a plurality of discrete materials and/or regions that contain gradients in material composition or porosity related properties (e.g., pore size, pore volume, etc.) in one or more directions within the formed polishing pad.
- Examples of some of the mechanical properties that can be adjusted to form a porous polishing pad that has desirable polishing performance over the polishing process range include, but are not limited to storage modulus E′, loss modulus E′′, hardness, yield strength, ultimate tensile strength, elongation, thermal conductivity, zeta potential, mass density, surface tension, Poison's ratio, fracture toughness, surface roughness (Ra) and other related properties.
- Examples of some of the dynamic properties that can be adjusted within an porous polishing pad may include, but are not limited to tan delta (tan ⁇ ), storage modulus ratio (or E′30/E′90 ratio) and other related parameters, such as the energy loss factor (KEL).
- KEL The energy loss factor
- the energy loss factor (KEL) is related to the elastic rebound and dampening effect of a pad material.
- the KEL is typically measured using the method of Dynamic Mechanical Analysis (DMA) at a temperature of 40° C., and frequency of 1 or 1.6 hertz (Hz).
- DMA Dynamic Mechanical Analysis
- Hz 1.6 hertz
- the storage modulus E′, the E′30/E′90 ratio and the percent recovery measurements provided herein were performed using a DMA testing process that was performed at a frequency of about 1 hertz (Hz) and a temperature ramp rate of about 5° C./min.
- polishing process performance By controlling one or more of the pad properties, an improved the polishing process performance, improved polishing pad lifetime, improved polishing slurry retention and improved polishing process repeatability can be achieved. Examples of pad configurations that exhibit one or more these properties are discussed further below in conjunction with one or more the implementations discussed herein.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic sectional view of a polishing station 100 having a porous polishing pad 106 formed according to the implementations described herein.
- the polishing station 100 may be positioned within a larger chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) system that contains multiple polishing stations 100 .
- CMP chemical mechanical polishing
- the polishing station 100 includes a platen 102 .
- the platen 102 may rotate about a central axis 104 .
- the porous polishing pad 106 may be placed on the platen 102 .
- the porous polishing pad 106 covers an upper surface 103 of the platen 102 which is at least one to two times larger than the size of a substrate 110 (e.g., substrate diameter) that is to be processed in the polishing station 100 .
- the porous polishing pad 106 and platen 102 are between about 6 inches (150 millimeters) and about 40 inches (1,016 millimeters) in diameter.
- the porous polishing pad 106 includes a polishing surface 112 configured to contact and process one or more substrates 110 .
- the platen 102 supports the porous polishing pad 106 and rotates the porous polishing pad 106 during polishing.
- a carrier head 108 may hold the substrate 110 being processed against the polishing surface 112 of the porous polishing pad 106 .
- a polishing interface 130 is formed between the polishing surface 112 and the substrate 110 .
- the carrier head 108 typically includes a flexible diaphragm 111 that is used to urge the substrate 110 against the porous polishing pad 106 and a carrier ring 109 that is used to correct for an inherently non-uniform pressure distribution found across the substrate's surface during the polishing process.
- the carrier head 108 may rotate about a central axis 114 and/or move in a sweeping motion to generate relative motions between the substrate 110 and the porous polishing pad 106 .
- a polishing fluid 116 such as an abrasive slurry or non-abrasive slurry, may be supplied to the polishing surface 112 by a delivery arm 118 .
- the polishing fluid 116 may contain abrasive particles, a pH adjuster and/or chemically active components to enable chemical mechanical polishing of the substrate.
- the slurry chemistry of 116 is designed to polish substrate surfaces and/or features that may include metals, metal oxides, and semimetal oxides.
- the surface topography of the porous polishing pad 106 is used to control the transport of the polishing fluid 116 (e.g., slurry) which interacts with the substrate 110 during the polishing process.
- the surface topology of the porous polishing pad 106 may consist of grooves, channels and other protuberances, which are formed by casting, molding, or machining, which may be disposed over, upon and within the porous polishing pad 106 .
- the polishing station 100 includes a pad conditioning assembly 120 that includes a conditioning arm 122 and actuators 124 and 126 .
- the actuators 124 and 126 are configured to cause a pad conditioning disk 128 (e.g., diamond impregnated disk) to be urged against and sweep across the polishing surface 112 at different times during the polishing process cycle to abrade and rejuvenate the polishing surface 112 of the porous polishing pad 106 .
- a pad conditioning disk 128 e.g., diamond impregnated disk
- moving the porous polishing pad 106 and carrier head 108 apply mechanical energy to the substrate 110 , which in combination with the chemicals and abrasive components in the polishing fluid 116 , will cause the surface of the substrate to become planarized.
- FIGS. 2 A- 2 K Examples of various structural configurations of porous polishing pads that can be used in a polishing apparatus are discussed in conjunction with FIGS. 2 A- 2 K .
- the porous polishing pads illustrated in FIGS. 2 A- 2 K may be used, for example, in the polishing station 100 depicted in FIG. 1 .
- the terms first polishing element(s) 204 and the second polishing element(s) 206 broadly describe portions, regions and/or features within the polishing body of a porous polishing pad 200 .
- the specific examples of different porous polishing pad configurations, shown in FIGS. 2 A- 2 K are not intended to be limiting as to the scope of the disclosure provided herein, since other similar configurations may be formed by use of the one or more of the additive manufacturing processes described herein.
- the porous polishing pads may be formed by a layer-by-layer automated sequential deposition of at least one resin precursor composition followed by at least one curing step, wherein each layer may represent at least one polymer composition, and/or regions of different compositions.
- the compositions may include functional polymers, functional oligomers, porosity-forming agent(s), emulsifiers/surfactants, photoinitiators inorganic particles, reactive diluents, and additional additives.
- the functional polymers may include multifunctional acrylate precursor components.
- one or more curing steps may be used, such as exposure of one or more compositions to UV radiation and/or thermal energy.
- an entire polishing pad may be formed from a plurality of polymeric layers by an additive manufacturing process.
- a thickness of the cured layer may be from about 0.1 micron to about 1 mm, such as 5 microns to about 100 microns, and such as 25 microns to about 30 microns.
- the porous polishing pads according to the present disclosure may have differing porosity across a pad body 202 , as reflected by at least one compositional gradient from polishing element to polishing element.
- Porosity across the porous polishing pad 200 may be symmetric or non-symmetric, uniform or non-uniform to achieve target polishing pad properties, which may include static mechanical properties, dynamic mechanical properties and wear properties.
- the pores form near the interface of each adjacent deposited layer.
- the patterns of either of the polishing elements 204 , 206 across the pad body 202 may be radial, concentric, rectangular, spiral, fractal or random according to achieve target properties including porosity, across the porous polishing pad.
- the 3D printing process enables specific placement of material compositions with desired properties in specific areas of the pad, or over larger areas of the pad, so the properties can be combined and represent a greater average of properties or a “composite” of the properties.
- FIG. 2 A is a schematic perspective sectional view of a porous polishing pad 200 a according to one implementation of the present disclosure.
- One or more first polishing elements 204 a may formed in alternating concentric rings that are coupled to one or more second polishing element(s) 206 a to form a pad body 202 that is circular.
- At least one of the one or more first polishing elements 204 a and the one or more second polishing element(s) 206 a may be porous and formed according to the implementations described herein.
- a height 210 of the first polishing element(s) 204 a from the supporting surface 203 is higher than a height 212 of the second polishing element(s) 206 a so that the upper surface(s) 208 of the first polishing element(s) 204 a protrude above the second polishing element(s) 206 a .
- the first polishing element 204 is disposed over a portion 212 A of the second polishing element(s) 206 a . Grooves 218 or channels are formed between the first polishing element(s) 204 a , and at least include a portion of the second polishing element(s) 206 a .
- the upper surface(s) 208 of the first polishing elements 204 a form a polishing surface that contacts the substrate, while the grooves 218 retain and channel the polishing fluid.
- the first polishing element(s) 204 a are thicker than the second polishing element(s) 206 a in a direction normal to a plane parallel to the polishing surface, or upper surface(s) 208 , of the pad body 202 (i.e., Z-direction in FIG. 2 A ) so that the channels or grooves 218 are formed on the top surface of the pad body 202 .
- a width 214 of the first polishing elements 204 a may be between about 250 microns and about 5 millimeters.
- the pitch 216 between the hard first polishing element(s) 204 a may be between about 0.5 millimeters and about 5 millimeters.
- Each first polishing element 204 a may have a width within a range between about 250 microns and about 2 millimeters.
- the width 214 and/or the pitch 216 may vary across a radius of the porous polishing pad 200 to define zones of varied hardness, porosity, or both hardness and porosity.
- FIG. 2 B is a schematic partial top view of a porous polishing pad 200 b according to an implementation of the present disclosure.
- the porous polishing pad 200 b is similar to the porous polishing pad 200 of FIG. 2 A except that the porous polishing pad 200 b includes interlocking first polishing elements 204 b and second polishing elements 206 b . At least one of the interlocking first polishing elements 204 b and the second polishing elements 206 b may be porous and formed according to the implementations described herein.
- the interlocking first polishing elements 204 b and the second polishing elements 206 b form a plurality of concentric rings.
- the interlocking first polishing elements 204 b may include protruding vertical ridges 220 and the second polishing elements 206 b may include vertical recesses 222 for receiving the vertical ridges 220 .
- the second polishing elements 206 b may include protruding ridges while the interlocking first polishing elements 204 b include recesses.
- the porous polishing pad 200 b will be mechanically stronger in relation to applied shear forces, which may be generated during the CMP process and/or material handling.
- the first polishing elements and the second polishing elements may be interlocked to improve the strength of the porous polishing pad and improve physical integrity of the porous polishing pads.
- the interlocking of the features may be due to physical and/or chemical forces.
- FIG. 2 C is a schematic perspective sectional view of a porous polishing pad 200 c according to an implementation of the present disclosure.
- the porous polishing pad 200 c includes a plurality of first polishing elements 204 c extending from a base material layer, such as the second polishing element 206 c . At least one of the one the plurality of first polishing elements 204 c and the second polishing element 206 c may be porous and formed according to the implementations described herein.
- Upper surface(s) 208 of the first polishing elements 204 c form a polishing surface for contacting the substrate during polishing.
- the first polishing elements 204 c and the second polishing elements 206 c have different material and structural properties.
- first polishing elements 204 c may be formed from a porous material, while the second polishing elements 206 c may be formed from a non-porous material as described herein.
- the porous polishing pad 200 c may be formed by 3D printing, similar to the porous polishing pad 200 .
- the first polishing elements 204 c may be substantially the same size, or may vary in size to create varied mechanical properties, such as porosity, across the porous polishing pad 200 c .
- the first polishing elements 204 c may be uniformly distributed across the porous polishing pad 200 c , or may be arranged in a non-uniform pattern to achieve target properties in the porous polishing pad 200 c.
- the first polishing elements 204 c are shown to be circular columns extending from the second polishing elements 206 c .
- the first polishing elements 204 c may be of any suitable cross-sectional shape, for example columns with toroidal, partial toroidal (e.g., arc), oval, square, rectangular, triangular, polygonal, or other irregular section shapes, or combinations thereof.
- the first polishing elements 204 c may be of different cross-sectional shapes to tune hardness, mechanical strength or other desirable properties of the porous polishing pad 200 c.
- FIG. 2 D is a schematic partial side cross-sectional view of a pad body 202 of a porous polishing pad 200 d according to an implementation of the present disclosure.
- the porous polishing pad 200 d is similar to the porous polishing pad 200 a , 200 b or 200 c of FIGS. 2 A- 2 C except that the porous polishing pad 200 d includes interlocking first polishing elements 204 d and second polishing elements 206 d . At least one of the one the plurality of interlocking first polishing elements 204 d and the second polishing element 206 d may be porous and formed according to the implementations described herein.
- the interlocking first polishing elements 204 d and the second polishing elements 206 d may include a plurality of concentric rings and/or discrete elements that form part of the pad body 202 , which are illustrated, for example, in FIGS. 2 A, 2 B or 2 C .
- the interlocking first polishing elements 204 d may include protruding sidewalls 224 while the second polishing elements 206 d may include regions 225 to receive the protruding sidewalls 224 of the interlocking first polishing elements 204 d .
- the second polishing elements 206 d may include protruding sidewalls while the interlocking first polishing elements 204 d include regions that are configured to receive the protruding sidewalls.
- the porous polishing pad 200 d may exhibit an increased tensile, compressive and/or shear strength. Additionally, the interlocking sidewalls prevent the porous polishing pad 200 d from being pulled apart.
- the boundaries between the interlocking first polishing elements 204 d and second polishing elements 206 d include a cohesive transition from at least one composition of material to another, such as a transition or compositional gradient from a first composition used to form the interlocking first polishing element 204 d and a second composition used to form the second polishing element 206 d .
- the cohesiveness of the materials is a result of the additive manufacturing process described herein, which enables micron scale control and intimate mixing of the two or more chemical compositions in a layer-by-layer additively formed structure.
- FIG. 2 E is a schematic partial sectional view of a porous polishing pad 200 e according to an implementation of the present disclosure.
- the porous polishing pad 200 e is similar to the porous polishing pad 200 d of FIG. 2 D except that the porous polishing pad 200 e includes differently configured interlocking features.
- the porous polishing pad 200 e may include first polishing elements 204 e and second polishing elements 206 e having a plurality of concentric rings and/or discrete elements. At least one of the one the first polishing elements 204 e and the second polishing elements 206 e may be porous and formed according to the implementations described herein.
- the first polishing elements 204 e may include horizontal ridges 226 while the second polishing elements 206 e may include horizontal recesses 227 to receive the horizontal ridges 226 of the first polishing elements 204 e .
- the second polishing elements 206 e may include horizontal ridges while the first polishing elements 204 e include horizontal recesses.
- vertical interlocking features such as the interlocking features of FIG. 2 B and horizontal interlocking features, such as the interlocking features of FIGS. 2 D and 2 E , may be combined to form a porous polishing pad.
- FIGS. 2 F- 2 K are schematic plan views of various polishing pad designs according to implementations of the present disclosure.
- Each of FIGS. 2 F- 2 K include pixel charts having white regions (regions in white pixels) that represent the first polishing elements 204 f - 204 k , respectively, for contacting and polishing a substrate, and black regions (regions in black pixels) that represent the second polishing element(s) 206 f - 206 k .
- the white regions generally protrude over the black regions so that channels are formed in the black regions between the white regions.
- the pixels in a pixel chart are arranged in a rectangular array type pattern (e.g., X and Y oriented array) that are used to define the position of the various materials within a layer, or a portion of layer, of an porous polishing pad.
- the pixels in a pixel chart are arranged in a hexagonal close pack array type of pattern (e.g., one pixel surrounded by six nearest neighbors) that are used to define the position of the various materials within a layer, or a portion of layer of a polishing pad. Polishing slurry may flow through and be retained in the channels during polishing.
- the polishing pads shown in FIGS. 2 F- 2 K may be formed by depositing a plurality of layers of materials using an additive manufacturing process.
- Each of the plurality of layers may include two or more materials to form the first polishing elements 204 f - 204 k and second polishing element(s) 206 f - 206 k .
- the first polishing elements 204 f - 204 k may be thicker than the second polishing element(s) 206 f - 206 k in a direction normal to a plane that is parallel to the plurality of layers of materials so that grooves and/or channels are formed on a top surface of the polishing pad.
- the first polishing elements 204 a - 204 k in the porous polishing pads 200 a - 200 k of FIGS. 2 A- 2 K may be formed from an identical material or identical compositions of materials.
- the material composition and/or material properties of the first polishing elements 204 a - 204 k in the designs of FIG. 2 A- 2 K may vary from polishing feature to polishing feature. Individualized material composition and/or material properties allow tailoring of the polishing pads for specific needs.
- the structural configuration of the first polishing elements 204 relative to the second polishing elements 206 can also be used to control polishing process repeatability and improve the polishing rate of a polishing process.
- One such structural configuration relates to the relative physical layout of the first polishing elements 204 to the second polishing elements 206 in a formed advanced polishing pad, and is known herein as the total exposed surface area to volume ratio (SAVR) of the first polishing elements 204 within a formed advanced polishing pad.
- SAVR total exposed surface area to volume ratio
- the polishing process repeatability and substrate polishing rate can, along with other polishing parameter, be greatly improved.
- the mechanical properties of the material(s) within the first polishing elements 204 include a thermal diffusivity (m 2 /s) that is less than about 6.0 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 6 , such as between about 1.0 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 7 and 6.0 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 6 m 2 /s.
- FIG. 2 N illustrates two first polishing elements 204 A1 and 204 A2 that are supported by a second polishing element 206 , such that a portion of the each of the first polishing elements 204 A1 and 204 A2 is embedded within a portion of the second polishing element 206 .
- the second polishing element 206 has a base surface 2061 , which is supported by components in a polishing tool (not shown).
- the embedded region of the first polishing element is generally described herein as being an unexposed portion 2041 and the portion of the first polishing elements that is not embedded within the second polishing element 206 is referred to herein as the exposed portion 2040 .
- Each of the first polishing elements 204 A1 and 204 A2 have a feature height 2021 that extends from the surface 2060 of the second polishing element 206 to the top surface 2011 of each first polishing element 204 .
- the first polishing elements 204 A1 and 204 A2 which are formed within an array of first polishing elements, have a spacing 2020 that may be constant or vary within the X-Y plane depending on the configuration of the advanced polishing pad. In some implementations, as illustrated in FIGS.
- the spacing 2020 within the array may be oriented in a radial direction (e.g., X-Y plane) and an arc direction (e.g., X-Y plane), and may be constant or vary in one or more of these directions, as discussed above.
- a radial direction e.g., X-Y plane
- an arc direction e.g., X-Y plane
- first polishing elements 204 A1 , 204 A2 each have an exposed surface that includes a portion of the sides 2010 that is above the surface 2060 of the second polishing element 206 and a top surface 2011 , on which a substrate is placed during polishing.
- first polishing elements which are configured similarly to the first polishing elements illustrated in FIG. 2 A , have a total surface area that varies depending on the radial position of each of the first polishing elements (e.g., concentric rings of differing diameters).
- the total exposed surface area of each first polishing element may not vary from one first polishing element to the next.
- the total exposed surface area (TESA) of each first polishing element 204 includes the substrate contact area (SCA), which is the area of the top surface 2011 , and the total exposed sidewall area of the first polishing element, which is the sum of the areas of the exposed portions of each of the sides 2010 .
- SCA substrate contact area
- the total surface contact area which is generally the area that a substrate contacts as it is being polished, is the sum of all of the areas of the top surfaces 2011 of all of the first polishing elements 204 in an advanced polishing pad.
- the percent contact area is the total contact area of the first polishing elements 204 divided by the total pad surface area of the polishing pad (e.g., ⁇ D 2 /4, where D is the outer diameter of the pad).
- the volume (V) of a first polishing element is generally the total internal volume of a first polishing element 204 , such as, for example, the volume of a cylinder for the first polishing elements 204 illustrated in FIG. 2 C .
- SAVR total exposed surface area to volume ratio
- FIG. 2 O illustrates two first polishing elements 204 B1 and 204 B2 that are each supported by separate second polishing elements 206 , and have differing feature heights 2021 B1 , 2021 B2 .
- the friction created between the top surface of each of the first polishing elements 204 B1 and 204 B2 and the respective substrates generates a heat flux 2071 or a heat flux 2072 that are conducted away from the top surface of each of the first polishing elements 204 B1 and 204 B2 .
- the heat fluxes 2071 , 2072 will be similar if the surface properties of the top surface 2011 and polishing parameters used to polish the substrate remain the same for each of these configurations.
- the exposed surface area and volume of the first polishing elements 204 B1 and 204 B2 has an effect on the polishing process results, due in part to a difference in temperature that is achieved in differently configured first polishing elements 204 B1 and 204 B2 during normal polishing.
- An increase in process temperature will generally cause degradation in the mechanical properties of the polymer containing material(s) used to form each of the differently configured first polishing elements 204 B1 and 204 B2 .
- higher polishing temperatures generally increase the polishing rate of the polishing process, and variations in the polishing process conditions from one substrate to the next is generally undesirable for most polishing processes.
- convective heat transfer created by the movement of the polishing slurry relative to the exposed surfaces of the first polishing elements 204 B1 and 204 B2 will remove at least a portion of the heat generated during the polishing process.
- the polishing slurry is at a temperature below the normal temperature of the top surface (e.g., contact surface) of the first polishing elements 204 B1 and 204 B2 during polishing.
- the polishing process results will be different for the first polishing element 204 B1 and the first polishing element 204 B2 .
- FIG. 2 L illustrates the effect of feature height 2021 on the removal rate for a first polishing element during a standard polishing process. As illustrated in FIG. 2 O , material removal rate will increase as the feature height is reduced.
- FIG. 2 M illustrates the effect of feature height 2021 on the total exposed surface area to volume ratio. It is believed that the structural and thermal effects created by the difference in the total exposed surface area to volume ratio of the formed first polishing elements leads to the difference in the polishing process results for each of the differently configured first polishing elements (e.g., different feature height 2021 ) illustrated in FIG. 2 L .
- the act of abrading the top surface 2011 of the first polishing elements will decrease the feature height 2021 over the lifetime of the polishing pad.
- the variation in feature height 2021 will cause the total exposed surface area to volume ratio, and thus cause the polishing process results, to vary as the advanced pad is abraded by the pad conditioning process. Therefore, it has been found that it is desirable to configure the first polishing elements 204 in an advanced polishing pad, such that the total exposed surface area to volume ratio remains stable over the life of the polishing pad.
- the total exposed surface area to volume ratio of the first polishing elements 204 which are partially embedded within a second polishing element 206 , are designed to have a total exposed surface area to volume ratio of less than 20 per millimeter (mm ⁇ 1 ). In another example, the total exposed surface area to volume ratio of less than 15 mm ⁇ 1 , such as less than 10 mm ⁇ 1 , or even less than 8 mm ⁇ 1 .
- the first polishing elements 204 in an advanced polishing pad are designed such that the total exposed surface area to volume ratio is within a stable region, for example the SAVR is less than 20 mm ⁇ 1 , and a porosity of the first polishing element 204 is added and/or controlled so that the slurry retention at the top surface 2011 is desirably maintained. It has been found that the addition of porous features to the surface of the first polishing elements 204 can also be used to stabilize the temperature variation in the formed first polishing elements 204 from wafer to wafer, as similarly found by adjusting the total exposed surface area to volume ratio.
- the porosity of the formed first polishing element is formed such that the thermal diffusivity (m 2 /s) of the material is between about 1.0 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 7 and 6.0 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 6 m 2 /s.
- the pores within the first polishing element 204 can have an average pore size of about 50 nm or more, such as about 1 ⁇ m to about 150 ⁇ m, and have a void volume fraction of about 1% to about 50%.
- the materials used to form portions of the pad body 202 may each be formed from at least one ink jettable pre-polymer composition that may be a mixture of functional polymers, functional oligomers, surfactants, reactive diluents, porosity-forming agent(s) and curing agents to achieve the desired properties of the porous polishing pad.
- the pre-polymer inks or compositions may be processed after being deposited by use of any number of means including exposure or contact with radiation or thermal energy, with or without a curing agent or chemical initiator.
- the deposited material can be exposed to electromagnetic radiation, which may include ultraviolet radiation (UV), gamma radiation, X-ray radiation, visible radiation, IR radiation, and microwave radiation and accelerated electrons and ion beams may be used to initiate polymerization reactions.
- electromagnetic radiation may include ultraviolet radiation (UV), gamma radiation, X-ray radiation, visible radiation, IR radiation, and microwave radiation and accelerated electrons and ion beams may be used to initiate polymerization reactions.
- electromagnetic radiation may include ultraviolet radiation (UV), gamma radiation, X-ray radiation, visible radiation, IR radiation, and microwave radiation and accelerated electrons and ion beams may be used to initiate polymerization reactions.
- UV ultraviolet radiation
- gamma radiation gamma radiation
- X-ray radiation visible radiation
- IR radiation IR radiation
- microwave radiation accelerated electrons and ion beams
- two or more polishing elements within a pad body 202 that is unitary, may be formed from the sequential deposition and post deposition processing of at least one radiation curable resin precursor composition, wherein the compositions contain functional polymers, functional oligomers, monomers, porosity-forming agent(s) and/or reactive diluents that have unsaturated chemical moieties or groups, including but not restricted to: vinyl groups, acrylic groups, methacrylic groups, acrylamido groups, allyl groups, olefinic groups, and acetylene groups.
- the unsaturated groups may undergo free radical polymerization when exposed to radiation, such as UV radiation, in the presence of a curing agent, such as a free radical generating photoinitiator, such as an Irgacure® product manufactured by BASF of Ludwigshafen, Germany.
- a curing agent such as a free radical generating photoinitiator, such as an Irgacure® product manufactured by BASF of Ludwigshafen, Germany.
- the first type of photoinitiator also referred to herein as a bulk cure photoinitiator, is an initiator that cleaves upon exposure to UV radiation yielding a free radical immediately, which may initiate a polymerization.
- the first type of photoinitiator can be useful for both surface and through or bulk cure of the dispensed droplets.
- the first type of photoinitiator may be selected from the group including, but not restricted to benzoin ethers, benzyl ketals, acetyl phenones, alkyl phenones, and phosphine oxides.
- the second type of photoinitiator also referred to herein as a surface cure photoinitiator, is a photoinitiator that is activated by UV radiation and forms free radicals by hydrogen abstraction from a second compound, which becomes the actual initiating free radical.
- This second compound is often called a co-initiator or polymerization synergist, and may be an amine synergist.
- Amine synergists are used to diminish oxygen inhibition, and therefore, the second type of photoinitiator may be useful for fast surface cure.
- the second type of photoinitiator may be selected from the group including but not restricted to benzophenone compounds and thioxanthone compounds.
- An amine synergist may be an amine with an active hydrogen, and in one implementation an amine synergist, such as an amine containing acrylate may be combined with a benzophenone photoinitiator in a resin precursor composition formulation to: a) limit oxygen inhibition, b) fast cure a droplet or layer surface so as to fix the dimensions of the droplet or layer surface, and c), increase layer stability through the curing process.
- the surface cure kinetics are not faster than through-cure (bulk-cure), as the surface will cure first and block additional UV light from reaching the material below the surface cured region; thus causing the overall partially cured structure to be “under-cured.”
- higher molecular weight polymers will form with a slower controlled polymerization. It is believed that if the reaction products contain too many radicals, reaction kinetics may proceed too quickly and molecular weights will be low which will in turn reduce mechanical properties of the cured material.
- the resin precursor composition includes a polymeric photoinitiator and/or an oligomer photoinitiator that has a moderate to high molecular weight that is selected so that it is relatively immobile within bulk region of a dispensed droplet prior to, during and/or after performing a curing process on the droplet.
- the moderate to high molecular weight type of photoinitiator is typically selected such that it will not, or at least minimally, migrate within a partially cured droplet.
- the polymeric and oligomeric photoinitiators will tend to be immobilized within the bulk region of cured material and not migrate to or vaporize from the surface or interfacial region of the cured material, due to the photoinitiator's relatively high molecular weight.
- the moderate to high molecular weight type of photoinitiator is relatively immobile within the formed droplet, the curing, composition and mechanical properties of the bulk region and the curing, composition, mechanical properties and surface properties (e.g., hydrophilicity) of the surface of the dispensed droplet will remain relatively uniform and stable.
- the moderate to high molecular weight type of photoinitiator may be a material that has a molecular weight that is greater than 600, such as greater than 1000.
- the moderate to high molecular weight type of photoinitiator may be a material that is selected from the group of PL Industrials PL-150 and IGM Resins Omnipol 1001.
- the immobile feature of the polymeric and oligomeric photoinitiators, in comparison to small molecular photoinitiators, will also enhance the health, safety, and environmental impact of the additive manufacturing process used to form an advanced polishing pad.
- a moderate to high molecular weight type of photoinitiator is selected for use in a droplet formulation such that it will not significantly alter the viscosity of the final formulation used to form the droplet that is dispensed on the surface of the growing polishing pad.
- lower molecular weight photoinitiator undesirably alter the viscosity of the formulation used to form the droplet. Therefore, by selecting a desirable moderate to high molecular weight type of photoinitiator the viscosity of the final droplet formulation can be adjusted or maintained at a level that can be easily dispensed by the deposition hardware, such as a print head, during an additive manufacturing process (e.g., 3D printing process).
- the first and second polishing elements 204 and 206 may contain at least one oligomeric and/or polymeric segments, compounds, or materials selected from: polyamides, polycarbonates, polyesters, polyether ketones, polyethers, polyoxymethylenes, polyether sulfone, polyetherim ides, polyimides, polyolefins, polysiloxanes, polysulfones, polyphenylenes, polyphenylene sulfides, polyurethanes, polystyrene, polyacrylonitriles, polyacrylates, polymethylmethacrylates, polyurethane acrylates, polyester acrylates, polyether acrylates, epoxy acrylates, polycarbonates, polyesters, melamines, polysulfones, polyvinyl materials, acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS), halogenated polymers, block copolymers and copolymers thereof.
- compositions used to form the first polishing element 204 and second polishing element 206 may be achieved using at least one UV radiation curable functional and reactive oligomer with at least one of the aforementioned polymeric and/or molecular segments, such as that shown in chemical structure A:
- the difunctional oligomer as represented in chemical structure A contains segments that may contribute to the low, medium, and high storage modulus E′ character of materials found in the first polishing element 204 and second polishing element 206 in the pad body 202 .
- the aromatic groups may impart added stiffness to the pad body 202 because of some local rigidity imparted by the phenyl rings.
- a rubber-like reactive oligomer, polybutadiene diacrylate may be used to create a softer and more elastic composition with some rubber-like elastic elongation as shown in chemical structure B:
- Polybutadiene diacrylate includes pendant allylic functionality (shown), which may undergo a crosslinking reaction with other unreacted sites of unsaturation.
- the residual double bonds in the polybutadiene segment “m” are reacted to create crosslinks, which may lead to reversible elastomeric properties.
- an porous polishing pad containing compositional crosslinks may have a percent elongation from about 5% to about 40%, and a E′30:E′90 ratio of about 6 to about 15.
- crosslinking chemistries include sulfur vulcanization and peroxide, such as tert-butyl perbenzoate, dicumyl peroxide, benzoyl peroxide, di-tert-butyl peroxide and the like.
- sulfur vulcanization and peroxide such as tert-butyl perbenzoate, dicumyl peroxide, benzoyl peroxide, di-tert-butyl peroxide and the like.
- 3% benzoyl peroxide by total formulation weight, is reacted with polybutadiene diacrylate to form crosslinks such that the crosslink density is at least about 2%.
- Chemical structure C represents another type of reactive oligomer, a polyurethane acrylate, a material that may impart flexibility and elongation to the porous polishing pad.
- An acrylate that contains urethane groups may be an aliphatic or an aromatic polyurethane acrylate, and the R or R′ groups shown in the structure may be aliphatic, aromatic, oligomeric, and may contain heteroatoms such as oxygen.
- Reactive oligomers may contain at least one reactive site, such as an acrylic site, and may be monofunctional, difunctional, trifunctional, tetrafunctional, pentafunctional and/or hexafunctional and therefore serve as foci for crosslinking.
- the oligomers may represent “soft” or a low storage modulus E′ materials, “medium soft” or medium storage modulus E′ materials, or “hard” or high storage modulus E′ materials.
- the storage modulus E′ e.g., slope, or ⁇ y/ ⁇ x
- Functional oligomers may be obtained from a variety of sources including Sartomer USA of Exton, PA, Dymax Corporation of Torrington, CT, USA, and Allnex Corporation of Alpharetta, GA, USA.
- multifunctional acrylates including di, tri, tetra, and higher functionality acrylates, may be used to create crosslinks within the material used to form, and/or between the materials found in, the first polishing element 204 and second polishing element 206 , and thus adjust polishing pad properties including storage modulus E′, viscous dampening, rebound, compression, elasticity, elongation, and the glass transition temperature. It has been found that by controlling the degree of crosslinking within the various materials used to form the first polishing element 204 and second polishing element 206 desirable pad properties can be formed.
- the pad properties can further tailored and or refined to achieve a further improved polishing performance.
- multifunctional acrylates may be advantageously used in lieu of rigid aromatics in a polishing pad formulation, because the low viscosity family of materials provides a greater variety of molecular architectures, such as linear, branched, and/or cyclic, as well as a broader range of molecular weights, which in turn widens the formulation and process window.
- Some examples of multifunctional acrylates are shown in chemical structures D (1,3,5-triacryloylhexahydro-1,3,5-triazine), and E (trimethylolpropane triacrylate):
- the type or crosslinking agent, chemical structure, or the mechanism(s) for forming the crosslinks are not restricted in the implementations of this disclosure.
- an amine containing oligomer may undergo a Michael addition type reaction with acrylic moiety to form a covalent crosslink, or an amine group may react with an epoxide group to create a covalent crosslink.
- the crosslinks may be formed by ionic or hydrogen bonding.
- the crosslinking agent may contain linear, branched, or cyclic molecular segments.
- the crosslinking agent may further contain oligomeric and/or polymeric segments, and may contain heteroatoms such as nitrogen and oxygen.
- Crosslinking chemical compounds that may be useful for polishing pad compositions are available from a variety of sources including Sigma-Aldrich of St. Louis, MO, USA, Sartomer USA of Exton, PA, Dymax Corporation of Torrington, CT, USA, and Allnex Corporation of Alpharetta, GA, USA.
- reactive diluents can be used as viscosity thinning solvents that are mixed with high viscosity functional oligomers to achieve the appropriate viscosity formulation to allow the formulation to be deposited by an additive manufacturing process, followed by copolymerization of the diluent(s) with the higher viscosity functional oligomers when exposed to a curing energy.
- the viscosity of bisphenol-A ethoxylate diacrylate may be about 1350 centipoise (cP) at 25 degrees Celsius, a viscosity which may be too high to effect dispense of a such a material in a 3D printing process.
- a lower viscosity reactive diluent such as low molecular weight acrylates
- the amount of reactive diluent used depends on the viscosity of the formulation components and the diluent(s) themselves.
- a reactive oligomer of 1000 cP may involve at least 40% dilution by weight of formulation to achieve a target viscosity. Examples of reactive diluents are shown in chemical structures F (isobornyl acrylate), G (decyl acrylate), and H (glycidyl methacrylate):
- the respective viscosities of F-G at 25 degrees Celsius are 9.5 cP, 2.5 cP, and 2.7 cP, respectively.
- Reactive diluents may also be multifunctional, and therefore may undergo crosslinking reactions or other chemical reactions that create polymer networks.
- glycidyl methacrylate (H) serves as a reactive diluent, and is mixed with a difunctional aliphatic urethane acrylates, so that the viscosity of the mixture is about 15 cP.
- the approximate dilution factor may be from about 2:1 to about 10:1, such as about 5:1.
- An amine acrylate may be added to this mixture, such as dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, so that it is about 10% by weight of the formulation. Heating the mixture from about 25 degrees Celsius to about 75 degrees Celsius causes the reaction of the amine with the epoxide, and formation of the adduct of the acrylated amine and the acrylated epoxide.
- a suitable free radical photoinitiator such as Irgacure® 651
- the mixture may be dispensed by a suitable 3D printer so that a 20-micron thick layer is formed on a substrate.
- the layer may then be cured by exposing the droplet or layer for between about 0.1 ⁇ s to about 10 seconds, such as about 15 seconds, to UV light from about 200 nm to about 400 nm using a scanning UV diode laser at an intensity of about 10 to about 50 mJ/cm 2 to create a thin polymer film.
- Reactive diluent chemical compounds that may be useful for 3D printed polishing pad compositions are available from a variety of sources including Sigma-Aldrich of St. Louis, MO, USA, Sartomer USA of Exton, PA, Dymax Corporation of Torrington, CT, USA, and Allnex Corporation of Alpharetta, GA, USA.
- Epoxy group containing materials may be cationically curable, wherein the ring opening polymerization of epoxy groups may be initiated by cations such as protons and Lewis acids.
- the epoxy materials may be monomers, oligomers or polymers, and may have aliphatic, aromatic, cycloaliphatic, arylaliphatic or heterocyclic structures; and can include epoxide groups as side groups or groups that form part of an alicyclic or heterocyclic ring system.
- UV-initiated cationic photopolymerization exhibits several advantages compared to the free-radical photopolymerization including lower shrinkage, better clarity, better through cure via living polymerization, and the lack of oxygen inhibition.
- UV cationic polymerization may polymerize classes of monomers, which cannot be polymerized by free radical means, such as epoxides, vinyl ethers, propenyl ethers, siloxanes, oxetanes, cyclic acetals and formals, cyclic sulfides, lactones and lactams.
- These cationically polymerizable monomers include both unsaturated monomers, such as glycidyl methacrylate (chemical structure H) that may also undergo free-radical polymerization through the carbon-carbon double bonds as described herein.
- Photoinitiators that generate a photoacid when irradiated with UV light ( ⁇ 225 to 300 nm) or electron beams include, but are not limited to aryl onium salts, such as iodonium and sulfonium salts, such as triarylsulfonium hexafluorophosphate salts, which may be obtained from BASF of Ludwigshafen, Germany (Irgacure® product).
- the material(s) used to form the first polishing element 204 and the second polishing element 206 , and thus the pad body 202 may be formed from the sequential deposition and cationic cure of at least one radiation curable resin precursor composition, wherein the compositions contain functional polymers, functional oligomers, monomers, porosity-forming agent(s) (e.g., water, organic liquids, or water-soluble materials) and/or reactive diluents that have epoxy groups.
- Mixed free radical and cationic cure systems may be used to save cost and balance physical properties.
- the first polishing element 204 and the second polishing element 206 may be formed from the sequential deposition and cationic and free radical cure of at least one radiation curable resin precursor composition, wherein the compositions contain functional polymers, functional oligomers, monomers, surfactants, porosity-forming agent(s), and reactive diluents that have acrylic groups and epoxy groups.
- an observation window or CMP end-point detection window may be formed from a composition cured by the cationic method.
- some of the layers in the formed porous polishing pad may be formed by use of a cationic curing method and some of the layers may be formed from a free radical curing method.
- the 3D printed polymer layers may contain inorganic and/or organic particles that are used to enhance one or more pad properties of selected material layers found in the formed porous polishing pad 200 . Because the 3D printing process involves layer-by-layer sequential deposition of at least one composition per layer, additional deposition of inorganic or organic particles disposed upon or within a pad layer may also be desirable to obtain a certain pad property and/or to perform a certain function.
- the inorganic or organic particles may be added during the porous polishing pad formation process to improve the ultimate tensile strength, improve yield strength, improve the stability of the storage modulus over a temperature range, improve heat transfer, adjust a surfaces zeta potential, and/or adjust a surface's surface energy.
- the particle type, chemical composition, or size, and the added particles may vary by application or desired effect that is to be achieved.
- the particles that are integrated in a 3D printed polishing pad may also serve as foci for crosslinking, which may lead to a higher storage modulus E′ depending on a percent by weight loading.
- a polymer composition containing polar particles, such as ceria may have a further affinity for polar materials and liquids at the pad surface, such as CMP slurries.
- the porous polishing pad described herein may be formed from at least one resin precursor composition as described herein.
- the resin precursor composition may comprise at least one pre-polymer composition.
- the pre-polymer composition may be an ink jettable pre-polymer composition.
- the resin precursor composition may comprise, consist essentially of, or consist of at least one of: (1) one or more oligomer components, (2) one or more monomer components, (3) porosity-forming agent(s), (4) one or more emulsifiers/surfactants; (5) a photoinitiator component, (6) reactive diluents, (7) inorganic particles, organic particles or both, and (8) additional additives.
- the resin precursor composition may comprise one or more oligomer components (1). Any suitable oligomer component capable of achieving desired properties in the final porous polishing article may be used.
- the one or more oligomer components may comprise at least one of an acrylic oligomer, a urethane (meth)acrylate oligomer, a polyester based (meth)acrylate oligomer, a polyether based (meth)acrylate oligomer, a silicone based meth(acrylate), vinyl(meth)acrylates, an epoxy (meth)acrylate oligomer or any of the other oligomer components described herein.
- the oligomer component may be of low viscosity, low volatility, high reactivity, and low glass transition temperature.
- the oligomer component may be a multifunctional component. The functionality of the oligomer component may be 3 or less. The functionality of the oligomer component may be 2 or less.
- Suitable acrylic oligomers include, but are not limited to, those under the designations of CN820, CN152, and CN146, etc. from Sartomer®.
- suitable urethane (meth)acrylates include, but are not limited to, aliphatic and aromatic urethane (meth)acrylates under the designations of CN929, CN966, CN978, CN981, CN991, CN992, CN994, CN997, CN1963, CN9006, CN9007, etc. from Sartomer® and those from Cytek® Surface Specialty under the designations of Ebecryl 8402, Ebecryl 1290.
- polyester or polyether based (meth)acrylate oligomers include, but are not limited to, those under the designations of CN292, CN293, CN294E, CN299, CN704, CN2200, CN2203, CN2207, CN2261, CN2261LV, CN2262, CN2264, CN2267, CN2270, CN2271E, CN2273, CN2279, CN2282, CN2283, CN2303, CN3200 etc. from Sartomer® USA, LLC.
- Suitable epoxy (meth)acrylates oligomer include, but are not limited to, those under the designations of Ebecryl 3701, Ebecryl 3708, Ebecryl 3200, Ebecryl 3600, etc. from Cytek® Surface Specialty, and CN151 from Sartomer®.
- the one or more oligomer components may comprise at least 5 wt. %, 10 wt. %, 15 wt. %, 20 wt. %, 25 wt. %, 30 wt. %, 35 wt. %, 40 wt. %, 45 wt. %, 50 wt. %, or 55 wt. % based on the total weight of the resin precursor composition.
- the one or more oligomer components may comprise up to 10 wt. %, 15 wt. %, 20 wt. %, 25 wt. %, 30 wt. %, 35 wt. %, 40 wt. %, 45 wt.
- the amount of the oligomer component in the resin precursor composition may be from about 5 wt. % to about 60 wt. % based on the total weight of the resin precursor composition (e.g., from about 10 wt. % to about 60 wt. %., from about 20 wt. % to about 50 wt. %; from about 40 wt. % to about 50 wt. %; or from about 10 wt. % to about 30 wt. %).
- the resin precursor composition may further comprise one or more monomer components (2).
- the monomer component typically offers good solvency to the oligomer component in ink formulations, which dilutes the ink to a low viscosity.
- the monomer component may also have a low glass transition temperature, which contributes to the flexibility of ink after curing.
- the monomer component may be a multifunctional component.
- the functionality of the monomer component may be 3 or less.
- the functionality of the monomer component may be 2 or less.
- the monomer component comprises both mono-functional and di-functional monomers.
- Suitable mono-functional monomers include, but are not limited to, tetrahydrofurfuryl acrylate (e.g. SR285 from Sartomer®), tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylate, vinyl caprolactam, isobornyl acrylate, isobornyl methacrylate, 2-phenoxyethyl acrylate, 2-phenoxyethyl methacrylate, 2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethyl acrylate, isooctyl acrylate, isodecyl acrylate, isodecyl methacrylate, lauryl acrylate, lauryl methacrylate, stearyl acrylate, stearyl methacrylate, cyclic trimethylolpropane formal acrylate, 2-[[(Butylamino) carbonyl]oxy]ethyl acrylate (e.g. Genomer 1122 from RAHN USA Corporation), 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane
- suitable di-functional monomers include, but not are limited to, diacrylates or dimethacrylates of diols and polyether diols, such as propoxylated neopentyl glycol diacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol dimethacrylate, 1,3-butylene glycol diacrylate, 1,3-butylene glycol dimethacrylate 1,4-butanediol diacrylate, 1,4-butanediol dimethacrylate, alkoxylated aliphatic diacrylate (e.g., SR9209A from Sartomer®), diethylene glycol diacrylate, diethylene glycol dimethacrylate, dipropylene glycol diacrylate, tripropylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, and alkoxylated hexanediol diacrylates, e.g. SR562, SR563, SR
- the one or more monomer components may comprise at least 10 wt. %, 15 wt. %, 20 wt. %, 25 wt. %, 30 wt. %, 35 wt. %, 40 wt. %, 45 wt. %, 50 wt. %, or 55 wt. % based on the total weight of the resin precursor composition.
- the one or more monomer components may comprise up to 15 wt. %, 20 wt. %, 25 wt. %, 30 wt. %, 35 wt. %, 40 wt. %, 45 wt. %, 50 wt. %, 55 wt. %, or 60 wt.
- the amount of the monomer component in the resin precursor composition may be from about 10 wt. % to about 60 wt. % relative to the total weight of the resin precursor composition (e.g., from about 30 wt. % to about 60 wt. %; from about 20 wt. % to about 50 wt. %; from about 40 wt. % to about 50 wt. %; or from about 10 wt. % to about 30 wt. %).
- controlling the oligomer-monomer ratio in a resin precursor composition the properties (e.g., mechanical, dynamic, polishing performance, etc.) of the formed material can be further controlled.
- monomers have a molecular weight of less than 600. In some configurations, oligomers have a molecular weight of 600 or more.
- the oligomer-monomer ratio is defined as a weight ratio of the oligomer component to the monomer component, and is typically selected to achieve the desired strength and modulus.
- the oligomer-monomer ratio is from about 3:1 to about 1:19 (e.g., 2:1 to 1:2; 1:1 to 1:3; 3:1 to 1:1).
- the oligomer-monomer ratio is from about 3:1 to about 1:3 (e.g., 2:1 to 1:2; 1:1 to 1:3; 3:1 to 1:1).
- an oligomer-monomer ratio of 1:1 can be used to achieve desirable toughness properties such as elongation and storage modulus E′ while maintaining printability.
- the resin precursor composition further comprises a porosity-forming agent (3).
- a porosity-forming agent may comprise at least 5 wt. %, 10 wt. %, 15 wt. %, 20 wt. %, 25 wt. %, 30 wt. %, 35 wt. %, 40 wt. %, 45 wt. %, 50 wt. %, or 55 wt. % of the total weight of the resin precursor composition.
- a porosity-forming agent may comprise up to 10 wt. %, 15 wt. %, 20 wt. %, 25 wt. %, 30 wt. %, 35 wt. %, 40 wt.
- the amount of porosity-forming agent in the resin precursor composition may be from about 10 wt. % to about 40 wt. % relative to the total weight of the resin precursor composition (e.g., from about 20 wt. % to about 40 wt. %; from about 30 wt. % to about 40 wt. %; from about 20 wt. % to about 30 wt. %; or from about 10 wt. % to about 40 wt. %).
- the amount of porosity-forming agent in the resin precursor composition may be from about 5 wt. % to about 30 wt. % relative to the total weight of the resin precursor composition (e.g., from about 5 wt. % to about 25 wt. %; from about 10 wt. % to about 25 wt. %; from about 10 wt. % to about 20 wt. %; or from about 10 wt. % to about 30 wt. %).
- the porosity-forming agent (3) is selected from water, water-soluble polymers, water-soluble inert materials, water-containing hydrophilic polymers, hydrophilic polymerizable monomers, ionic surfactants and combinations thereof. In one implementation, the porosity-forming agent is vaporizable, soluble in water or soluble in another solvent.
- the porosity-forming agent is water.
- the water include pure water or ultrapure water such as ion-exchanged water, ultrafiltration water, reverse osmotic water, and distilled water.
- the porosity-forming agent is an organic liquid. Examples of an organic liquid include ethylene glycol.
- the porosity-forming agent is a water-soluble inert material.
- the water-soluble inert material is added during the additive manufacturing process and then removed to generate pores.
- the water-soluble inert material may be removed via a rinsing process.
- the water-soluble inert material is inert to UV radiation used during the curing process.
- the water-soluble inert material lowers the viscosity of the printable composition.
- the water-soluble inert material phase separates from the oligomers and monomers present.
- water-soluble inert materials include, but not are limited to, glycols (e.g., polyethylene glycols), glycol-ethers, and amines.
- the water-soluble inert material is selected from the group comprising ethylene glycol, butanediol, dimer diol, propylene glycol-(1,2) and propylene glycol-(1,3), octane-1,8-diol, neopentyl glycol, cyclohexane dimethanol (1,4-bis-hydroxymethylcyclohexane), 2-methyl-1,3-propane diol, glycerine, trimethylolpropane, hexanediol-(1,6), hexanetriol-(1,2,6) butane triol-(1,2,4), trimethylolethane, pentaerythritol, quinitol, mannitol and sorbitol, methylglycoside
- the porosity-forming agent is a water-containing hydrophilic polymer.
- suitable water-containing hydrophilic polymers include, but are not limited to vinyl polymers such as polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP) and polyvinyl methyl ether.
- the porosity-forming agent is hydrophilic polymerizable monomer in water.
- suitable hydrophilic polymerizable monomers in water include, but are not limited to, triethanolamine (TEA) surfactant, polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ether ammonium sulfates, polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ethers, anionic phosphate esters, and combinations thereof.
- TAA triethanolamine
- the water-containing hydrophilic polymers are selected from HitenolTM (polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ether ammonium sulfate) and NoigenTM (polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ether) surfactants commercially available from Dai-Ichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd. of Japan; and the MaxemulTM (anionic phosphate ester) surfactants commercially available from Uniqema of The Netherlands.
- Suitable grades of some of the materials listed above may include Hitenol BC-10TM, Hitenol BC-20TM, Hitenol BC-30TM, Noigen RN-10TM, Noigen RN-20TM, Noigen RN-30TM, Noigen RN-40TM, and Maxemul 6106TM, which has both phosphonate ester and ethoxy hydrophilicity, a nominal C 18 alkyl chain with an acrylate reactive group, and 6112TM.
- the porosity-forming agent contains ionic surfactants, glycols, or mixtures thereof.
- the ionic surfactants include, for example, ammonium-based salts.
- Exemplary ammonium-based salts include tetrabutylammonium tetrabutylborate, tetrafluoroborate, hexafluorophosphate, tetrabutylammonium benzoate, or combinations thereof.
- Exemplary glycols include diethylene glycol and propylene glycol. This non-reactive ionic surfactant/glycol mixture is dispersed into photo-curable ink formulations. After curing, nano-sized and micro-sized mixture drops are trapped in the cured materials.
- cationic materials can also bond to the polymer chain by Norrish Type II reactions further enhancing the positive zeta potential of the pad.
- These cationic materials contain active hydrogen and may participate in the Norrish Type II reactions thus incorporating into the polymer matrix. Not to be bound by theory but it is believed that addition of higher concentrations (>10%) of acrylic group containing amino materials may increase positive zeta potential. Under such conditions, the formulation becomes thermally unstable and gets cross-linked. In order to overcome this issue, just cationic species are added. These compounds are also miscible very well in the formulation. In some instances with polar components, during the curing these materials phase separate out to form islands that can be removed by treating with water, as they are soluble in water. This will create pores. Exemplary structures of the cationic materials are as follows:
- the porosity-forming agent is removed by at least one of dissolution from the printed-pad during the polishing process; the porosity-forming agent is sublimated from the printed-pad through annealing post print, and/or evaporated post-printing to create pores/voids within the pad.
- the resin precursor composition further comprises one or more emulsifiers (4).
- the one or more emulsifiers are selected from an anionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, an amphoteric or a combination thereof.
- emulsifier refers to any compound or substance that enables the formation of an emulsion.
- the emulsifier may be selected from any surface-active compound or polymer capable of stabilizing emulsions, providing the emulsifier contains at least one anionic, cationic, amphoteric or nonionic surfactant and is used in sufficient quantities to provide the resin precursor composition with a porosity-forming agent-in-liquid polymer emulsion.
- Such surface-active compounds or polymer stabilize emulsions by preventing coalescence of the dispersed amounts of porosity-forming agent within the emulsion.
- the surface-active compounds useful as emulsifiers in the present resin precursor composition are anionic, cationic, amphoteric or nonionic surfactant or combination of surfactants. Mixtures of surfactants of different types and/or different surfactants of the same type can be used.
- the emulsifier comprises a surfactant with an HLB ranging from 3 to 20.
- the surfactant has an HLB of at least 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, or 19.
- the surfactant has an HLB of up to 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20.
- the surfactant can have an HLB bounded by any two of the aforementioned endpoints recited for the HLB.
- the emulsifier comprises a surfactant having an HLB value ranging from 4 to about 14.
- the emulsifier comprises a surfactant having an HLB of 10 or less.
- the emulsifier comprises a low HLB surfactant having an HLB value ranging from 3 to about 6.
- the emulsifier is a nonionic surfactant.
- suitable nonionic surfactants include polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ethers, alkylglucosides, polyoxyethylene fatty acid esters, sorbitan fatty acid esters, and polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters.
- nonionic surfactants include, but are not limited to, octylphenol ethyoxylate based surfactants (available from The Dow Chemical Company as TRITONTM X-45, TRITONTM X-100, TRITONTM X-102, TRITONTM X-114, TRITONTM X-305, TRITONTM X-405); benzyl-polyethylene glycol tert-octylphenyl ether (available from The Dow Chemical Company as TRITONTM CF-10); saturated, predominantly unbranched C 13 C 15 oxo alcohol conforming to the following structure formula: RO(CH 2 CH 2 O) x H, wherein R is C 13 C 15 oxo alcohol and x is 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10, 11 or 30 (available from BASF as Lutensol® AO 3, Lutensol® AO 4, Lutensol® AO 5, Lutensol® AO 7, Lutensol® AO 79, Lutensol® AO 8, Lutensol® AO
- NonidetTM RK-18, NonidetTM SF-3, NonidetTM SF-5 alkoxylated surfactants (available from Air Products and Chemical, Inc. as NonidetTM RK-18, NonidetTM SF-3, NonidetTM SF-5); ethoxylated alcohol surfactants (available from Air Products and Chemical, Inc.
- TomadolTM 1-3 TomadolTM 1-5, TomadolTM 1-7, TomadolTM 1-9, TomadolTM 23-1, TomadolTM 3-3, TomadolTM 23-5, TomadolTM 23-6.5, TomadolTM 400, TomadolTM 600, TomadolTM 900, TomadolTM 1200); polyoxyethylene vegetable-based fatty ethers derived from lauryl, cetyl, stearyl and oleyl alcohols (available from Croda International Plc as BrijTM C10, BrijTM O10, BrijTM L23, BrijTM 58, BrijTM 93).
- the emulsifier is an anionic surfactant.
- anionic surfactants which can be used include (i) sulfonic acids and their salts, including alkyl, alkylaryl, alkylnapthalene, and alkyldiphenylether sulfonic acids, and their salts, having at least 6 carbon atoms in the alkyl substituent, such as dodecylbenzensulfonic acid, and its sodium salt or its amine salt; (ii) alkyl sulfates having at least 6 carbon atoms in the alkyl substituent, such as sodium lauryl sulfate; (iii) the sulfate esters of polyoxyethylene monoalkyl ethers; (iv) long chain carboxylic acid surfactants and their salts, such as lauric acid, steric acid, oleic acid, and their alkali metal and amine salts.
- anionic surfactants include, but are not limited to, sodium dodecylsulfate, Poly(ethylene glycol) 4-nonylphenyl 3-sulfopropyl ether potassium salt, surfactants having both phosphonate ester and ethoxy hydrophilicity, a nominal C 18 alkyl chain with an acrylate reactive group (available from Croda International Plc as MAXEMULTM 6106); reactive surfactants based on a styrenated phenol hydrophobe with one equivalent of allyl glycidyl ether, then ethoxylated with 16 moles of EO, sulfated, and neutralized (available from Ethox Chemicals, LLC as E-Sperse® RS-1596); reactive surfactants based on the a styrenated phenol hydrophobe with two equivalents of allyl glycidyl ether, then ethoxylated with 15 moles of EO, sulfated, and neutralized (
- HITENOL BC-10TM HITENOL BC-1025TM, HITENOL BC-20TM, HITENOL BC-2020TM, HITENOL BC-30TM
- polyoxyethylene styrenated phenyl ether ammonium sulfates available from Montello, Inc. as HITENOL AR-10TM, HITENOL AR-1025TM, HITENOL AR-20TM, HITENOL AR-2020TM, HITENOL BC-30TM
- sodium polyoxyethylene alkylether sulfuric esters available from Montello, Inc.
- the emulsifier is a cationic surfactant.
- suitable cationic surfactants which can be used include an ammonium salt, especially a primary and a quaternary ammonium salt with straight chain alkyl group, such as a primary ammonium salt or an amino acid containing a straight chain alkyl with 3 carbons to 17 carbons, cetyltrimethylammonium bromide (CTAB), cetyltrimethylammonium chloride (CTAC), distearyldimethylammonium chloride, distearyldimethylammonium bromide, stearylbenzyldimethylammonium chloride, n-alkyltriethylammonium bromides or chloride, n-alkyltriethylammonium bromides or chloride and so on, wherein the carbon number of the n-alkyl is 13, 15, 17, 21, or 23, and Lauryl methyl gluceth-10 hydroxypropyldimonium chloride.
- the emulsifier is an amphoteric surfactant.
- Suitable amphoteric surfactants include N-coco ⁇ -amino propionic acid; N-lauryl-, myristyl ⁇ -amino propionic acid, disodium N-tallow ⁇ -iminodipropionate; N-coco ⁇ -amino butyric acid; and coco betaine in amounts of about 0.5 weight percent to about 5 weight percent, N-coco-3-aminopropionic acid/sodium salt, N-tallow 3-imminodipropionatedisodium salt, N-carboxymethyl-N-dimethyl-N-9-octadecenyl ammonium hydroxide, and N-cocoamidethyl-N-hydroxyethylglycine/sodium salt.
- the emulsifier component in the resin precursor composition may comprise at least 0.1 wt. %, 1 wt. %, 2 wt. %, 5 wt. %, 10 wt. %, 15 wt. %, or 17 wt. % based on the total weight of the resin precursor composition.
- the emulsifier component may comprise up to 1 wt. %, 2 wt. %, 5 wt. %, 10 wt. %, 15 wt. %, 17 wt. %, or 20 wt. % based on the total weight of the resin precursor composition.
- the amount of emulsifier component in the resin precursor composition may be from about 0.1 wt.
- % to about 20 wt. % relative to the total weight of the emulsifier e.g., from about 1 wt. % to about 5 wt. %; from about 5 wt. % to about 10 wt. %; from about 10 wt. % to about 15 wt. %; or from about 15 wt. % to about 20 wt. %).
- the resin precursor formulation may further comprise one or more hydrophobes.
- the hydrophobe may be part of the emulsifier component. Suitable hydrophobes include hexadecane, octadecane, hexadecanol, or polydimethylsiloxane.
- the hydrophobe component in the resin precursor composition may comprise at least 0.1 wt. %, 1 wt. %, 2 wt. %, 5 wt. %, 8 wt. %, or 0 wt. % based on the total weight of the resin precursor composition.
- the hydrophobe component may comprise up to 1 wt. %, 2 wt. %, 5 wt. %, 8 wt. %, 9 wt. %, or 10 wt. % based on the total weight of the resin precursor composition.
- the amount of hydrophobe component in the resin precursor composition may be from about 0.1 wt. % to about 10 wt. % relative to the total weight of the emulsifier (e.g., from about 1 wt. % to about 5 wt. %; from about 5 wt. % to about 10 wt. %).
- the resin precursor composition may further comprise one or more photoinitiator components (5).
- the photoinitiator component initiates the curing in response to incident radiation.
- the selection of the type of the photoinitiator component in the resin precursor composition is generally dependent on the wavelength of curing radiation employed in curing the resin precursor composition.
- the peak absorption wavelengths of selected photoinitiator vary with the range of wavelength of curing radiation to effectively utilize radiation energy, especially using ultraviolet light as radiation.
- photoinitiators include, but are not limited to, 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone, 4-isopropylphenyl-2-hydroxy-2-methyl propan-1-one, 1-[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-phenyl]-2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-propan-1-one, 2,2-dimethyl-2-hydroxy-acetophenone, 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone, 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionphenone, Diphenyl (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) phosphine oxide, bis(2,6-dimethoxy-benzoyl)-2,4,6 trimethyl phenyl phosphine oxide, 2-methyl-1-1[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholino-propan-1-one, 3,6-bis(2-methyl-2-morpholino-propionyl)-9-n-octylcarbazole, 2-benzyl-2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-(4
- Suitable blends of photoinitiators commercially available include, but are not limited to, those under the designations of Darocur 4265, Irgacure 1173, Irgacure 2022, Irgacure 2100 from Ciba® Specialty Chemicals; and Esacure KT37, Esacure KT55, Esacure KTO046 from Lamberti®).
- the photoinitiator component in the resin precursor composition may comprise at least 0.1 wt. %, 1 wt. %, 2 wt. %, 5 wt. %, 10 wt. %, 15 wt. %, or 17 wt. % based on the total weight of the resin precursor composition.
- the photoinitiator component may comprise up to 1 wt. %, 2 wt. %, 5 wt. %, 10 wt. %, 15 wt. %, 17 wt. %, or 20 wt. % based on the total weight of the resin precursor composition.
- the amount of photoinitiator component in the resin precursor composition may be from about 0.1 wt.
- % to about 20 wt. % relative to the total weight of the resin precursor composition e.g., from about 1 wt. % to about 5 wt. %; from about 5 wt. % to about 10 wt. %; from about 10 wt. % to about 15 wt. %; or from about 15 wt. % to about 20 wt. %).
- the resin precursor composition may further comprise reactive diluents (6). Any suitable reactive diluent suitable to achieve the desired pad porosity may be used. Exemplary reactive diluents are described herein.
- the resin precursor composition may further comprise inorganic particles, organic particles or both (7). Because the 3D printing process involves layer-by-layer sequential deposition of at least one composition per layer, it may also be desirable to additionally deposit inorganic or organic particles disposed upon or within a pad layer to obtain a certain pad property and/or to perform a certain function.
- the inorganic or organic particles may be in the 50 nanometer (nm) to 100 micrometer ( ⁇ m) range in size and may be added to the precursor materials prior to being dispensed by the 3D printer 306 or added to an uncured printed layer in a ratio of between 1 and 50 weight percent (wt. %).
- the inorganic or organic particles may be added to during the porous polishing pad formation process to improve the ultimate tensile strength, improve yield strength, improve the stability of the storage modulus over a temperature range, improve heat transfer, adjust a surfaces zeta potential, and adjust a surface's surface energy.
- the particle type, chemical composition, or size, and the added particles may vary by application or desired effect that is to be achieved.
- the inorganic or organic particles may be in the 25 nanometer (nm) to 100 micrometer ( ⁇ m) range in size and may be added to the precursor materials prior to being dispensed by the droplet ejecting printer or added to an uncured printed layer in a ratio of between 1 and about 50 weight percent (wt. %).
- the particles may include intermetallics, ceramics, metals, polymers and/or metal oxides, such as ceria, alumina, silica, zirconia, nitrides, carbides, or a combination thereof.
- the inorganic or organic particles disposed upon or within a pad may include particles of high performance polymers, such PEEK, PEK, PPS, and other similar materials to improve the thermal conductivity and/or other mechanical properties of the porous polishing pad.
- the particle component in the resin precursor composition may comprise at least 0.1 wt. %, 1 wt. %, 2 wt. %, 5 wt. %, 10 wt. %, 15 wt. %, or 17 wt. % based on the total weight of the resin precursor composition.
- the particle component may comprise up to 1 wt. %, 2 wt. %, 5 wt. %, 10 wt. %, 15 wt. %, 17 wt. %, or 20 wt. % based on the total weight of the resin precursor composition.
- the amount of particle component in the resin precursor composition may be from about 0.1 wt. % to about 20 wt.
- % relative to the total weight of the resin precursor composition (e.g., from about 1 wt. % to about 5 wt. %; from about 5 wt. % to about 10 wt. %; from about 10 wt. % to about 15 wt. %; or from about 15 wt. % to about 20 wt. %).
- the resin precursor composition may further comprise one or more additional components (8).
- Additional additives include, but are not limited to stabilizers, surfactants, leveling additives, pH adjusters, sequestering agents, polymer spheres and colorants.
- a surfactant and/or perform a process on the resin precursor composition to assure that the dispersion of one or more components within resin precursor composition, such as the porosity-forming agent and/or particles, is substantially uniform.
- the “process” performed on the resin precursor composition is also referred to herein as a dispersion process.
- a process is performed on the resin precursor composition that causes the dispersion of the porosity-forming agent within the formed emulsion to be substantially uniform.
- a process is performed on a resin precursor composition that contains a surfactant, with an HLB ranging from 3 to 20, that causes the dispersion of the porosity-forming agent within the formed emulsion to be substantially uniform.
- the dispersed regions of the porosity-forming agent within the formed resin precursor composition is selected such that each dispersed region (e.g., more than one) is only a percentage of the size of the droplet of the resin precursor composition dispensed during the formation of a layer during the additive manufacturing process.
- the droplet of the resin precursor composition used to form part of a layer of the porous polishing pad has a physical size that is between about 10 and 200 micrometers ( ⁇ m), such as between about 50 and 150 ⁇ m, in diameter, and the regions of the porosity-forming agent within the mixed resin precursor composition are between about 1% and 20% of the physical droplet size (e.g., 0.5 ⁇ m-30 ⁇ m in size).
- the droplet of the resin precursor composition has a volume between about 10 and about 420 picoliters.
- the dispersion process includes a method of agitating and/or providing a high shear mixing process, for example by use of an impeller or rotor type mixing device, to assure that the dispersion of components within resin precursor composition is substantially uniform.
- the resin precursor composition includes polymer spheres, such as 100 nm-1 ⁇ m of diameter sized polymer nano-spheres or micro-spheres that are disposed within the droplets that are used to form the CMP pads.
- the polymer sphere is between 100 nm and 20 ⁇ m in size, such as between 100 nm and 5 ⁇ m in size.
- the polymer spheres may comprise one or more solid polymer materials that have desirable mechanical properties, thermal properties, wear properties, degradation properties, or other useful property for use within the formed advanced polishing pad.
- the polymer spheres may comprise a solid polymer shell that encloses a liquid (e.g., water) or gas material so that the polymer sphere will provide desirable mechanical, thermal, wear, or other useful property to the formed advanced polishing pad.
- the polymer spheres may include materials that have hydrophilic and/or have hydro-degradable behaviors, such as hydrogels and poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid), PLGA, which degrade in the presence of an aqueous solutions.
- the polymer spheres are typically uniformly dispersed in the droplet formulations and in the cured materials after performing the additive manufacturing process (e.g., 3D printing).
- the polymer spheres are configured to dissolve into the aqueous slurry or degrade in the presence of slurry, and leave a pore (e.g., 100 nm-1 ⁇ m pore feature) in the exposed surface of the advanced polishing pad. It is believed that the use of this type of polymer sphere benefits pad surface interaction with slurry and slurry nanoparticle (such as ceria oxide and silicon dioxide) loading on the pad, which can enhance the polishing removal rate and reduce the common wafer-to-wafer removal rate deviations found in CMP processes.
- slurry and slurry nanoparticle such as ceria oxide and silicon dioxide
- the method of agitating and/or providing a high shear mixing process is performed with an emulsification apparatus.
- an emulsification apparatus that is used include, but are not limited to, an ultrasonic homogenizer, TK Homomixer (manufactured by PRIMIX Corporation), TK Filmics (manufactured by PRIMIX Corporation), a high pressure homogenizer (PANDA 2K, manufactured by GEA Niro Soavi), Microfluidizer® (manufactured by Microfluidics), Nanomizer (manufactured by Yoshida Kikai Co., Ltd.), and the like.
- the dispersion process may be performed just prior to placing the resin precursor composition within the hardware used to deposit the resin precursor composition on a substrate.
- the resin precursor composition is mixed minutes, or even 1-2 hours, before depositing the resin precursor composition using the hardware in the deposition section 355 of an additive manufacturing system 350 ( FIG. 3 A ), which is discussed below.
- the dispersion process may be performed prior to the shipment, or transfer, of the resin precursor composition from a point where the resin precursor composition is blended (e.g., precursor formulation section 354 in FIG. 3 A ) to the point where the resin precursor composition is deposited (e.g., deposition section 355 ).
- the resin precursor composition is mixed days or weeks before the resin precursor composition is deposited/printed by the hardware found within the deposition section 355 of an additive manufacturing system 350 ( FIG. 3 A ).
- the porosity-forming agent is deposited separately from the other components of the resin precursor composition.
- the resin precursor formulation may comprise at least one of the following components as described herein: 1) one or more oligomer components, (2) one or more monomer components, (3) one or more emulsifiers/surfactants, (4) a photoinitiator component, (5) reactive diluents, (6) inorganic particles, organic particles or both, and (7) additional additives.
- the porosity-forming agent may be part of a porosity-forming agent mixture containing additional components.
- the porosity-forming agent may be combined with any of the following components as described herein: 1) one or more oligomer components, (2) one or more monomer components, (3) one or more emulsifiers/surfactants, (4) a photoinitiator component, (5) reactive diluents, (6) inorganic particles, organic particles or both, and (7) additional additives.
- FIG. 3 A is a schematic sectional view of an additive manufacturing system 350 that can be used to form a porous polishing pad using an additive manufacturing process according to one or more implementations of the present disclosure.
- An additive manufacturing process may include, but is not limited to a process, such as a polyjet deposition process, inkjet printing process, fused deposition modeling process, binder jetting process, powder bed fusion process, selective laser sintering process, stereolithographic process, vat photopolymerization process, digital light processing, sheet lamination process, directed energy deposition process, or other similar 3D deposition process.
- the additive manufacturing system 350 generally includes a precursor delivery section 353 , a precursor formulation section 354 and a deposition section 355 .
- the precursor formulation section 354 includes a section of the additive manufacturing system 350 where the resin precursor components positioned in the precursor delivery section 353 are mixed to form one or more resin precursor compositions.
- the deposition section 355 will generally include an additive manufacturing device, or hereafter printing station 300 , that is used to deposit one or more resin precursor compositions on layers disposed over a support 302 .
- the porous polishing pad 200 may be printed on the support 302 within the printing station 300 .
- the porous polishing pad 200 is formed layer-by-layer using one or more droplet ejecting printers 306 , such as printer 306 A and printer 306 B illustrated in FIG. 3 A , from a CAD (computer-aided design) program.
- the printers 306 A, 306 B and the support 302 may move relative to each other during the printing process.
- the droplet ejecting printer 306 may include one or more print heads 308 (e.g., print heads 308 A, 308 B) having one or more nozzles (e.g., nozzles 309 - 312 ) for dispensing liquid precursors.
- the printer 306 A includes print head 308 A that has a nozzle 309 and a print head 308 B having a nozzle 310 .
- the nozzle 309 may be configured to dispense a first liquid precursor composition to form a first polymer material, such as a porous polymer, while the nozzle 310 may be used to dispense a second liquid precursor to form a second polymer material, such as a non-porous polymer, or a porous polymer.
- the liquid precursor compositions may be dispensed at selected locations or regions to form a porous polishing pad that has desirable properties. These selected locations collectively form the target printing pattern that can be stored as a CAD-compatible file that is then read by an electronic controller 305 , which controls the delivery of the droplets from the nozzles of the droplet ejecting printer 306 .
- the electronic controller 305 is generally used to facilitate the control and automation of the components within the additive manufacturing system 350 , including the printing station 300 .
- the electronic controller 305 can be, for example, a computer, a programmable logic controller, or an embedded controller.
- the electronic controller 305 typically includes a central processing unit (CPU) (not shown), memory (not shown), and support circuits for inputs and outputs (I/O) (not shown).
- the CPU may be one of any form of computer processors that are used in industrial settings for controlling various system functions, substrate movement, chamber processes, and control support hardware (e.g., sensors, motors, heaters, etc.), and monitor the processes performed in the system.
- the memory is connected to the CPU, and may be one or more of a readily available non-volatile memory, such as random access memory (RAM), flash memory, read only memory (ROM), floppy disk, hard disk, or any other form of digital storage, local or remote.
- Software instructions and data can be coded and stored within the memory for instructing the CPU.
- the support circuits are also connected to the CPU for supporting the processor in a conventional manner.
- the support circuits may include cache, power supplies, clock circuits, input/output circuitry, subsystems, and the like.
- a program (or computer instructions) readable by the electronic controller 305 determines which tasks are performable by the components in the additive manufacturing system 350 .
- the program may be software readable by the electronic controller 305 that includes code to perform tasks relating to monitoring, execution and control of the delivery and positioning of droplets delivered from the printer 306 , and the movement, support, and/or positioning of the components within the printing station 300 along with the various process tasks and various sequences being performed in the electronic controller 305 .
- the porous polishing pad 200 may be solidified or partially solidified by use of a curing device 320 that is disposed within the deposition section 355 of the additive manufacturing system 350 .
- the curing process performed by the curing device 320 may be performed by heating the printed polishing pad to a curing temperature or exposing the pad to one or more forms of electromagnetic radiation or electron beam curing.
- the curing process may be performed by exposing the printed polishing pad to radiation 321 generated by an electromagnetic radiation source, such as a visible light source, an ultraviolet light source, x-ray source, or other type of electromagnetic wave source that is disposed within the curing device 320 .
- the additive manufacturing process offers a convenient and highly controllable process for producing porous polishing pads with discrete features formed from different materials and/or different compositions of materials.
- first polishing elements 204 and/or the second polishing element(s) 206 may each be formed from a mixture of two or more compositions.
- a first composition may be dispensed in the form of droplets by a first print head, such as the print head 308 A
- the second composition may be dispensed in the form of droplets by a second print head, such as the print head 308 B of the printer 306 A.
- To form first polishing elements 204 with a mixture of the droplets delivered from multiple print heads typically includes the alignment of the pixels corresponding to the first polishing elements 204 on predetermined pixels within a deposition map found in the electronic controller 305 .
- the print head 308 A may then align with the pixels corresponding to where the first polishing elements 204 are to be formed and then dispense droplets on the predetermined pixels.
- the porous polishing pad may thus be formed from a first composition of materials that is formed by depositing droplets of a first droplet composition and a second material that comprises a second composition of materials that is formed by depositing droplets of a second droplet composition.
- FIG. 3 B is a schematic cross-sectional view of a portion of the printing station 300 and the porous polishing pad 200 during the pad manufacturing process.
- the printing station 300 as shown in FIG. 3 B , includes two printers 306 A and 306 B that are used to sequentially form a portion of the porous polishing pad 200 .
- the portion of the porous polishing pad 200 shown in FIG. 3 B may, for example, include part of either the first polishing element 204 or the second polishing elements 206 in the finally formed porous polishing pad 200 .
- printers 306 A and 306 B are configured to deliver droplets “A” or “B,” respectively, to a first surface of the support 302 and then successively to a surface of the growing polishing pad that is disposed on the support 302 in a layer-by-layer process.
- a second layer 348 is deposited over a first layer 346 which has been formed on the support 302 .
- the second layer 348 is formed over the first layer 346 , which has been processed by the curing device 320 that is disposed downstream from the printers 306 A and 306 B in the pad manufacturing process.
- portions of the second layer 348 may be simultaneously processed by the curing device 320 while one or more of the printers 306 A and 306 B are depositing droplets “A” and/or “B” onto the surface 346 A of the previously formed first layer 346 .
- the layer that is currently being formed may include a processed portion 348 A and an unprocessed portion 348 B that are disposed on either side of a curing zone 349 A.
- the unprocessed portion 348 B generally includes an array of dispensed droplets, such as dispensed droplets 343 and 347 , which are deposited on the surface 346 A of the previously formed first layer 346 by use of the printers 306 B and 306 A, respectively.
- FIG. 3 C is a close up cross-sectional view of a dispensed droplet 343 that is disposed on a surface 346 A of the previously formed first layer 346 .
- the dispensed droplet Based on the properties of the materials within the dispensed droplet 343 , and due to surface energy of the surface 346 A the dispensed droplet will spread across the surface an amount that is larger than the size of the original dispensed droplet (e.g., droplets “A” or “B”), due to surface tension.
- the amount of spread of the dispensed droplet will vary as a function of time from the instant that the droplet is deposited on the surface 346 A.
- the spread of the droplet will reach an equilibrium size, and have an equilibrium contact angle ⁇ .
- the spread of the dispensed droplet across the surface affects the resolution of the placement of the droplets on the surface of the growing polishing pad, and thus the resolution of the features and material compositions found within various regions of the final polishing pad.
- each droplet at a desired size before the droplet has a chance to spread to its uncured equilibrium size on the surface of the substrate.
- the energy supplied to the dispensed droplet and surface on which the droplet is placed by the curing device 320 and the droplet's material composition are adjusted to control the resolution of each of the dispensed droplets. Therefore, one optional parameter to control or tune during a 3D printing process is the control of the dispensed droplet's surface tension relative to the surface on which the droplet is disposed.
- curing enhancement components e.g., photoinitiators
- curing enhancement components e.g., photoinitiators
- the curing enhancement components will generally include materials that are able to adjust: 1) the amount of bulk curing that occurs in the material in the dispensed droplet during the initial exposure to a desired amount of electromagnetic radiation, 2) the amount of surface curing that occurs in the material in the dispensed droplet during the initial exposure to a desired amount of electromagnetic radiation, and 3) the amount of surface property modification (e.g., additives) to the surface cured region of the dispensed droplet.
- the amount of surface property modification to the surface cured region of the dispensed droplet generally includes the adjustment of the surface energy of the cured or partially cured polymer found at the surface of the dispensed and at least partially cured droplet.
- each dispensed droplet it has been found that it is desirable to partially cure each dispensed droplet to “fix” its surface properties and dimensional size during the printing process. Further, it has also been found the partial curing of the droplet allows for the removal of the porosity-forming agent (e.g., water) after the initial pad structure has been formed.
- the ability to “fix” the droplet at a desirable size can be accomplished by adding a desired amount of at least one curing enhancement components to the droplet's material composition and delivering a sufficient amount of electromagnetic energy from the curing device 320 during the additive manufacturing process.
- a curing device 320 that is able to deliver between about 1 milli-joule per centimeter squared (mJ/cm 2 ) and 100 mJ/cm 2 , such as about 10-20 mJ/cm 2 , of ultraviolet (UV) light to the droplet during the additive layer formation process.
- the UV radiation may be provided by any UV source, such as mercury microwave arc lamps (e.g., H bulb, H+ bulb, D bulb, Q bulb, and V bulb type lamps), pulsed xenon flash lamps, high-efficiency UV light emitting diode arrays, and UV lasers.
- the UV radiation may have a wavelength between about 170 nm and about 500 nm.
- the size of dispensed droplets “A”, “B” may be from about 10 to about 200 microns, such as about 50 to about 70 microns.
- the uncured droplet may spread on and across the surface to a fixed droplet size 343 A of between about 10 and about 500 microns, such as between about 50 and about 200 microns.
- the height of such a droplet may be from about 5 to about 100 microns, depending on such factors as surface energy, wetting, and/or resin precursor composition, which may include other additives, such as flow agents, thickening agents, and surfactants.
- One source for the additives is BYK-Gardner GmbH of Geretsried, Germany.
- the actual time it takes to partially cure the dispensed droplet, due to the exposure to delivered curing energy may be longer or shorter than the time that the droplet resides on the surface before it is exposed to the delivered radiation, since the curing time of the dispensed droplet will depend on the amount of radiant energy and wavelength of the energy provide from the curing device 320 .
- an exposure time used to partially cure a 120 micrometer ( ⁇ m) dispensed droplet is about 0.4 microseconds ( ⁇ s) for a radiant exposure level of about 10-15 mJ/cm 2 of UV radiation.
- ⁇ m micrometer
- ⁇ s microseconds
- a radiant exposure level of about 10-15 mJ/cm 2 of UV radiation In an effort to “fix” the droplet in this short timeframe one should position the dispense nozzle of the droplet ejecting printer 306 a short distance from the surface of the surface of the porous polishing pad, such as between 0.1 and 10 millimeters (mm), or even 0.5 and 1 mm, while the surface 346 A of the porous polishing pad are exposed to the radiation 321 delivered from the curing device 320 .
- the contact angle ⁇ of the droplet can be controlled to control the fixed droplet size, and thus the resolution of the printing process.
- the underlying layer cure may be a cure of about 70% acrylate conversion.
- a droplet that has been fixed, or at least partially cured, is also referred to herein as a cured droplet.
- the fixed droplet size 343 A is between about 10 and about 200 microns.
- the contact angle also referred to herein as the dynamic contact angle (e.g., non-equilibrium contact angle) for a “fixed” droplet can be desirably controlled to a value of at least 50°, such as greater than 55°, or even greater than 60°, or even greater than 70°.
- the resolution of the pixels within a pixel chart that is used to form a layer, or a portion of a layer, by an additive manufacturing process can be defined by the average “fixed” size of a dispensed droplet.
- the material composition of a layer, or portion of a layer can thus be defined by a “dispensed droplet composition,” which a percentage of the total number of pixels within the layer, or portion of the layer, that include droplets of a certain droplet composition.
- a region of a layer of a formed porous polishing pad is defined as having a dispensed droplet composition of a first dispensed droplet composition of 60%, then 60% percent of the pixels within the region will include a fixed droplet that includes the first material composition.
- the material composition ratio is a ratio of the number of pixels that have a first material composition disposed thereon to the number of pixels that have a second material composition disposed thereon.
- the material composition ratio would include a 3:2 ratio of the first droplet composition to the second droplet composition.
- each pixel may contain greater than one fixed droplet (e.g., 1.2 droplets per pixel) then the material composition ratio would be defined by the ratio of the number of fixed droplets of a first material to the number of fixed droplets of a second material that are found within a defined region.
- the material composition ratio would be 2:1 for this region of the porous polishing pad.
- the amount of curing of the surface of the dispensed droplet that forms the next underlying layer is a polishing pad formation process parameter, since the amount of curing in this “initial dose” affects the surface energy that the subsequent layer of dispensed droplets will be exposed to during the additive manufacturing process.
- the amount of the initial cure dose is also influential since it will also affect the amount of curing that each deposited layer will finally achieve in the formed polishing pad, due to repetitive exposure of each deposited layer to additional transmitted curing radiation supplied through the subsequently deposited layers, as they are grown thereon. It is generally desirable to prevent over curing of a formed layer, since it will affect the material properties of the over cured materials and/or the wettability of the surface of the cured layer to subsequently deposited dispensed droplets in subsequent steps.
- to effect polymerization of a 10-30 micron thick layer of dispensed droplets may be performed by dispensing each droplet on a surface and then exposing the dispensed droplet to UV radiation at a radiant exposure level of between about 10 and about 15 mJ/cm 2 after a period of time of between about 0.1 seconds and about 1 second has elapsed.
- the radiation level delivered during the initial cure dose may be varied layer-by-layer.
- the amount of UV radiation exposure in each initial dose may be adjusted to provide a desirable level of cure in the currently exposed layer, and also to one or more of the underlying layers.
- the droplet composition and the amount of energy delivered from the curing device 320 during the initial curing step is a step in which the deposited layer of dispensed droplets are directly exposed to the energy provided by the curing device 320 , to cause the layer to only partially cure a desired amount.
- the initial curing process it is desirable for the initial curing process to predominantly surface cure the dispensed droplet versus bulk cure the dispensed droplet, since controlling the surface energy of the formed layer is significant for controlling the dispensed droplet size.
- the amount that a dispensed droplet is partially cured can be defined by the amount of chemical conversion of the materials in the dispensed droplet.
- the conversion of the acrylates found in a dispensed droplet that is used to form a urethane polyacrylate containing layer is defined by a percentage x, which is calculated by the equation:
- C ⁇ C bonds within acrylates are converted to C ⁇ C bond, while C ⁇ O within acrylates has no conversion.
- the intensity of C ⁇ C to C ⁇ O hence indicates the acrylate conversion rate.
- the amount that a layer is initially cured may be equal to or greater than about 70% of the dispensed droplet.
- the process of partially curing a dispensed droplet during the initial layer formation step can also be significant to assure water removal from the polishing pad structure to form the pores within the pad structure.
- the process of partially curing a dispensed droplet during the initial layer formation step can also be significant to assure that there will be some chemical bonding/adhesion between subsequently deposited layers, due to the presence of residual unbonded groups, such as residual acrylic groups. Since the residual unbonded groups have not been polymerized, they can be involved in forming chemical bonds with a subsequently deposited layer.
- the formation of chemical bonds between layers can thus increase the mechanical strength of the formed porous polishing pad in the direction of the layer-by-layer growth during the pad formation process (e.g., Z-direction in FIG. 3 B ). As noted above, the bonding between layers may thus be formed by both physical and/or chemical forces.
- a mixture of dispensed droplets includes a 50:50 ratio of the dispensed droplets 343 and 347 (or a material composition ratio of 1:1), wherein the dispensed droplet 343 includes at least one different material from the material found in the dispensed droplet 347 .
- Properties of portions of the pad body 202 may be adjusted or tuned according to the ratio and/or distribution of a first composition and a second composition that are formed from the positioning of the dispensed droplets during the deposition process.
- the weight % of the first composition may be from about 1% by weight based on total composition weight to about 100% based on total composition weight.
- the second composition may be from about 1% by weight based on total composition weight to about 100% based on total composition weight.
- compositions of two or more materials can be mixed in different ratios to achieve a desired effect.
- the composition of the first polishing elements 204 and/or second polishing elements 206 is controlled by selecting at least one composition or a mixture of compositions, and size, location, and/or density of the droplets dispensed by one or more printers. Therefore, the electronic controller 305 is generally adapted to position the nozzles 309 - 310 , 311 - 312 to form a layer that has interdigitated droplets that have been positioned in a desired density and pattern on the surface of the porous polishing pad that is being formed.
- dispensed droplets may be deposited in such a way as to ensure that each drop is placed in a location where it does not blend with other drops, and thus each remains a discrete material “island” prior to being cured.
- the dispensed droplets may also be placed on top of prior dispensed droplets within the same layer to increase the build rate or blend material properties. Placement of droplets relative to each other on a surface may also be adjusted to allow partial mixing behavior of each of the dispensed droplets in the layer. In some cases, it may be desirable to place the droplets closer together or farther apart to provide more or less mixing of the components in the neighboring droplets, respectively. It has been found that controlling droplet placement relative to other dispensed droplets and the composition of each droplet can have an effect on the mechanical and polishing properties of the formed porous polishing pad.
- compositions of the first polishing elements 204 and/or second polishing elements 206 in a porous polishing pad are adjusted within a plane parallel to the polishing surface and/or through the thickness of the porous polishing pad, as discussed further below.
- compositional gradients and the ability to tune the chemical content locally, within, and across a porous polishing pad are enabled by “ink jettable” low viscosity compositions, or low viscosity “inks” in the 3D printing arts that are used to form the droplets “A” and/or “B” illustrated in FIG. 3 B .
- the low viscosity inks are “pre-polymer” compositions and are the “precursors” to the formed first polishing elements 204 and second polishing elements 206 found in the pad body 202 .
- the low viscosity inks enable the delivery of a wide variety of chemistries and discrete compositions that are not available by conventional techniques (e.g., molding and casting), and thus enable controlled compositional transitions or gradients to be formed within different regions of the pad body 202 .
- This may be achieved by the addition and mixing of viscosity thinning reactive diluents to high viscosity functional oligomers to achieve the appropriate viscosity formulation, followed by copolymerization of the diluent(s) with the higher viscosity functional oligomers when exposed to a curing energy delivered by the curing device 320 .
- the reactive diluents may also serve as a solvent, thus eliminating the use of inert non-reactive solvents or thinners that should be removed at each step.
- a first porosity-forming agent/emulsifier mixture 352 , a first precursor 356 , and optionally a second precursor 357 are mixed with a diluent 358 to form a first printable ink composition 359 , which is delivered to reservoir 304 B of the printer 306 B, and used to form portions of the pad body 202 .
- a second porosity-forming agent/emulsifier mixture 365 , a third precursor 366 , and optionally a fourth precursor 367 can be mixed with a diluent 368 to form a second printable ink composition 369 , which is delivered to reservoir 304 A of the printer 306 A, and used to form another portion of the pad body 202 .
- the first precursor 356 and the third precursor 366 each comprise an oligomer, such as multifunctional oligomer
- the second precursor 357 and the fourth precursor 367 each comprise a multifunctional monomer
- the diluent 358 and the diluent 368 each comprise a reactive diluent (e.g., monomer) and/or initiator (e.g., photo-initiator)
- the porosity-forming agent/emulsifier mixtures 352 , 365 provide the porous structure when removed from the pad body.
- first printable ink composition 359 may include a first precursor 356 which includes a reactive difunctional oligomer, comprising aliphatic chain segments, which may have a viscosity from about 1,000 centipoise (cP) at 25 degrees Celsius, to about 12,000 cP at degrees Celsius, is then mixed with and thus diluted by a 10 cP at degrees Celsius reactive diluent (e.g., diluent 358 ), such as monoacrylate, to create a new composition that has new viscosity.
- a reactive difunctional oligomer comprising aliphatic chain segments, which may have a viscosity from about 1,000 centipoise (cP) at 25 degrees Celsius, to about 12,000 cP at degrees Celsius
- a 10 cP at degrees Celsius reactive diluent e.g., diluent 358
- diluent 358 such as monoacrylate
- the printable composition thus obtained may exhibit a viscosity from about 80 cP to about 110 cP at 25 degrees Celsius, and a viscosity from about 15 cP to about 30 cP at 70 degrees Celsius, which may be effectively dispensed from a 3D printer ink jet nozzle.
- a first precursor 356 , and optionally a second precursor 357 are mixed with a diluent 358 to form a first printable ink composition 359 , which is delivered to reservoir 304 B of the printer 306 B, and used to form portions of the pad body 202 .
- the second porosity-forming agent/emulsifier mixture 365 can be mixed with a diluent 368 to form a second printable ink composition 369 , which is delivered to reservoir 304 A of the printer 306 A, and removed to form the porous areas of the pad body 202 .
- a fourth precursor e.g., an emulsifier precursor
- the first precursor 356 and the third precursor 366 each comprise an oligomer, such as a multifunctional oligomer
- the second precursor 357 and the fourth precursor 367 each comprise a multifunctional monomer
- the diluent 358 and the diluent 368 each comprise a reactive diluent (e.g., monomer) and/or initiator (e.g., photo-initiator)
- the second porosity-forming agent/emulsifier mixture 365 is at least one of water, a water-soluble polymer, a water-soluble inert material, a water-containing hydrophilic polymers, a hydrophilic polymerizable monomers, and combinations thereof.
- the second printable ink composition 369 containing the second porosity-forming agent/emulsifier mixture 365 provides the porous structure when removed from the pad body.
- first printable ink composition 359 may include a first precursor 356 which includes a reactive difunctional oligomer, comprising aliphatic chain segments, which may have a viscosity from about 1,000 centipoise (cP) at 25 degrees Celsius, to about 12,000 cP at degrees Celsius, is then mixed with and thus diluted by a 10 cP at degrees Celsius reactive diluent (e.g., diluent 358 ), such as monoacrylate, to create a new composition that has new viscosity.
- a reactive difunctional oligomer comprising aliphatic chain segments, which may have a viscosity from about 1,000 centipoise (cP) at 25 degrees Celsius, to about 12,000 cP at degrees Celsius
- a 10 cP at degrees Celsius reactive diluent e.g., diluent 358
- diluent 358 such as monoacrylate
- the printable composition thus obtained may exhibit a viscosity from about 80 cP to about 110 cP at 25 degrees Celsius, and a viscosity from about 15 cP to about 30 cP at 70 degrees Celsius, which may be effectively dispensed from a 3D printer ink jet nozzle.
- One example of a second printable ink composition 369 may include water.
- FIG. 4 A is a schematic view of a web based porous polishing pad 400 a that is formed using an additive manufacturing process to form a polishing surface or upper surface(s) 208 that has a gradient in material composition across the polishing surface or upper surface(s) 208 (e.g., Y-direction).
- the polishing material may be disposed over a platen 102 between a first roll 481 and a second roll 482 .
- One example may involve a substrate having an initial surface texture removed rapidly using a planarizing portion of the web based porous polishing pad 400 a that has a first porosity and then moving the substrate to a second portion of the web based porous polishing pad 400 a that has a second porosity that may be identical to or different than the first porosity.
- FIG. 4 B is schematic side cross-sectional view of a porous polishing pad 400 b that is formed using an additive manufacturing process to form a polishing base layer 491 that has a gradient in material composition in the Z-direction. Gradients in the material composition and/or material properties of the stacked printed layers of the polishing base layer 491 can vary from a high concentration to a low concentration of a first material to a second material in one direction, or vice versa. In some cases, one or more regions within the porous polishing pad may include more complex concentration gradients, such as a high/low/high or low/high/low concentration gradient of at least two materials that have differing material properties. In one example, at least two materials that form the concentration gradient have different porosities.
- the porous polishing pad 400 b may include a polishing element region 494 that may include discrete regions that include at least a first polishing element 204 and a second polishing element 206 .
- the polishing element region 494 may include a portion of a pad body 202 that contains one or more of the structures shown in FIGS. 2 A- 2 E .
- the polishing base layer 491 includes a homogeneous mixture of two or more different materials in each layer formed within the polishing base layer 491 .
- the homogeneous mixture may include a mixture of the materials used to form the first polishing element 204 and the second polishing element 206 in each layer formed within the polishing base layer 491 .
- the phrase homogeneous mixture is intended to generally describe a material that has been formed by dispensing and curing printed droplets that have at least two different compositions within each layer, and thus may contain a mixture of small regions of the at least two different compositions that are each sized at a desired resolution.
- the interface between the polishing base layer 491 and the polishing element region 494 may include a homogeneous blend of the materials found at the upper surface of the polishing base layer 491 and the lower surface of the polishing element region 494 , or include a discrete transition where the differing material composition in the first deposited layer of the polishing element region 494 is directly deposited on the surface of the polishing base layer 491 .
- the polishing element region 494 it is desirable to form a porosity gradient in the material composition in the first polishing elements 204 and/or second polishing elements 206 in a direction normal to the polishing surface of the porous polishing pad.
- a first layer may have a material composition ratio of the first printed composition to the second printed composition of 1:1, a material composition ratio of the first printed composition to the second printed composition of 2:1 in a second layer and a material composition ratio of the first printed composition to the second printed composition of 3:1 in a third layer.
- the first printed composition has a higher porosity containing material than the second printed composition, and the direction of sequential growth of the first, second and third layers is away from a supporting surface of the porous polishing pad.
- a gradient can also be formed within different parts of a single layer by adjusting the placement of the printed droplets within the plane of the deposited layer.
- FIG. 5 A illustrates a schematic plan view of a pixel chart that is used to form a region 500 of a layer 522 ( FIG. 5 B ) of a first or a second polishing element of a polishing pad that contains pore-forming regions according to one or more implementations of the present disclosure.
- the pixel chart includes a rectangular pattern of pore-forming regions 502 that are formed by dispensing one or more droplets of a porosity-forming agent 504 ( FIG. 5 B ) from a first print head onto a surface and then at least partially surrounding the pore-forming regions 502 with one or more structural material containing regions 501 that include a material that is formed by dispensing droplets of one or more resin precursor compositions from at least a second print head.
- the porosity-forming agent 504 can then later be removed in a post processing step or during a polishing process to form pores in one or more layers of the polishing pad.
- the porosity-forming agent material is removed from formed advanced polishing pad when the polishing pad is used in a CMP polishing process.
- the porosity-forming agent material may be removed due to the interaction of the porosity-forming agent disposed at a surface 520 of the first or second polishing elements in the advanced polishing pad with one or more components found within a slurry that is disposed between the first and/or second polishing elements and a substrate that is being polished. As shown in FIG.
- the pore-forming regions 502 are surrounded by a structural material containing region 501 that is formed by dispensing droplets of a resin-precursor formulation across a surface on which the layer 522 is formed.
- compositional gradients in the cured structural material found within the structural material containing region 501 and/or gradients in the size and density of the pore-forming regions 502 can be used to form at least part of a complete polishing pad that has desirable mechanical and thermal properties.
- composition of the pore-forming material disposed within the pore-forming regions 502 and distribution and size of the pore-forming regions 502 across of the porous polishing pad 200 (i.e., X-Y plane) or through the thickness of the polishing element (i.e., Z direction) may vary in any suitable pattern.
- polishing pads described herein are shown to be formed from two kinds of materials, this configuration is not intended to be limiting of the scope of the disclosure provided herein, since polishing pads including three or more kinds of materials is within the scope of the present disclosure. It should be noted that the compositions of the structural material found within a polishing pad, such as the polishing pad designs illustrated in FIGS. 2 A- 2 K , may be varied in a similar manner as discussed above in conjunction with FIGS.
- the material found within a formed structural material containing region 501 may include a mixture of two or more different materials that varies in one or more directions across (e.g., X and/or Y direction) or through (e.g., Z direction) the formed layer.
- FIG. 5 B is a side cross-sectional view of a portion of the region 500 illustrated in FIG. 5 A according to one or more aspects of the present disclosure.
- the portion shown in FIG. 5 B includes a plurality of layers 522 that are formed on an optional base layer 521 by use of an additive manufacturing process as described herein.
- the layers are shown in FIG. 5 B as being disposed between two dashed lines, however, due to the processes described herein at least the structural material containing region 501 parts of adjacent layers may be formed such that there is no distinct physical division between layers in a formed porous polishing pad 200 .
- the layers 522 each include pore-forming regions 502 that are interspersed between regions of the structural material containing region 501 .
- the porosity-forming agent 504 may be easily removed leaving an unfilled void within the pore-forming regions 502 , and thus forming a pore 503 .
- the pixel charts used to form each layer 522 includes pattern that includes an array of porosity-forming agent 504 containing pore-forming regions 502 that are formed in a desired pattern across the surface of the formed layer.
- the pattern of porosity-forming agent 504 containing pore-forming regions 502 can be formed in a rectangular array that has a desirable pitch in both the X and Y directions.
- the pattern of porosity-forming agent 504 containing pore-forming regions 502 may be formed in any desirable pattern including a hexagonal array of pore-forming regions 502 , a directionally varying pattern of pore-forming regions 502 , a random pattern of pore-forming regions 502 or other useful pattern of pore-forming regions 502 .
- the pixel charts used to form adjacent layers 522 are shifted a desired distance 525 in one or more directions (e.g., X, Y or X and Y directions) relative to each other, or formed in differing relative X-Y patterns, so that the pore-forming regions 502 are not placed on top of each other in adjacently positioned layers as the polishing pad is formed.
- similarly configured patterns of pore-forming regions 502 in adjacent layers may be staggered a desired distance in one or more directions relative to each other so that the pore-forming regions 502 are not placed on top of each other in the adjacently positioned layers.
- FIG. 5 C illustrates is a side cross-sectional view of a portion of the region 500 illustrated in FIG. 5 A according to another aspect of the present disclosure.
- two or more of the deposited layers may be aligned with each other so that the layers are formed directly on top of each other.
- two layers 522 A and 522 B are formed so that the 522 A layer is directly on top of the layer 522 B so that the pore-forming regions 502 are placed one on top of the other.
- the next or subsequent layers may then be shifted a desired distance 525 relative to the layers 522 A-B, so that the pore-forming regions 502 in the subsequent layers are not placed on top of the layers 522 A-B.
- This configuration in which two or more layers, within a larger stack of layers, are formed directly on top of each other may be useful in cases where the fixed droplet size resolution in the X and Y directions may be greater than the thickness of the layer in the Z direction.
- the fixed droplet size in the X and Y directions is twice as large as the thickness in the Z direction, thus allowing a regular pattern of printed material to be formed in the X, Y and Z directions when two layers are placed on top of each other.
- the pixel charts used to form the pore-forming regions 502 and the surrounding structural material containing region 501 within a layer can be used to create portions of the polishing features that have a consistent or varying porosity in one or more directions X, Y, or Z.
- the polishing features near an edge region of the advanced polishing pad may include more of the resin precursor formulation used to form the structural material within the structural material containing region 501 than the porosity-forming agent 504 containing pore-forming regions 502 .
- the polishing features near a center region of the polishing pad may also include a higher percentage of pore-forming regions 502 per layer (e.g., higher density) than the polishing features near the edge region.
- each polishing feature of the same type e.g., first polishing elements 204
- first and second polishing elements 204 , 206 has a unique combination of the resin precursor formulation, the porosity-forming agent and the density of the pore-forming regions 502 per layer and/or per polishing element.
- the first polishing elements 204 include a first combination of the resin precursor formulation and the porosity-forming agent
- the second polishing elements 206 include a different second combination of the resin precursor formulation and the porosity-forming agent. Therefore, by use of pixel charts, the polishing body can be sequentially formed so that a desired porosity gradient is achieved in different parts of the polishing body to achieve a desired polishing performance of the advanced polishing pad.
- a method of forming a layer of a porous advanced polishing pad according to implementations described herein may include the following steps. First, one or more droplets of a resin composition, such as described herein, are dispensed in a desired X and Y pattern to form the structural material portion of a formed layer. In one implementation, the one or more droplets of a resin composition are dispensed on a support if the one or more droplets constitute a first layer. In some implementations, the one or more droplets of a resin composition are dispensed on a previously deposited layer (e.g., second layer, etc.).
- one or more droplets of a porosity-forming composition containing a porosity-forming agent 504 are dispensed in a desired X and Y pattern to form the pore-forming regions 502 within the formed layer.
- the one or more droplets of the porosity-forming composition are dispensed on a support if the one or more droplets constitute a first layer.
- the one or more droplets of the porosity-forming composition are dispensed on a previously deposited layer.
- the dispensing processes of the first and second operations are typically performed separately in time and at different X-Y coordinates.
- the dispensed one or more droplets of the curable resin precursor and the dispensed one or more droplets of the porosity-forming composition are at least partially cured.
- the dispensed one or more droplets of the curable resin precursor and the dispensed one or more droplets of the porosity-forming composition are exposed to at least one of an annealing process, a rinsing process, or both to remove the porosity-forming agent.
- the rinsing process may include rinsing with water, another solvent such as alcohol (e.g., isopropanol) or both.
- the annealing process may include heating the deposited pad structure to a low temperature (e.g., about 100 degrees Celsius) under a low pressure to vaporize the porosity-forming agent.
- a low temperature e.g., about 100 degrees Celsius
- an optional second curing process is performed on the formed layer or final pad to form the final porous pad structure.
- the first, second, third and fifth processing steps may also be sequentially repeated in any desired order to form a number of stacked layers before the fourth step is completed.
- the porosity-forming agent 504 may include materials that have hydrophilic and/or have hydro-degradable behaviors, such as hydrogels, poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid) (PLGA), and Polyethylene glycol (PEG), which degrade in the presence of an aqueous solutions.
- hydrogels poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid) (PLGA)
- PLGA poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid)
- PEG Polyethylene glycol
- the porosity-forming agent 504 disposed within a formed polishing pad is configured to degrade, such as dissolve into an aqueous slurry (e.g., porosity-forming agent is soluble in the slurry) or break down in the presence of slurry, and leave a pore (e.g., 100 nm-1 ⁇ m opening or void) in the exposed surface of the advanced polishing pad.
- the porosity-forming agent 504 may include an oligomeric and/or polymeric material that is mixed with an inert soluble component.
- the inert soluble components may include ethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol and glycerol.
- the inert soluble components may also include corresponding mono alkyl or dialkyl ethers and alkyl groups that may include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl or isobutyl groups.
- the porosity-forming agent 504 includes PEG and about 5% to 15% of an oligomeric and/or polymeric material, such as an acrylate material.
- a hydrogel material may be used that is based on polyethylene glycol acrylates or methacrylates.
- hydrogel materials can be made from polar materials that are not soluble in most resin precursor formulations.
- the hydrogel materials can be made into pore-forming materials by cross-linking with diacrylates and dimethacrylates in a ratio of about 1 to 10%. The hydrogel materials are formed in this way will still have solubility in water and can be washed away with water to generate pores.
- the structural material containing region 501 may include a material that is formed from one or more of the resin precursor components disclosed herein.
- the structural material containing region 501 may include a material that is formed by use of a resin precursor component that is selected from, but not restricted to, at least one of the materials listed in Table 3 or families of materials in which the materials listed in Table 3 are from.
- Other useful resin precursor components that may be used alone or in combination with one or more of the resin precursor components disclosed herein may also include the thiol-ene and thiol-yne type, epoxy, Michael addition type, ring-opening polymerization (ROP), and ring forming or Diels-Alder polymerization (DAP) type components described herein.
- the pores formed with the pad body 202 may be formed by causing the porosity-forming agent 504 change phase, such as vaporize, during a subsequent advanced polishing pad formation process.
- the porosity within the formed pad may be generated by delivering electromagnetic radiation to a portion of the polishing pad to induce the generation change in phase of the porosity-forming agent material.
- an advanced polishing pad pre-polymer composition may contain compounds, polymers, or oligomers that are thermally labile and that may contain of thermally labile groups. These porogen and thermally labile groups may be cyclic groups, such as unsaturated cyclic organic groups. The porogen may comprise a cyclic hydrocarbon compound.
- porogens include, but are not restricted to norbornadiene (BCHD, bicycle(2.2.1)hepta-2,5-diene), alpha-terpinene (ATP), vinylcyclohexane (VCH), phenylacetate, butadiene, isoprene, and cyclohexadiene.
- BCHD norbornadiene
- ATP alpha-terpinene
- VCH vinylcyclohexane
- phenylacetate butadiene
- isoprene and cyclohexadiene.
- a pre-polymer layer is deposited that contains a radiation curable oligomer with a covalently bound porogen group. After exposure to UV radiation and heat, a porous polymer layer may be formed by the effusion of the porogen group.
- an advanced polishing pad pre-polymer composition may contain compounds, polymers, or oligomers that are mixed with a water containing compound.
- a plurality of porous layers may be formed by sequential layer deposition and then driving out the water containing compound to form a pore.
- pores may be generated by thermally induced decomposition of compounds that form a gas by-product, such as azo compounds, which decompose to form nitrogen gas.
- the resin precursor composition may include polymer spheres, such as 100 nm-1 ⁇ m of diameter sized polymer nano-spheres or micro-spheres that are disposed within the droplets that are used to form the advanced polishing pad.
- the polymer sphere is between 100 nm and 20 ⁇ m in size, such as between 100 nm and 5 ⁇ m in size.
- the polymer spheres are configured to degrade, such as dissolve into the aqueous slurry or break down in the presence of slurry, and leave a pore (e.g., 100 nm-1 ⁇ m pore feature) in the exposed surface of the advanced polishing pad.
- the polymer spheres may comprise one or more solid polymer materials that have desirable mechanical properties, thermal properties, wear properties, degradation properties, or other useful property for use within the formed advanced polishing pad.
- the polymer spheres may comprise a solid polymer shell that encloses a liquid (e.g., water) or gas material so that the polymer sphere will provide desirable mechanical, thermal, wear, or other useful property to the formed advanced polishing pad.
- the polymer spheres may also be used to form pores within regions of a fixed droplet that is used to form one or more regions within portions of a formed polishing element (e.g., polishing elements 204 and/or 206 ) to provide desirable mechanical, thermal, wear, or other useful property to these portions of a formed advanced polishing pad.
- the polymer spheres may include materials that have hydrophilic and/or have hydro-degradable behaviors, such as hydrogels and poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid), PLGA, which degrade in the presence of an aqueous solutions.
- the polymer spheres are typically uniformly dispersed in the droplet formulations and in the cured materials after performing the additive manufacturing process (e.g., 3D printing).
- hydrogel particles may be used that are based on polyethylene glycol acrylates or methacrylates. These types of particles are made from polar materials and are not soluble in most formulations.
- the hydrogel particles can be made into particle form by cross-linking with diacrylates and dimethacrylates in a ratio of about 1 to 15%. The hydrogel particles formed in this way will still have solubility in water and can be washed away with water to generate pores.
- the construction of the porous polishing pad 200 by an additive manufacturing process begins by creating a CAD model of the porous polishing pad design. This can be done using existing CAD design software, such as Unigraphics or other similar software. An output file, which is generated by the modelling software, is then loaded to an analysis program to ensure that the porous polishing pad design meets the design requirements (e.g., water tight, mass density). The output file is then rendered, and the 3D model is then “sliced” into a series of 2D data bitmaps, or pixel charts. As noted above, the 2D bitmaps, or pixel charts, are used to define the locations across an X and Y plane where the layers in the porous polishing pad will be built. In one implementation, the 2D bitmaps of the polishing article are represented in a data structure readable by a computer rendering device or a computer display device.
- the computer-readable medium may contain a data structure that represents the polishing article.
- the data structure may be a computer file, and may contain information about the structures, materials, textures, physical properties, or other characteristics of one or more articles.
- the data structure may also contain code, such as computer executable code or device control code that engages selected functionality of a computer rendering device or a computer display device.
- the data structure may be stored on the computer-readable medium.
- the computer-readable medium may include a physical storage medium such as a magnetic memory, floppy disk, or any convenient physical storage medium.
- the physical storage medium may be readable by the computer system to render the article represented by the data structure on a computer screen or a physical rendering device, which may be an additive manufacturing device, such as a 3D printer. In some additive manufacturing process applications the pixel chart locations will define where a laser will pulse, and in other applications the location where a nozzle will eject a droplet of a material.
- the coordinates found in the pixel charts are used to define the location at which a specific droplet of uncured polymer will be placed using, for example, a poly jet print head. Every coordinate for an X and Y location and a given pad supporting Z stage position will be defined based on the pixel charts. Each X, Y and Z location will include either a droplet dispense or droplet non-dispense condition.
- Print heads may be assembled in an array in the X and/or Y directions to increase build rate or to deposit additional types of materials. In the examples shown in FIGS. 2 F- 2 K , the black pixels indicate locations where nozzles will not deposit materials and the white pixels indicate where nozzles will deposit materials.
- An additive manufacturing device such as a 3D printer can be used to form a porous polishing pad by depositing water, emulsifiers/surfactants, thermoplastic polymers, depositing and curing of a photosensitive resin precursor compositions, and/or laser pulse type sintering and fusing of a dispensed powder layer.
- the porous polishing pad formation process may include a method of polyjet printing of UV sensitive materials.
- droplets of a precursor formulation e.g., first printable ink composition 359
- resin precursor composition is deposited onto the build stage.
- the material may be leveled with the use of a roller or other means to smooth drops into a flat film layer or transfer away excess material. While the droplet is being dispensed, and/or shortly thereafter, a UV lamp or LED radiation source passes over the deposited layer to cure or partially cure the dispensed droplets into a solid polymer network.
- a monochromatic light source e.g., LED light source
- a monochromatic light source that has a narrow emitted wavelength range and/or a narrow spot size that is specifically tailored to substantially or partially cure one or more dispensed droplets, and thus not adversely affect other surrounding regions or prior formed layers of the formed advanced polishing pad.
- the monochromatic light source is configured to deliver wavelengths of light within a range between 100 nm and 500 nm, such as between about 170 nm and 400 nm.
- a UV LED source is configured to deliver UV light within a band of +/ ⁇ 10 nm at a central wavelength of 240 nm, 254 nm, 365 nm, 385 nm, 395 nm or 405 nm wavelengths. This process is built layer on top of layer with adequate cohesion within the layer and between layers to ensure the final implementation of the pad model is mechanically sound.
- heat may be added during the formation of one or more of the layers.
- the delivery of heat allows the polymer network formed in each cured or partially cured layer to relax and thus reduce stress and remove stress history in the film. Stress in the film can result in unwanted deformation of the porous polishing pad during or after the porous polishing pad formation process.
- Heating the partially formed polishing pad while it is on the printer's build tray ensures that the final pad properties are set through the layer-by-layer process and a predictable pad composition and polishing result can be achieved.
- the area surrounding the growing polishing pad may be modified to reduce the oxygen exposure to the uncured resin.
- the polishing pad can be annealed by heating to a temperature above the glass transition temperature T g for a period of time to remove water from the formed pad to from the porous pad structure.
- water removal can be facilitated faster under vacuum.
- the polishing pad can be further processed using any suitable technique.
- the polishing pad can be skived or milled to provide a polishing surface.
- the produced polishing surface can be further processed using techniques such as conditioning the polishing surface, for example, by diamond conditioning.
- one or more of the materials that are used to form at least one of the two or more polishing elements is formed by sequentially depositing and post deposition processing of at least one curable resin precursor composition.
- the curable resin precursor compositions which are mixed during the precursor formulation process performed in the precursor delivery section 353 of the additive manufacturing system 350 , will include the formulation of resin precursor compositions that contain functional oligomers, porosity-forming agents (e.g., water), emulsifiers, hydrophobes, reactive diluents and curing components, such as initiators. Examples of some of these components are listed in Table 1.
- Examples of functional oligomers can be found in items O1-O9 in Table 1.
- Examples of functional reactive diluents and other additives can be found in items M1-M10 in Table 1.
- Examples of curing components are found in items P1-P5 and A1 in Table 1.
- Examples of emulsifiers are found in items E1-E2 in Table 1.
- Examples of hydrophobes are found in items H1-H2 in Table 1.
- Examples of porosity-forming agents are found in items X1-X3 in Table 1.
- Items O1-O3, M1-M3 and M5-M6 found in Table 1 are available from Sartomer USA, item O4 is available from Miwon Specialty Chemicals Corporation Ltd.
- item O5 is available from Allnex Corporation of Alpharetta, GA, USA
- item M4 is available from BYK-Gardner GmbH of Germany
- items P1-P5 and A1 are available from Chiba Specialty Chemicals Inc. and RAHN USA Corporation.
- Item A2 is available from Montello, Inc. of Tulsa, Oklahoma. Items H1-H2 in Table 1 are available from Sigma-Aldrich® Co.
- Item E1 is available from Croda International Plc.
- Item E2 is available from Ethox Chemicals, LLC.
- Items X1-X3 in Table 1 are available from Sigma-Aldrich® Co.
- One advantage of the additive manufacturing processes described herein includes the ability to form an advance polishing pad that has properties and porosity that can be adjusted based on the composition of the resin precursor components and structural configuration of the various formed materials used within the pad body structure.
- the information below provides some examples of some material formulations and the affect that varying various components in these formulations and/or processing techniques have on some of the properties needed to form a porous polishing pad that will achieve improved polishing results over conventional polishing pad designs.
- the information provided in these examples can be used to form at least a portion of the porous polishing pad 200 , such as part of the first polishing element 204 , the second polishing element 206 , or both the first and second polishing elements 204 and 206 .
- the examples provided herein are not intended to be limiting as to the scope of the disclosure provided herein, since other similar chemical formulations and processing techniques can be used to adjust some of the properties described herein.
- curable resin precursor composition components which are described above and below, are intended to be comparative examples and one skilled in the art can find other suitable monomers/oligomers from various sources to achieve the desired properties.
- reactive diluents are 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, octyldecyl acrylate, cyclic trimethylolpropane formal acrylate, caprolactone acrylate, isobornyl acrylate (IBOA), and alkoxylated lauryl methacrylate.
- the first material is available from Sigma-Aldrich, and the balance may be obtained from Sartomer USA and/or Rahn AG USA (SR series 203, 217, 238, 242, 306, 339, 355, 368, 420, 484, 502, 506A, 508, SR 531, 550, 585, 495B, 256, 257, 285, 611, 506, 833S, and 9003B, CD series 421A, 535, 545, 553, 590, 730, and 9075, Genomer series 1116, 1117, 1119, 1121, 1122, 5142, 5161, 5275, 6058, 7151, and 7210, Genocure series, BP, PBZ, PMP, DETX, ITX, LBC, LBP, TPO, and TPO-L, and Miramer series, M120, M130, M140, M164, M166, and M170).
- difunctional cross-linkers are bisphenol A glycerolate dimethacrylate, ethylene glycol dimethacrylate, diethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate and 1,4-butanediol diacrylate, which may be obtained from Sigma-Aldrich.
- oligomers could include aliphatic oligomers (CN series 131, 131B, 132, 152, 508, 549, 2910, 3100 and 3105 from Sartomer USA), polyester acrylate oligomers (CN series 292, 293, 294E, 299, 704, 2200, 2203, 2207, 2261, 2261LV, 2262, 2264, 2267, 2270, 2271E, 2273, 2279, 2282, 2283, 2285 and 2303 from Sartomer USA) and aliphatic urethane oligomers (CN series 929, 959, 961H81, 962, 969, 964A85, 965, 968, 980, 986, 989, 991, 992, 996, 2921, 9001, 9007, 9013, 9178 and 9783 from Sartomer USA).
- aliphatic oligomers CN series 131, 131B, 132, 152, 508, 549, 2910, 3100 and 3105 from Sarto
- the agents or additives could be supplied from BYK, such as 3550, 3560, 307, 378, 1791, 1794, 9077, A515, A535, JET9510, JET9511, P9908, UV3500, UV3535, DISPERBYK168, and DISPERBYK2008.
- the first type photoinitiator could be from BASF, such as Irgacure series 184, 2022, 2100, 250, 270, 295, 369, 379, 500, 651, TPO, TPO-L, 754, 784, 819, 907, 1173, or 4265.
- oligomers and resin precursor composition components can be purchased from Allnex Corp., such as the Ebecryl series (EB): 40, 53, 80, 81, 83, 110, 114, 130, 140, 150, 152, 154, 168, 170, 180, 220, 230, 242, 246, 264, 265, 270, 271, 284, 303, 350, 411, 436, 438, 450, 452, 524, 571, 600, 605, 608, 657, 745, 809, 810, 811, 812, 830, 860, 870, 871, 885, 888, 889, 893, 1258, 1290, 1291, 1300, 1360, 1710, 3200, 3201, 3411, 3415, 3418, 3500, 3600, 3700, 3701, 3720, 4265, 4827, 4833, 4849, 4858, 4883, 5129, 7100, 8100, 8296, 8301, 8311, 840
- Free and non-migratory (polymerizable) surfactants such as triethanol amine (TEA) and Hitenol and Maxemul branded materials are available from Sigma-Aldrich, Montello, Inc., of Tulsa, Oklahoma USA and Croda, Inc., of New Castle, Delaware, USA.
- TAA triethanol amine
- Hitenol and Maxemul branded materials are available from Sigma-Aldrich, Montello, Inc., of Tulsa, Oklahoma USA and Croda, Inc., of New Castle, Delaware, USA.
- Example 1 was a control performed without the addition of water and emulsifier.
- Example 2 was performed with the addition of water only.
- Example 3 was performed with both water and emulsifier.
- Items 4-7 each represent a formulation that may be modified with water, emulsifiers, or both.
- a formulation that contains multifunctional oligomers with O1:O3:O4:M1 was mixed in the ratio of 30:33:15:33. Then photoinitiators and additives (P1:P2:A1 in the ratio of 67:8.25:24.75) in about 3% by weight of the formulation were added for curing. This mixture (8 g) was placed in an aluminum cup and exposed to UV radiation to cure the acrylate monomers. This did not result in measureable pores.
- Example 1 was repeated by adding water (11 wt. %; 1.6 g) and photoinitiator (6.4 g) and was shaken very well. The mixture was cured similar to the Example 1. Then water was removed by heating to 60 degrees Celsius for 2 days under vacuum. The SEM image revealed the pore size as 6-130 microns and it is illustrated in FIG. 6 A .
- Example 2 was repeated by adding emulsifier E2 (1.1 wt. %) and shaken very well. It was then sonicated using Kaijo's Sono Cleaner Model 100 Z for 3 minutes. This mixture was transferred to aluminum cup and exposed to UV radiation to cure the acrylate monomers similar to Example 2. Then water was removed similar to Example 1.
- the SEM image revealed the pore size as 6-40 microns and is illustrated in FIG. 6 B .
- the pore size depicted in the SEM image of FIG. 6 B is considerably reduced compared to the pore size depicted in the SEM image of FIG. 6 A with an average size of 15 microns having a narrower pore size distribution.
- a narrower pore size distribution is desirable to control the spread of variation in mechanical properties of the formed porous material within desired regions of the porous polishing pad, provide more consistent and reproducible pad polishing properties, and control the slurry retention provided by the porous structure(s).
- Table 3 depicts various formulations that may be used to form the porous pad structures described herein.
- Item No. 8 does not contain a porosity-forming agent.
- Item 9, Item 10 and Item 11 contain 20 wt. %, 30 wt. %, and 40 wt. % of a porosity-forming agent X1 respectively.
- Table 4 depicts various formulations that may be used to form the porous pad structures described herein.
- Table 5 depicts various hypothetical formulations that may be used to form the porous pad structures described herein.
- FIG. 7 is a schematic perspective sectional view of a porous polishing pad 700 according to one implementation of the present disclosure.
- the porous polishing pad 700 includes a second polishing element 702 that is a soft or low storage modulus E′ material similar to the second polishing elements 206 of the 3D printed polishing pad. Similar to the second polishing elements 206 , the second polishing element 702 may be formed from one or more elastomeric polymer compositions that may include polyurethane and aliphatic segments.
- the porous polishing pad 700 includes a plurality of surface features 706 extending from the second polishing element 702 . Outer surfaces 708 of the surface features 706 may be formed from a porous material.
- the outer surface 708 of the surface features 706 may be formed from the same material or the same composition of materials as the second polishing element 702 .
- the surface features 706 may also include a hard feature 704 embedded therein.
- the high storage modulus E′ or hard features 704 may be formed from a material or a composition of materials that is harder than the surface features 706 .
- the high storage modulus E′ or hard features 704 may be formed from materials similar to the material or materials of the hard or high storage modulus E′ features of the porous polishing pad 200 , including crosslinked polymer compositions and compositions containing aromatic groups.
- the embedded hard features 704 alter the effective hardness of the surface features 706 , and thus provide a desired target pad hardness for polishing.
- the soft or low storage modulus E′ polymeric layer of the outer surface 708 can be used to reduce defects and improve planarization on the substrate being polished.
- a soft or low storage modulus E′ polymer material may be printed on surfaces of other polishing pads of the present disclosure to provide the same benefit.
- FIG. 8 is a schematic perspective sectional view of a porous polishing pad 800 having one or more observation windows 810 .
- the porous polishing pad 800 may have a pad body 802 .
- the pad body 802 may include one or more features such as a plurality of first polishing elements 804 extending from second polishing elements 806 for polishing.
- the second polishing elements 806 and the first polishing elements 804 may be formed from materials similar to those for the second polishing element(s) 206 and first polishing elements 204 of the porous polishing pad 200 .
- the first polishing elements 804 may be arranged in any suitable patterns according to the present disclosure.
- the one or more observation windows 810 may be formed from a transparent material or compositions to allow observation of the substrate being polished.
- the one or more observation windows 810 may be formed through, and/or about portions of, the second polishing elements 806 or the first polishing elements 804 .
- the one or more observation windows 810 may be formed from a material that is substantially transparent, and thus is able to transmit light emitted from a laser and/or white light source for use in a CMP optical endpoint detection system.
- the optical clarity should be high enough to provide at least about 25% (e.g., at least about 50%, at least about 80%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%) light transmission over the wavelength range of the light beam used by the end point detection system's optical detector.
- Typical optical end point detection wavelength ranges include the visible spectrum (e.g., from about 400 nm to about 800 nm), the ultraviolet (UV) spectrum (e.g., from about 300 nm to about 400 nm), and/or the infrared spectrum (e.g., from about 800 nm to about 1550 nm).
- the one or more observation windows 810 is formed from a material that has a transmittance of >35% at wavelengths between 280-800 nm.
- the one or more observation windows 810 is formed from a material that has a transmittance of >35% at wavelengths between 280-399 nm, and a transmittance of >70% at wavelengths between 400-800 nm.
- the one or more observation windows 810 is formed from a material that has a low refractive index that is about the same as that of the polishing slurry and has a high optical clarity to reduce reflections from the air/window/water interface and improve transmission of the light through the one or more observation windows 810 to and from the substrate.
- the one or more observation windows 810 may be formed from a transparent printed material, including polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA).
- the window is formed using transparent polymeric compositions that contain epoxide groups, wherein the compositions may be cured using a cationic cure, and may provide additional clarity and less shrinkage.
- the window may be formed from a mixture of compositions that undergo both cationic and free radical cure.
- the window may be produced by another process, and may be mechanically inserted into a preformed opening in the porous polishing pad that is formed by a 3D process.
- FIG. 9 is a schematic perspective sectional view of a porous polishing pad 900 including a backing layer 906 .
- the porous polishing pad 900 includes a second polishing element 904 and a plurality of first polishing elements 902 protruding from the second polishing element 904 .
- the porous polishing pad 900 may be similar to any of the porous polishing pads 200 , 700 , 800 described above, with the exception that the backing layer 906 is attached to the second polishing element 904 .
- the backing layer 906 may provide a desired compressibility to the porous polishing pad 900 .
- the backing layer 906 may also be used to alter the overall mechanical properties of the porous polishing pad 900 to achieve a desired hardness and/or have desired storage modulus E′ and loss modulus E′′.
- the backing layer 906 may have a hardness value of less than 70 Shore A scale.
- the backing layer 906 may be formed from an open-cell or a closed-cell foam, such as polyurethane or polysiloxane (silicone), so that under pressure the cells collapse and the backing layer 906 compresses.
- the backing layer 906 may be formed from natural rubber, EPDM rubber (ethylene propylene diene monomer), nitrile, or neoprene (polychloroprene).
- polishing particles described herein are circular in shape
- polishing particles according to the present disclosure may include any suitable shape, such as polishing webs configured to move linearly during polishing.
- polishing pad designs that will be needed to polish the next generation IC devices greatly increases the manufacturing complexity of these polishing pads.
- processes may include multi-material injection molding and/or sequential step UV casting to form material layers from single discrete materials. These forming steps are then typically followed by machining and post processing using milling, grinding or laser ablation operations or other subtractive techniques.
- FIGS. 10 A- 10 O depict SEM images of various implementations of porous pads formed according to implementations described herein.
- FIGS. 10 A- 10 C depict SEM images for a porous pad formed using a 5 ⁇ 5 bitmap design.
- FIG. 10 C depicts the formed porous pad containing the porosity-forming agent after deposition.
- FIG. 10 B depicts the formed porous pad after exposure to a washing/rinsing process to remove the porosity-forming agent.
- FIG. 10 A depicts the formed porous pad after exposure to both a washing/rinsing process and an anneal process to remove the porosity-forming agent.
- FIGS. 10 D- 10 F depict SEM images for a porous pad formed using a 4 ⁇ 4 bitmap design.
- FIG. 10 F depicts the formed porous pad containing the porosity-forming agent after deposition.
- FIG. 10 E depicts the formed porous pad after exposure to a washing/rinsing process to remove the porosity-forming agent.
- FIG. 10 D depicts the formed porous pad after exposure to both a washing/rinsing process and an anneal process to remove the porosity-forming agent.
- FIGS. 10 G- 10 I depict SEM images for a porous pad formed using a 3 ⁇ 3 bitmap design.
- FIG. 10 I depicts the formed porous pad containing the porosity-forming agent after deposition.
- FIG. 10 H depicts the formed porous pad after exposure to a washing/rinsing process to remove the porosity-forming agent.
- FIG. 10 G depicts the formed porous pad after exposure to both a washing/rinsing process and an anneal process to remove the porosity-forming agent.
- FIGS. 10 J- 10 L depict SEM images for a porous pad formed using a 2 ⁇ 2 bitmap design.
- FIG. 10 L depicts the formed porous pad containing the porosity-forming agent after deposition.
- FIG. 10 K depicts the formed porous pad after exposure to a washing/rinsing process to remove the porosity-forming agent.
- FIG. 10 J depicts the formed porous pad after exposure to both a washing/rinsing process and an anneal process to remove the porosity-forming agent.
- FIGS. 10 M- 10 O depict SEM images for a porous pad formed using a 1 ⁇ 1 bitmap design.
- FIG. 10 O depicts the formed porous pad containing the porosity-forming agent after deposition.
- FIG. 10 N depicts the formed porous pad after exposure to a washing/rinsing process to remove the porosity-forming agent.
- FIG. 10 M depicts the formed porous pad after exposure to both a washing/rinsing process and an anneal process to remove the porosity-forming agent.
- FIG. 11 A- 11 B depict SEM images of surfaces of porous pads formed according to implementations described herein.
- FIG. 12 depict SEM images of surfaces of porous pads formed according to implementations described herein. In some implementations, as shown in FIG. 12 , the majority of the pores form adjacent to the interface between the deposited layers.
- FIG. 13 is a flow chart depicting a method 1300 of forming a porous pad according to implementations described herein.
- one or more droplets of a resin composition are dispensed.
- the one or more droplets of a resin composition are dispensed on a support if the one or more droplets constitute a first layer.
- the one or more droplets of a resin composition are dispensed on a previously deposited layer.
- one or more droplets of a porosity-forming composition containing a porosity-forming agent are dispensed.
- the one or more droplets of the porosity-forming composition are dispensed on the support if the one or more droplets constitute a first layer. In some implementations, the one or more droplets of the porosity-forming composition are dispensed on a previously deposited layer.
- the dispensing processes of operation 1310 and operation 1320 are typically performed separately.
- the dispensed one or more droplets of the curable resin precursor and the dispensed one or more droplets of the porosity-forming composition are partially cured. Operations 1310 , 1320 , and 1330 may be repeated to form a 3-D relief.
- the dispensed one or more droplets of the curable resin precursor and the dispensed one or more droplets of the porosity-forming composition are exposed to at least one of an annealing process, a rinsing process, or both to remove the porosity-forming agent.
- the rinsing process may include rinsing with water, another solvent such as alcohol (e.g., isopropanol) or both.
- the annealing process may include heating the deposited pad structure to a low temperature (e.g., about 100 degrees Celsius) under a low pressure to vaporize the porosity-forming agent.
- an optional curing process is performed to form the final porous pad structure.
Abstract
Implementations disclosed herein generally relate to polishing articles and methods for manufacturing polishing articles used in polishing processes. More specifically, implementations disclosed herein relate to porous polishing pads produced by processes that yield improved polishing pad properties and performance, including tunable performance. Additive manufacturing processes, such as three-dimensional printing processes provides the ability to make porous polishing pads with unique properties and attributes.
Description
- This application is a continuation of co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/373,121, filed Apr. 2, 2019, which is a divisional of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/394,044, filed Dec. 29, 2016, and now issued as U.S. Pat. No. 10,456,886, which claims the benefit of U.S. provisional patent application Ser. No. 62/280,537, filed Jan. 19, 2016, the benefit of U.S. provisional patent application Ser. No. 62/331,234, filed May 3, 2016, and the benefit of U.S. provisional patent application Ser. No. 62/380,015, filed Aug. 26, 2016. The aforementioned related patent applications are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
- Implementations disclosed herein generally relate to polishing articles and methods for manufacturing polishing articles used in polishing processes. More specifically, implementations disclosed herein relate to porous polishing pads produced by processes that yield improved polishing pad properties and performance, including tunable performance.
- Chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) is a conventional process used in many different industries to planarize surfaces of substrates. In the semiconductor industry, uniformity of polishing and planarization has become increasingly significant as device feature sizes continue to decrease. During a CMP process, a substrate, such as a silicon wafer, is mounted on a carrier head with the device surface placed against a rotating polishing pad. The carrier head provides a controllable load on the substrate to push the device surface against the polishing pad. A polishing liquid, such as slurry with abrasive particles, is typically supplied to the surface of the moving polishing pad and polishing head. The polishing pad and polishing head apply mechanical energy to the substrate, while the pad also helps to control the transport of slurry, which interacts with the substrate during the polishing process.
- A conventional polishing pad is typically made by molding, casting or sintering polymeric materials that include polyurethane materials. In the case of molding, polishing pads can be made one at a time, e.g., by injection molding. In the case of casting, the liquid precursor is cast and cured into a cake, which is subsequently sliced into individual pad pieces. These pad pieces can then be machined to a final thickness. Pad surface features, including grooves, which aid in slurry transport, can be machined into the polishing surface, or be formed as part of the injection molding process.
- Polishing pads made of harder materials often exhibit high removal rates and have long useful pad life, but undesirably tend to form numerous scratches on the substrate being polished. Polishing pads made of softer materials exhibit low scratching of substrates, but tend to exhibit lower removal rates and have shorter useful pad life.
- In the case of porous polishing pads, open pore structures may be introduced into the pad via methods including poromerics and closed pore structures may be introduced into the pad via methods including blending with microspheres, frothing, microcellular foaming, blending with water-soluble spherical particles, and embedding with mineral oil. These methods of manufacturing polishing pads are expensive and time consuming, and often yield non-uniform polishing results due to the difficulties in the production and control of the dimensions of the pad surface features. Non-uniformity has become increasingly significant as the dimensions of IC devices and feature sizes continue to shrink.
- Accordingly, there remains a need in the art for polishing pads and methods of manufacturing polishing pads that provide uniform removal rates, have extended pad life, and minimizes scratching of the polished substrate.
- Implementations disclosed herein generally relate to polishing articles and methods for manufacturing polishing articles used in polishing processes. More specifically, implementations disclosed herein relate to porous polishing pads produced by processes that yield improved polishing pad properties and performance. In one implementation, a resin precursor composition is provided. The resin precursor composition comprises a first resin precursor component that comprises a multifunctional acrylate oligomer, a second resin precursor component that comprises a multifunctional acrylate monomer, a surfactant and a porosity-forming agent. In one configuration, the porosity-forming agent includes water. The first precursor formulation has a first viscosity that enables the first precursor formulation to be dispensed to form a portion of the polishing article by use of an additive manufacturing process.
- In another implementation, a composition for forming a porous polishing pad is provided. In another implementation, a porous polishing pad is provided. The porous polishing pad is formed from a resin precursor composition comprising a first resin precursor component that comprises a multifunctional acrylate oligomer, a second resin precursor component that comprises a multifunctional acrylate monomer, a surfactant and a porosity-forming agent. The first precursor formulation has a first viscosity that enables the first precursor formulation to be dispensed to form a portion of the polishing article by use of an additive manufacturing process.
- In yet another implementation, a method of forming a porous polishing pad is provided. The method comprises depositing a plurality of composite layers with a 3D printer to reach a target thickness. Depositing the plurality of composite layers comprises dispensing one or more droplets of a curable resin precursor composition onto a support. The curable resin precursor composition comprises a first resin precursor component that includes a multifunctional acrylate oligomer, a second resin precursor component that comprises a multifunctional acrylate monomer, a surfactant and a porosity-forming agent. The curable resin precursor composition has a first viscosity that enables the curable resin precursor composition to be dispensed to form a portion of the polishing pad by use of an additive manufacturing process. Depositing further comprises exposing the dispensed first droplet of the curable resin precursor composition to electromagnetic radiation for a first time period partially curing the curable resin precursor composition, repeating the dispensing, and exposing to build a 3D-relief on the support. The method further comprises solidifying the plurality of composite layers to form a porous pad body.
- In one implementation, the porosity-forming agent is vaporizable. In one implementation, the porosity-forming agent is selected from the group of water, water-soluble inert materials, water-containing hydrophilic polymers, hydrophilic polymerizable monomers, and combinations thereof.
- In one implementation, the porosity-forming agent contains ionic surfactants, glycols, or mixtures thereof. The ionic surfactants include, for example, ammonium-based salts. Exemplary salts include tetrabutylammonium tetrabutylborate, tetrafluoroborate, hexafluorophosphate, tetrabutylammonium benzoate, or combinations thereof. Exemplary glycols include diethylene glycol and propylene glycol. This non-reactive ionic surfactant/glycol mixture is dispersed into photo-curable ink formulations. After curing, nano-sized and micro-sized mixture drops are trapped in the cured materials. During CMP polishing, mixture drops dissolve into the polishing slurry leaving porous features in the CMP surface. This benefits pad surface interaction with slurry and slurry nanoparticle loading on pads; and in turn, enhances polishing removing rates and reduces the wafer-to-wafer removing rate deviation. Introduction of cationic materials can also bond to the polymer chain by Norrish Type II reactions and further enhancing the positive zeta potential of the pad.
- In yet another implementation, a method of forming a porous polishing pad is provided. The method comprises depositing a plurality of composite layers with a 3D printer to reach a target thickness. Depositing the plurality of composite layers comprises dispensing one or more droplets of a curable resin precursor composition onto a support and dispensing one or more droplets of a porosity-forming composition onto the support, wherein at least one component of the porosity-forming composition is removable to form the pores in the porous polishing pad.
- In yet another implementation, a method of forming a porous polishing pad is provided. The method comprises depositing a plurality of composite layers with a 3D printer to reach a target thickness and solidifying the plurality of composite layers to form a porous pad body. Depositing the plurality of composite layers comprises dispensing one or more droplets of a curable resin precursor composition onto a support. The curable resin precursor composition comprises a first resin precursor component that comprises a multifunctional acrylate oligomer, a second resin precursor component that comprises a multifunctional acrylate monomer, a surfactant and a porosity-forming agent. Depositing the plurality of composite layers further comprises exposing the one or more droplets of the curable resin precursor composition to electromagnetic radiation to at least partially cure the curable resin precursor composition and repeating the dispensing and exposing to build a 3D-relief on the support.
- In yet another implementation, a resin precursor composition is provided. The resin precursor composition comprises a first precursor formulation. The first precursor composition comprises a first resin precursor component that comprises a multifunctional acrylate oligomer, a second resin precursor component that comprises a multifunctional acrylate monomer, a surfactant and water. The first resin precursor formulation has a viscosity that enables the first precursor formulation to be dispensed to form a portion of a polishing article by use of an additive manufacturing process.
- So that the manner in which the above-recited features of the present disclosure can be understood in detail, a more particular description of the implementations, briefly summarized above, may be had by reference to implementations, some of which are illustrated in the appended drawings. It is to be noted, however, that the appended drawings illustrate only typical implementations of this disclosure and are therefore not to be considered limiting of its scope, for the disclosure may admit to other equally effective implementations.
-
FIG. 1 is a schematic sectional view of a polishing station having a porous polishing pad formed according to implementations described herein; -
FIG. 2A is a schematic isometric and cross-sectional view of a porous polishing pad according to an implementation of the present disclosure; -
FIG. 2B is a schematic partial top view of a porous polishing pad according to an implementation of the present disclosure; -
FIG. 2C is a schematic isometric and cross-sectional view of a porous polishing pad according to an implementation of the present disclosure; -
FIG. 2D is a schematic side cross-sectional view of a portion of a porous polishing pad according to an implementation of the present disclosure; -
FIG. 2E is a schematic side cross-sectional view of a portion of a porous polishing pad according to an implementation of the present disclosure; -
FIGS. 2F-2K are top views of polishing pad designs according to implementations of the present disclosure. -
FIG. 2L illustrates a plot of polished material removal rate versus feature height of a polishing pad, according to an implementation of the present disclosure. -
FIG. 2M illustrates a plot of surface area to volume ratio versus feature height of a polishing pad, according to an implementation of the present disclosure. -
FIG. 2N is a schematic cross-sectional view of a polishing pad according to an implementation of the present disclosure. -
FIG. 2O is a schematic cross-sectional view of a polishing pad according to an implementation of the present disclosure. -
FIG. 3A is a schematic view of a system for manufacturing porous polishing pads, according to an implementation of the present disclosure; -
FIG. 3B is a schematic view of a portion of the system illustrated inFIG. 3A , according to an implementation of the present disclosure; -
FIG. 3C is a schematic view of a dispensed droplet disposed on a surface of a region of the porous polishing pad illustrated inFIG. 3B , according to an implementation of the present disclosure; -
FIG. 4A is a schematic top view of a web or roll-to-roll type polishing pad, according to an implementation of the present disclosure; -
FIG. 4B is a schematic side cross-sectional view of a portion of a porous polishing pad, according to an implementation of the present disclosure; -
FIG. 5A is a top view of a pixel chart used to form an advanced polishing pad that may contain pores, according to at least one implementation of the present disclosure; -
FIG. 5B is a schematic side cross-sectional view of a portion of an advanced polishing pad, according to an implementation of the present disclosure; -
FIG. 5C is a schematic side cross-sectional view of a portion of an advanced polishing pad, according to an implementation of the present disclosure; -
FIG. 6A is a scanning electron microscope (SEM) image of one implementation of a porous pad structure formed according to implementations described herein; -
FIG. 6B is a scanning electron microscope (SEM) image of another implementation of a porous pad structure formed according to implementations described herein; -
FIG. 7 is a schematic side cross-sectional view of a portion of a porous polishing pad according to an implementation of the present disclosure; -
FIG. 8 is a schematic side cross-sectional view of a porous polishing pad having a transparent region formed therein, according to an implementation of the present disclosure; -
FIG. 9 is a schematic perspective sectional view of a porous polishing pad including a supporting foam layer, according to an implementation of the present disclosure; -
FIGS. 10A-10O depict SEM images of various implementations of porous pads formed according to implementations described herein; -
FIG. 11A-11B depict SEM images of surfaces of porous pads formed according to implementations described herein; -
FIG. 12 depict SEM images of surfaces of porous pads formed according to implementations described herein; and -
FIG. 13 is a flow chart depicting a method of forming a porous pad according to implementations described herein. - To facilitate understanding, identical reference numerals have been used, where possible, to designate identical elements that are common to the figures. It is contemplated that elements and features of one implementation may be beneficially incorporated in other implementations without further recitation.
- Implementations disclosed herein generally relate to polishing articles and methods for manufacturing polishing articles used in polishing processes. More specifically, implementations disclosed herein relate to porous polishing pads produced by processes that yield improved polishing pad properties and performance, including tunable performance. Additive manufacturing processes, such as three-dimensional printing (“3D printing”) processes provide the ability to make polishing pads with unique properties and attributes. Implementations of the present disclosure provide an advanced polishing pad that has discrete features and geometries, formed from at least two different materials that are formed from liquid polymer precursors, or resin precursor compositions, that contain “resin precursor components.” The resin precursor components include, but are not restricted to functional polymers, functional oligomers, monomers, reactive diluents, flow additives, curing agents, photoinitiators, one or more porosity-forming agents, surfactants and cure synergists.
- Material and microstructure variations over length scales of a deposited 20-100 micron region are reproducible. This attribute may enable CMP process performance tuning on an unprecedented level. One technique for 3D printing utilizes inkjet technology, which involves dispensing a droplet of a liquid resin precursor composition in a predetermined pattern and curing or solidifying the dispensed precursor material into a solid polymer by exposing the dispensed precursor material to electromagnetic radiation, such as ultraviolet light. Inkjet technology produces microdroplets of precursor material by ejecting precursor materials through a small nozzle (e.g., 10-50 micron diameter). This creates high pressure and shear on the droplet. Additionally 3D printing techniques involve printing material in a layer-by-layer form, where thickness control of each deposited layer is critical.
- Typically, complex shapes are created with 3D printing techniques, where the matrix material itself is solid. Implementations described herein, disclose a resin precursor composition for forming porous structures by incorporating one or more liquid porosity-forming agents in the resin precursor composition, which is also referred to herein as the liquid polymer precursor material. While, for simplicity reasons, the discussion below primarily discloses the use of water as the “porosity-forming agent” in a resin precursor composition, this type of porosity-forming agent is not intended to be limiting as to the scope of the disclosure provided herein since other non-miscible liquid components (e.g., organic liquids) may be used in its place within the resin precursor composition. Porosity-forming agents that may be used with the implementations described herein include but are not limited to water, water-soluble inert materials, water-containing hydrophilic polymers, hydrophilic polymerizable monomers, and combinations thereof. In some cases, it is also desirable for the porosity-forming agent to be vaporizable at temperatures below the decomposition temperature of polymer materials used to form the porous polishing pad. In some implementations where the porosity-forming agent is soluble in water or other solvents, the porosity-forming agent may be removed by a rinsing process to form the porous pad structure.
- In some implementations described herein, the resin precursor composition further comprises a low hydrophilic lyophilic balance (“HLB”) surfactant. In some implementations, since water, or other porosity-forming agents, is immiscible in the liquid polymer precursors found in the resin precursor composition and the water's dispersion may be aided by adding the low HLB surfactant, a uniform dispersion of water droplets can be formed within the resin precursor composition. The type and amount of surfactant used determine the size of porosity-forming agent droplets in the resulting emulsion. The water-liquid polymer precursor emulsion of the resin precursor composition is dispensed through the ink-jet printer and on exposure to energy (e.g., UV light), forms a solid polymer, which encloses porosity-forming agent micro-droplets. The final solidified material may be dried at a temperature below the softening temperature of the solid polymer to eliminate the residual porosity-forming agent, leaving a porous material. In one example, between about 5 wt. % to about 40 wt. % of a porosity-forming agent may be incorporated in the liquid polymer precursor formulation as discussed further below. In another example, between about 5 wt. % to about 30 wt. % of water may be incorporated in the liquid polymer precursor formulation as discussed further below. Suitable low HLB surfactants include, but are not limited to sorbitan stearate (HLB 4.7), polyglyceryl oleate (HLB 5.0), lecithin (HLB approx. 4.0), sorbitan monooleate, glyceryl monooleate, and lanolin & lanolin alcohols.
- In some implementations, the porosity-forming agent is deposited separately from the resin precursor formulation. For example, the resin precursor formulation is deposited from a first nozzle and the porosity-forming agent is deposited from a second nozzle. Deposition of the resin precursor formulation and the porosity-forming agent may be followed by at least one of a curing process to form or partially form the porous structure, a rinsing process to remove the porosity-forming agent, and an annealing process to form the final porous structure.
- Implementations of the present disclosure further provide polishing articles and methods of forming polishing articles that are porous and have varying regions of zeta potential throughout the surface of the polishing article. The varying regions of zeta potential of the polishing article may be tuned based on the slurry composition systems used and the materials to be polished. This varying zeta potential may be tuned to transport active slurry to the interface between the polishing article and substrate while removing polishing byproducts and contaminants from the interface. For example, in some implementations, the polishing article has a more positive zeta potential near the polishing surface of the polishing article (i.e. the interface between the polishing article and the liquid interface) and a more negative zeta potential near the bottom of a groove of the polishing article. The more positive zeta potential repels unwanted positively charged ions (e.g., metal ions, dielectric material ions) from the liquid interface while the more negative zeta potential attracts the unwanted positive ions toward the bottom of the groove where the collected ions can be removed from the polishing article. In polishing systems where the active slurry contains abrasives having a negative zeta potential (e.g., native silica, such as fumed silica), the abrasives may be attracted to the more positive zeta potential near the polishing surface and correspondingly repelled by the negative potential near the bottom of the groove. In some implementations where the active slurry contains an abrasives having a positive zeta potential (e.g., alumina) the polishing surface may be designed to have a more negative zeta potential relative to other regions of the surface of the polishing article to attract the abrasive to the interface between the polishing article and the liquid interface.
- The following disclosure describes a polishing pad for chemical mechanical polishing comprising a porous polymeric material, wherein the polishing pad includes a porous structure. The following disclosure also describes formulations and processes for forming porous polishing pads.
- Certain details are set forth in the following description and in
FIGS. 1-13 to provide a thorough understanding of various implementations of the disclosure. Other details describing well-known structures and systems often associated with additive manufacturing processes and polishing article manufacturing are not set forth in the following disclosure to avoid unnecessarily obscuring the description of the various implementations. Many of the details, dimensions, angles and other features shown in the Figures are merely illustrative of particular implementations. Accordingly, other implementations can have other details, components, dimensions, angles and features without departing from the spirit or scope of the present disclosure. In addition, further implementations of the disclosure can be practiced without several of the details described below. - It should be understood that although the polishing articles described herein are polishing pads, the implementations describe herein are also applicable to other polishing articles including, for example, buffing pads. Further, although the polishing articles described herein are discussed in relation to a chemical mechanical polishing process, the polishing articles and methods of manufacturing polishing articles described herein are also applicable to other polishing processes including polishing lenses and other processes including both abrasive and non-abrasive slurry systems. In addition, the polishing articles described herein may be used in at least the following industries: aerospace, ceramics, hard disk drive (HDD), MEMS and Nano-Tech, metalworking, optics and electro-optics, and semiconductor, among others.
- As will be discussed further below, the porous polishing pads described herein may be formed using an additive manufacturing process, for example, a 3D printing process. In one non-limiting example of a 3D printing process, a layer of the porous polishing pad starts with a thin pattern of droplets of a resin precursor composition that are dispensed on a surface and are then cured to form the polishing article in layer-by-layer fashion. Since 3D printing processes can exercise local control over the material composition, microstructure and surface texture, various (and previously inaccessible) geometries may be achieved with this method.
- In another non-limiting example of a 3D printing process, a layer of the porous polishing pad starts with a thin pattern of droplets of a resin precursor composition that are dispensed on a surface from a first nozzle and a thin pattern of droplets of porosity-forming agent is deposited on the surface from a second nozzle. The thin pattern of the resin precursor composition and the porosity-forming agent are then cured to form the polishing article in layer-by-layer fashion. Since 3D printing processes can exercise local control over the material composition, microstructure and surface texture, various (and previously inaccessible) geometries may be achieved with this method.
- In some implementations, the polishing pad includes a porous structure formed within the printed solidified material that contains open pores and/or closed pores. In one implementation, the polishing pad includes a porous structure formed within the printed solidified material that substantially contains closed pores. In another implementation, the polishing pad includes a porous structure within the printed solidified material that contains both open pores and closed pores. In one example, the open pores are formed at the polishing surface of the formed polishing pad and the closed pores are formed at a level beneath the surface of the polishing pad. Yet, in another implementation, it may be desirable to form a polishing pad that includes a porous structure within the printed solidified material that contains substantially all open pores, which may form an interwoven network of pores. However, in some implementations, the void volume of the porous polishing pad predominantly includes closed cells (i.e., closed pores). Preferably, at least about 75% or more, for example, about 80% or more, about 85% or more, about 90% or more, about 95% or more, about 98% or more, about 99% or more, or 100%, of the void volume of the porous polishing pad includes closed pores. In general, closed pores, or closed cells, include hollow interior regions of material that are not interconnected, or are only interconnected to a few adjacent cells. In some implementations, the closed pores are predominantly buried within the porous pad material until they are exposed and/or opened at the pad surface due to pad wear or a pad conditioning process.
- The porous polishing pad can have a void volume fraction of about 1% or more, e.g., about 4% or more, about 5% or more, about 10% or more, about 12% or more, about 15% or more, about 20% or more, about 25% or more, about 30% or more, about 40% or more, or about 45% or more. Alternatively, or in addition, the porous polishing pad can have a void volume fraction of about 50% or less, e.g., about 45% or less, about 40% or less, about 30% or less, about 25% or less, about 20% or less, about 15% or less, about 12% or less, about 10% or less, about 5% or less, or about 4% or less. Thus, the porous polishing pad can have a void volume fraction bounded by any two of the endpoints recited for the void volume. For example, the porous polishing pad can have a void volume fraction of about 1% to about 50%, about 10% to about 40%, about 20% to about 30%, about 1% to about 20%, about 2% to about 18%, about 4% to about 5%, about 5% to about 15%, about 10% to about 20%, about 25% to about 30%, or about 35% to about 40%.
- The void volume fraction of the porous polishing pad can be measured using any suitable measurement method. For example, the void volume fraction of the porous polishing pad can be measured using a density measurement, wherein the void volume fraction can be expressed by: void volume %=(1-δfoamed/δsolid)×100%, wherein δfoamed is the density of the porous polishing pad and δsolid is the density of the polymeric resin used to form the porous polishing pad. The terms “void volume,” “void volume fraction,” or “void volume percentage” as used herein can be synonymous with porosity.
- The porous polishing pad, more specifically the closed pores of the porous polishing pad, can have an average pore size of about 1 μm or more, e.g., about 5 μm or more, about 10 μm or more, about 15 μm or more, about 20 μm or more, about 25 μm or more, about 30 μm or more, about 35 μm or more, about 40 μm or more, about 45 μm or more, about 50 μm or more, about 55 μm or more, about 60 μm or more, about 65 μm or more, about 70 μm or more, about 75 μm or more, about 100 μm or more, about 125 μm or more, or about 150 μm or more. Alternatively, or in addition, the porous polishing pad can have an average pore size of about 200 μm or less, e.g., about 190 μm or less, about 180 μm or less, about 175 μm or less, about 170 μm or less, about 160 μm or less, about 150 μm or less, 140 μm or less, 130 μm or less, about 125 μm or less, 120 μm or less, 110 μm or less, 100 μm or less, 90 μm or less, 80 μm or less, 70 μm or less, 60 μm or less, 50 μm or less, 40 μm or less, 30 μm or less, about 20 μm or less; 15 μm or less, 10 μm or less, or 5 μm or less. Thus, the porous polishing pad can have an average pore size bounded by any two of the endpoints recited for the average pore size. For example, the porous polishing pad can have an average pore size of about 1 μm to about 200 μm, about 5 μm to about 200 μm, about 5 μm to about 20 μm, about 5 μm to about 40 μm, about 5 μm to about 130 μm, about 25 μm to about 75 μm, about 50 μm to about 100 μm, about 75 μm to about 125 μm, about 100 μm to about 150 μm, about 125 μm to about 175 μm, or about 150 μm to about 200 μm.
- As used herein, the average pore size refers to the average of the largest diameter of a representative sample of individual pores in the porous polishing pad. The largest diameter is the same as the Feret diameter. The largest diameter can be obtained from an image of a sample, such as a scanning electron microscope image, either manually or by using image analysis software. Typically, the sample is obtained by sectioning a portion of a porous polishing pad.
- The average pore size as used herein refers to the average pore size within the bulk portion of the porous polishing pad, i.e., the portion of the porous polishing pad between, but not including, the surface(s) of the porous polishing pad. The surface can be the region of the pad within about 5 mm, e.g., within about 4 mm, within about 3 mm, within about 2 mm, or within about 1 mm, of the pad surface as produced and before any finishing operations, such as skiving, dressing, or the like.
- Porous Polishing Pad Designs
- According to one or more implementations of the disclosure, it has been discovered that a porous polishing pad with improved polishing and mechanical properties can be produced by an additive manufacturing process. A porous polishing pad, which is formed by additive manufacturing process, can be formed such that it has improved polishing performance and properties over conventionally formed porous or non-porous pads. The formed porous polishing pad generally includes a pad body and discrete features produced over, upon, and within the pad body, that may be formed simultaneously from a plurality of different materials and/or compositions of materials, thus enabling micron scale control of the pad architecture and properties. The disclosure provided herein can thus be used to form a porous polishing pad that includes desirable pad polishing properties over the complete polishing process range. Typical polishing pad mechanical properties include both static and dynamic properties of the polishing pad, which are affected by the individual materials within the polishing pad and the composite properties of the complete polishing pad structure. The porous polishing pad may include regions that contain a plurality of discrete materials and/or regions that contain gradients in material composition or porosity related properties (e.g., pore size, pore volume, etc.) in one or more directions within the formed polishing pad. Examples of some of the mechanical properties that can be adjusted to form a porous polishing pad that has desirable polishing performance over the polishing process range include, but are not limited to storage modulus E′, loss modulus E″, hardness, yield strength, ultimate tensile strength, elongation, thermal conductivity, zeta potential, mass density, surface tension, Poison's ratio, fracture toughness, surface roughness (Ra) and other related properties. Examples of some of the dynamic properties that can be adjusted within an porous polishing pad may include, but are not limited to tan delta (tan δ), storage modulus ratio (or E′30/E′90 ratio) and other related parameters, such as the energy loss factor (KEL). The energy loss factor (KEL) is related to the elastic rebound and dampening effect of a pad material. KEL may be defined by the following equation: KEL=tan δ *1012/[E′*(1+(tan δ)2)], where E′ is in Pascals. The KEL is typically measured using the method of Dynamic Mechanical Analysis (DMA) at a temperature of 40° C., and frequency of 1 or 1.6 hertz (Hz). Unless specified otherwise, the storage modulus E′, the E′30/E′90 ratio and the percent recovery measurements provided herein were performed using a DMA testing process that was performed at a frequency of about 1 hertz (Hz) and a temperature ramp rate of about 5° C./min. By controlling one or more of the pad properties, an improved the polishing process performance, improved polishing pad lifetime, improved polishing slurry retention and improved polishing process repeatability can be achieved. Examples of pad configurations that exhibit one or more these properties are discussed further below in conjunction with one or more the implementations discussed herein.
- Polishing Pad Apparatus and Polishing Methods:
- The improved porous polishing pad designs disclosed herein can be used to perform a polishing process in many different types of polishing apparatus. In one example, which is not intended to limit the scope of the disclosure provided herein, the porous polishing pad may be used in a polishing station that is used to polish semiconductor substrates.
FIG. 1 is a schematic sectional view of a polishingstation 100 having aporous polishing pad 106 formed according to the implementations described herein. The polishingstation 100 may be positioned within a larger chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) system that contains multiple polishingstations 100. The polishingstation 100 includes aplaten 102. Theplaten 102 may rotate about acentral axis 104. Theporous polishing pad 106 may be placed on theplaten 102. While not intending to limit the disclosure provided herein, typically, theporous polishing pad 106 covers anupper surface 103 of theplaten 102 which is at least one to two times larger than the size of a substrate 110 (e.g., substrate diameter) that is to be processed in the polishingstation 100. In one example, theporous polishing pad 106 andplaten 102 are between about 6 inches (150 millimeters) and about 40 inches (1,016 millimeters) in diameter. Theporous polishing pad 106 includes a polishingsurface 112 configured to contact and process one ormore substrates 110. Theplaten 102 supports theporous polishing pad 106 and rotates theporous polishing pad 106 during polishing. Acarrier head 108 may hold thesubstrate 110 being processed against the polishingsurface 112 of theporous polishing pad 106. A polishinginterface 130 is formed between the polishingsurface 112 and thesubstrate 110. Thecarrier head 108 typically includes aflexible diaphragm 111 that is used to urge thesubstrate 110 against theporous polishing pad 106 and acarrier ring 109 that is used to correct for an inherently non-uniform pressure distribution found across the substrate's surface during the polishing process. Thecarrier head 108 may rotate about acentral axis 114 and/or move in a sweeping motion to generate relative motions between thesubstrate 110 and theporous polishing pad 106. - During polishing, a polishing
fluid 116, such as an abrasive slurry or non-abrasive slurry, may be supplied to the polishingsurface 112 by adelivery arm 118. The polishingfluid 116 may contain abrasive particles, a pH adjuster and/or chemically active components to enable chemical mechanical polishing of the substrate. The slurry chemistry of 116 is designed to polish substrate surfaces and/or features that may include metals, metal oxides, and semimetal oxides. One will note that the surface topography of theporous polishing pad 106 is used to control the transport of the polishing fluid 116 (e.g., slurry) which interacts with thesubstrate 110 during the polishing process. For example, the surface topology of theporous polishing pad 106 may consist of grooves, channels and other protuberances, which are formed by casting, molding, or machining, which may be disposed over, upon and within theporous polishing pad 106. - In some implementations, the polishing
station 100 includes apad conditioning assembly 120 that includes aconditioning arm 122 andactuators actuators surface 112 at different times during the polishing process cycle to abrade and rejuvenate the polishingsurface 112 of theporous polishing pad 106. During processing, moving theporous polishing pad 106 andcarrier head 108 apply mechanical energy to thesubstrate 110, which in combination with the chemicals and abrasive components in the polishingfluid 116, will cause the surface of the substrate to become planarized. - Examples of various structural configurations of porous polishing pads that can be used in a polishing apparatus are discussed in conjunction with
FIGS. 2A-2K . The porous polishing pads illustrated inFIGS. 2A-2K may be used, for example, in the polishingstation 100 depicted inFIG. 1 . Unless otherwise specified, the terms first polishing element(s) 204 and the second polishing element(s) 206 broadly describe portions, regions and/or features within the polishing body of aporous polishing pad 200. The specific examples of different porous polishing pad configurations, shown inFIGS. 2A-2K , are not intended to be limiting as to the scope of the disclosure provided herein, since other similar configurations may be formed by use of the one or more of the additive manufacturing processes described herein. - The porous polishing pads may be formed by a layer-by-layer automated sequential deposition of at least one resin precursor composition followed by at least one curing step, wherein each layer may represent at least one polymer composition, and/or regions of different compositions. The compositions may include functional polymers, functional oligomers, porosity-forming agent(s), emulsifiers/surfactants, photoinitiators inorganic particles, reactive diluents, and additional additives. The functional polymers may include multifunctional acrylate precursor components. To form a plurality of solid polymeric layers, one or more curing steps may be used, such as exposure of one or more compositions to UV radiation and/or thermal energy. In this fashion, an entire polishing pad may be formed from a plurality of polymeric layers by an additive manufacturing process. A thickness of the cured layer may be from about 0.1 micron to about 1 mm, such as 5 microns to about 100 microns, and such as 25 microns to about 30 microns.
- The porous polishing pads according to the present disclosure may have differing porosity across a
pad body 202, as reflected by at least one compositional gradient from polishing element to polishing element. Porosity across theporous polishing pad 200 may be symmetric or non-symmetric, uniform or non-uniform to achieve target polishing pad properties, which may include static mechanical properties, dynamic mechanical properties and wear properties. In one implementation, the pores form near the interface of each adjacent deposited layer. The patterns of either of the polishingelements pad body 202 may be radial, concentric, rectangular, spiral, fractal or random according to achieve target properties including porosity, across the porous polishing pad. Advantageously, the 3D printing process enables specific placement of material compositions with desired properties in specific areas of the pad, or over larger areas of the pad, so the properties can be combined and represent a greater average of properties or a “composite” of the properties. -
FIG. 2A is a schematic perspective sectional view of aporous polishing pad 200 a according to one implementation of the present disclosure. One or more first polishingelements 204 a may formed in alternating concentric rings that are coupled to one or more second polishing element(s) 206 a to form apad body 202 that is circular. At least one of the one or more first polishingelements 204 a and the one or more second polishing element(s) 206 a may be porous and formed according to the implementations described herein. In one implementation, aheight 210 of the first polishing element(s) 204 a from the supportingsurface 203 is higher than aheight 212 of the second polishing element(s) 206 a so that the upper surface(s) 208 of the first polishing element(s) 204 a protrude above the second polishing element(s) 206 a. In one implementation, thefirst polishing element 204 is disposed over aportion 212A of the second polishing element(s) 206 a.Grooves 218 or channels are formed between the first polishing element(s) 204 a, and at least include a portion of the second polishing element(s) 206 a. During polishing, the upper surface(s) 208 of thefirst polishing elements 204 a form a polishing surface that contacts the substrate, while thegrooves 218 retain and channel the polishing fluid. In one implementation, the first polishing element(s) 204 a are thicker than the second polishing element(s) 206 a in a direction normal to a plane parallel to the polishing surface, or upper surface(s) 208, of the pad body 202 (i.e., Z-direction inFIG. 2A ) so that the channels orgrooves 218 are formed on the top surface of thepad body 202. - In one implementation, a
width 214 of thefirst polishing elements 204 a may be between about 250 microns and about 5 millimeters. Thepitch 216 between the hard first polishing element(s) 204 a may be between about 0.5 millimeters and about 5 millimeters. Eachfirst polishing element 204 a may have a width within a range between about 250 microns and about 2 millimeters. Thewidth 214 and/or thepitch 216 may vary across a radius of theporous polishing pad 200 to define zones of varied hardness, porosity, or both hardness and porosity. -
FIG. 2B is a schematic partial top view of aporous polishing pad 200 b according to an implementation of the present disclosure. Theporous polishing pad 200 b is similar to theporous polishing pad 200 ofFIG. 2A except that theporous polishing pad 200 b includes interlocking first polishingelements 204 b and second polishingelements 206 b. At least one of the interlocking first polishingelements 204 b and thesecond polishing elements 206 b may be porous and formed according to the implementations described herein. The interlocking first polishingelements 204 b and thesecond polishing elements 206 b form a plurality of concentric rings. The interlocking first polishingelements 204 b may include protrudingvertical ridges 220 and thesecond polishing elements 206 b may includevertical recesses 222 for receiving thevertical ridges 220. Alternatively, thesecond polishing elements 206 b may include protruding ridges while the interlocking first polishingelements 204 b include recesses. By having thesecond polishing elements 206 b interlock with the interlocking first polishingelements 204 b, theporous polishing pad 200 b will be mechanically stronger in relation to applied shear forces, which may be generated during the CMP process and/or material handling. In one implementation, the first polishing elements and the second polishing elements may be interlocked to improve the strength of the porous polishing pad and improve physical integrity of the porous polishing pads. The interlocking of the features may be due to physical and/or chemical forces. -
FIG. 2C is a schematic perspective sectional view of aporous polishing pad 200 c according to an implementation of the present disclosure. Theporous polishing pad 200 c includes a plurality offirst polishing elements 204 c extending from a base material layer, such as thesecond polishing element 206 c. At least one of the one the plurality offirst polishing elements 204 c and thesecond polishing element 206 c may be porous and formed according to the implementations described herein. Upper surface(s) 208 of thefirst polishing elements 204 c form a polishing surface for contacting the substrate during polishing. Thefirst polishing elements 204 c and thesecond polishing elements 206 c have different material and structural properties. For example, thefirst polishing elements 204 c may be formed from a porous material, while thesecond polishing elements 206 c may be formed from a non-porous material as described herein. Theporous polishing pad 200 c may be formed by 3D printing, similar to theporous polishing pad 200. - The
first polishing elements 204 c may be substantially the same size, or may vary in size to create varied mechanical properties, such as porosity, across theporous polishing pad 200 c. Thefirst polishing elements 204 c may be uniformly distributed across theporous polishing pad 200 c, or may be arranged in a non-uniform pattern to achieve target properties in theporous polishing pad 200 c. - In
FIG. 2C , thefirst polishing elements 204 c are shown to be circular columns extending from thesecond polishing elements 206 c. Alternatively, thefirst polishing elements 204 c may be of any suitable cross-sectional shape, for example columns with toroidal, partial toroidal (e.g., arc), oval, square, rectangular, triangular, polygonal, or other irregular section shapes, or combinations thereof. In one implementation, thefirst polishing elements 204 c may be of different cross-sectional shapes to tune hardness, mechanical strength or other desirable properties of theporous polishing pad 200 c. -
FIG. 2D is a schematic partial side cross-sectional view of apad body 202 of aporous polishing pad 200 d according to an implementation of the present disclosure. Theporous polishing pad 200 d is similar to theporous polishing pad FIGS. 2A-2C except that theporous polishing pad 200 d includes interlocking first polishingelements 204 d andsecond polishing elements 206 d. At least one of the one the plurality of interlocking first polishingelements 204 d and thesecond polishing element 206 d may be porous and formed according to the implementations described herein. The interlocking first polishingelements 204 d and thesecond polishing elements 206 d may include a plurality of concentric rings and/or discrete elements that form part of thepad body 202, which are illustrated, for example, inFIGS. 2A, 2B or 2C . In one implementation, the interlocking first polishingelements 204 d may include protrudingsidewalls 224 while thesecond polishing elements 206 d may includeregions 225 to receive the protruding sidewalls 224 of the interlocking first polishingelements 204 d. Alternatively, thesecond polishing elements 206 d may include protruding sidewalls while the interlocking first polishingelements 204 d include regions that are configured to receive the protruding sidewalls. By interlocking thesecond polishing elements 206 c with the interlocking first polishingelements 204 d, theporous polishing pad 200 d may exhibit an increased tensile, compressive and/or shear strength. Additionally, the interlocking sidewalls prevent theporous polishing pad 200 d from being pulled apart. - In one implementation, the boundaries between the interlocking first polishing
elements 204 d andsecond polishing elements 206 d include a cohesive transition from at least one composition of material to another, such as a transition or compositional gradient from a first composition used to form the interlocking first polishingelement 204 d and a second composition used to form thesecond polishing element 206 d. The cohesiveness of the materials is a result of the additive manufacturing process described herein, which enables micron scale control and intimate mixing of the two or more chemical compositions in a layer-by-layer additively formed structure. -
FIG. 2E is a schematic partial sectional view of aporous polishing pad 200 e according to an implementation of the present disclosure. Theporous polishing pad 200 e is similar to theporous polishing pad 200 d ofFIG. 2D except that theporous polishing pad 200 e includes differently configured interlocking features. Theporous polishing pad 200 e may include first polishingelements 204 e andsecond polishing elements 206 e having a plurality of concentric rings and/or discrete elements. At least one of the one thefirst polishing elements 204 e and thesecond polishing elements 206 e may be porous and formed according to the implementations described herein. In one implementation, thefirst polishing elements 204 e may includehorizontal ridges 226 while thesecond polishing elements 206 e may includehorizontal recesses 227 to receive thehorizontal ridges 226 of thefirst polishing elements 204 e. Alternatively, thesecond polishing elements 206 e may include horizontal ridges while thefirst polishing elements 204 e include horizontal recesses. In one implementation, vertical interlocking features, such as the interlocking features ofFIG. 2B and horizontal interlocking features, such as the interlocking features ofFIGS. 2D and 2E , may be combined to form a porous polishing pad. -
FIGS. 2F-2K are schematic plan views of various polishing pad designs according to implementations of the present disclosure. Each ofFIGS. 2F-2K include pixel charts having white regions (regions in white pixels) that represent thefirst polishing elements 204 f-204 k, respectively, for contacting and polishing a substrate, and black regions (regions in black pixels) that represent the second polishing element(s) 206 f-206 k. As similarly discussed herein, the white regions generally protrude over the black regions so that channels are formed in the black regions between the white regions. In one example, the pixels in a pixel chart are arranged in a rectangular array type pattern (e.g., X and Y oriented array) that are used to define the position of the various materials within a layer, or a portion of layer, of an porous polishing pad. In another example, the pixels in a pixel chart are arranged in a hexagonal close pack array type of pattern (e.g., one pixel surrounded by six nearest neighbors) that are used to define the position of the various materials within a layer, or a portion of layer of a polishing pad. Polishing slurry may flow through and be retained in the channels during polishing. The polishing pads shown inFIGS. 2F-2K may be formed by depositing a plurality of layers of materials using an additive manufacturing process. Each of the plurality of layers may include two or more materials to form thefirst polishing elements 204 f-204 k and second polishing element(s) 206 f-206 k. In one implementation, thefirst polishing elements 204 f-204 k may be thicker than the second polishing element(s) 206 f-206 k in a direction normal to a plane that is parallel to the plurality of layers of materials so that grooves and/or channels are formed on a top surface of the polishing pad. - The
first polishing elements 204 a-204 k in theporous polishing pads 200 a-200 k ofFIGS. 2A-2K may be formed from an identical material or identical compositions of materials. Alternatively, the material composition and/or material properties of thefirst polishing elements 204 a-204 k in the designs ofFIG. 2A-2K may vary from polishing feature to polishing feature. Individualized material composition and/or material properties allow tailoring of the polishing pads for specific needs. - It has been found that the structural configuration of the
first polishing elements 204 relative to thesecond polishing elements 206 can also be used to control polishing process repeatability and improve the polishing rate of a polishing process. One such structural configuration relates to the relative physical layout of thefirst polishing elements 204 to thesecond polishing elements 206 in a formed advanced polishing pad, and is known herein as the total exposed surface area to volume ratio (SAVR) of thefirst polishing elements 204 within a formed advanced polishing pad. It is believed that by adjusting the total exposed surface area to volume ratio by controlling the relative physical layout of thefirst polishing elements 204 relative to thesecond polishing elements 206 and the mechanical properties (e.g., thermal conductivity, hardness, loss modulus, polishing contact area, etc.) of the materials used to form thefirst polishing elements 204 and/or thesecond polishing elements 206, the polishing process repeatability and substrate polishing rate can, along with other polishing parameter, be greatly improved. In one example, the mechanical properties of the material(s) within thefirst polishing elements 204 include a thermal diffusivity (m2/s) that is less than about 6.0×10−6, such as between about 1.0×10−7 and 6.0×10−6 m2/s. -
FIG. 2N illustrates twofirst polishing elements second polishing element 206, such that a portion of the each of thefirst polishing elements second polishing element 206. Thesecond polishing element 206 has abase surface 2061, which is supported by components in a polishing tool (not shown). The embedded region of the first polishing element is generally described herein as being anunexposed portion 2041 and the portion of the first polishing elements that is not embedded within thesecond polishing element 206 is referred to herein as the exposedportion 2040. Each of thefirst polishing elements feature height 2021 that extends from thesurface 2060 of thesecond polishing element 206 to thetop surface 2011 of eachfirst polishing element 204. Thefirst polishing elements spacing 2020 that may be constant or vary within the X-Y plane depending on the configuration of the advanced polishing pad. In some implementations, as illustrated inFIGS. 2A and 2F-2K thespacing 2020 within the array may be oriented in a radial direction (e.g., X-Y plane) and an arc direction (e.g., X-Y plane), and may be constant or vary in one or more of these directions, as discussed above. - Structurally the
first polishing elements sides 2010 that is above thesurface 2060 of thesecond polishing element 206 and atop surface 2011, on which a substrate is placed during polishing. In one example, first polishing elements, which are configured similarly to the first polishing elements illustrated inFIG. 2A , have a total surface area that varies depending on the radial position of each of the first polishing elements (e.g., concentric rings of differing diameters). Whereas, in another example, for the first polishing elements that are configured similarly to the first polishing elements illustrated inFIG. 2C , the total exposed surface area of each first polishing element may not vary from one first polishing element to the next. In general, the total exposed surface area (TESA) of eachfirst polishing element 204 includes the substrate contact area (SCA), which is the area of thetop surface 2011, and the total exposed sidewall area of the first polishing element, which is the sum of the areas of the exposed portions of each of thesides 2010. - One will note that the total surface contact area, which is generally the area that a substrate contacts as it is being polished, is the sum of all of the areas of the
top surfaces 2011 of all of thefirst polishing elements 204 in an advanced polishing pad. However, the percent contact area is the total contact area of thefirst polishing elements 204 divided by the total pad surface area of the polishing pad (e.g., ΠD2/4, where D is the outer diameter of the pad). The volume (V) of a first polishing element, is generally the total internal volume of afirst polishing element 204, such as, for example, the volume of a cylinder for thefirst polishing elements 204 illustrated inFIG. 2C . However, the total exposed surface area to volume ratio (SAVR) for first polishing elements 204 (e.g., SAVR=TESA/V), which have a similar cross-sectional shape, such as have the same radial width (e.g.,width 214 inFIG. 2A ) or feature size (e.g.,length 208L inFIG. 2C ), embedded depth within thesecond polishing element 206 and polishing element height, will generally have the same total exposed surface area to volume ratio for each of thefirst polishing elements 204 in the array used to form the advanced polishing pad. -
FIG. 2O illustrates twofirst polishing elements second polishing elements 206, and havediffering feature heights first polishing elements heat flux 2071 or aheat flux 2072 that are conducted away from the top surface of each of thefirst polishing elements top surface 2011 and polishing parameters used to polish the substrate remain the same for each of these configurations. However, it has been found that the exposed surface area and volume of thefirst polishing elements elements elements - Referring to
FIG. 2O , convective heat transfer created by the movement of the polishing slurry relative to the exposed surfaces of thefirst polishing elements first polishing elements second polishing element 206 due to the difference in feature heights, and 3) the difference in mass (e.g., volume) of the first polishing elements, the polishing process results will be different for thefirst polishing element 204 B1 and thefirst polishing element 204 B2. -
FIG. 2L illustrates the effect offeature height 2021 on the removal rate for a first polishing element during a standard polishing process. As illustrated inFIG. 2O , material removal rate will increase as the feature height is reduced.FIG. 2M illustrates the effect offeature height 2021 on the total exposed surface area to volume ratio. It is believed that the structural and thermal effects created by the difference in the total exposed surface area to volume ratio of the formed first polishing elements leads to the difference in the polishing process results for each of the differently configured first polishing elements (e.g., different feature height 2021) illustrated inFIG. 2L . - One will note that due to the need to “pad condition” the polymer containing polishing pads, the act of abrading the
top surface 2011 of the first polishing elements will decrease thefeature height 2021 over the lifetime of the polishing pad. However, the variation infeature height 2021 will cause the total exposed surface area to volume ratio, and thus cause the polishing process results, to vary as the advanced pad is abraded by the pad conditioning process. Therefore, it has been found that it is desirable to configure thefirst polishing elements 204 in an advanced polishing pad, such that the total exposed surface area to volume ratio remains stable over the life of the polishing pad. In some implementations, the total exposed surface area to volume ratio of thefirst polishing elements 204, which are partially embedded within asecond polishing element 206, are designed to have a total exposed surface area to volume ratio of less than 20 per millimeter (mm−1). In another example, the total exposed surface area to volume ratio of less than 15 mm−1, such as less than 10 mm−1, or even less than 8 mm−1. - In some implementations, the
first polishing elements 204 in an advanced polishing pad are designed such that the total exposed surface area to volume ratio is within a stable region, for example the SAVR is less than 20 mm−1, and a porosity of thefirst polishing element 204 is added and/or controlled so that the slurry retention at thetop surface 2011 is desirably maintained. It has been found that the addition of porous features to the surface of thefirst polishing elements 204 can also be used to stabilize the temperature variation in the formed first polishingelements 204 from wafer to wafer, as similarly found by adjusting the total exposed surface area to volume ratio. In one example, the porosity of the formed first polishing element is formed such that the thermal diffusivity (m2/s) of the material is between about 1.0×10−7 and 6.0×10−6 m2/s. The pores within thefirst polishing element 204, can have an average pore size of about 50 nm or more, such as about 1 μm to about 150 μm, and have a void volume fraction of about 1% to about 50%. - As discussed above, the materials used to form portions of the
pad body 202, such as thefirst polishing element 204 andsecond polishing element 206 may each be formed from at least one ink jettable pre-polymer composition that may be a mixture of functional polymers, functional oligomers, surfactants, reactive diluents, porosity-forming agent(s) and curing agents to achieve the desired properties of the porous polishing pad. In general, during the additive manufacturing process, the pre-polymer inks or compositions may be processed after being deposited by use of any number of means including exposure or contact with radiation or thermal energy, with or without a curing agent or chemical initiator. In general, the deposited material can be exposed to electromagnetic radiation, which may include ultraviolet radiation (UV), gamma radiation, X-ray radiation, visible radiation, IR radiation, and microwave radiation and accelerated electrons and ion beams may be used to initiate polymerization reactions. For the purposes of this disclosure, we do not restrict the method of cure, or the use of additives to aid the polymerization, such as sensitizers, initiators, catalysts, and/or curing agents, such as through cure agents or oxygen inhibitors. - In one implementation, two or more polishing elements, such as the first and
second polishing elements pad body 202 that is unitary, may be formed from the sequential deposition and post deposition processing of at least one radiation curable resin precursor composition, wherein the compositions contain functional polymers, functional oligomers, monomers, porosity-forming agent(s) and/or reactive diluents that have unsaturated chemical moieties or groups, including but not restricted to: vinyl groups, acrylic groups, methacrylic groups, acrylamido groups, allyl groups, olefinic groups, and acetylene groups. During the porous polishing pad formation process, the unsaturated groups may undergo free radical polymerization when exposed to radiation, such as UV radiation, in the presence of a curing agent, such as a free radical generating photoinitiator, such as an Irgacure® product manufactured by BASF of Ludwigshafen, Germany. - Two types of free radical photoinitiators may be used in one or more of the implementations of the disclosure provided herein. The first type of photoinitiator, also referred to herein as a bulk cure photoinitiator, is an initiator that cleaves upon exposure to UV radiation yielding a free radical immediately, which may initiate a polymerization. The first type of photoinitiator can be useful for both surface and through or bulk cure of the dispensed droplets. The first type of photoinitiator may be selected from the group including, but not restricted to benzoin ethers, benzyl ketals, acetyl phenones, alkyl phenones, and phosphine oxides. The second type of photoinitiator, also referred to herein as a surface cure photoinitiator, is a photoinitiator that is activated by UV radiation and forms free radicals by hydrogen abstraction from a second compound, which becomes the actual initiating free radical. This second compound is often called a co-initiator or polymerization synergist, and may be an amine synergist.
- Amine synergists are used to diminish oxygen inhibition, and therefore, the second type of photoinitiator may be useful for fast surface cure. The second type of photoinitiator may be selected from the group including but not restricted to benzophenone compounds and thioxanthone compounds. An amine synergist may be an amine with an active hydrogen, and in one implementation an amine synergist, such as an amine containing acrylate may be combined with a benzophenone photoinitiator in a resin precursor composition formulation to: a) limit oxygen inhibition, b) fast cure a droplet or layer surface so as to fix the dimensions of the droplet or layer surface, and c), increase layer stability through the curing process. In some cases, to retard or prevent free radical quenching by diatomic oxygen, which slows or inhibits the free radical curing mechanism. One may choose a curing atmosphere or environment that is oxygen limited or free of oxygen, such as an inert gas atmosphere, and chemical reagents that are dry, degassed and mostly free of oxygen.
- It has been found that controlling the amount of the chemical initiator in the printed formulation is a significant factor in controlling the properties of a formed porous polishing pad, since the repeated exposure of underlying layers to the curing energy as the porous polishing pad is formed will affect the properties of these underlying layers. In other words, the repeated exposure of the deposited layers to some amount of the curing energy (e.g., UV light, heat, etc.) will affect the degree of cure, or over curing the surface of that layer, within each of the formed layers. Therefore, in some implementations, it is desirable to ensure that the surface cure kinetics are not faster than through-cure (bulk-cure), as the surface will cure first and block additional UV light from reaching the material below the surface cured region; thus causing the overall partially cured structure to be “under-cured.” In some implementations, it is desirable to reduce the amount of photoinitiator to ensure proper chain extension and cross-linking. In general, higher molecular weight polymers will form with a slower controlled polymerization. It is believed that if the reaction products contain too many radicals, reaction kinetics may proceed too quickly and molecular weights will be low which will in turn reduce mechanical properties of the cured material.
- In some implementations, the resin precursor composition includes a polymeric photoinitiator and/or an oligomer photoinitiator that has a moderate to high molecular weight that is selected so that it is relatively immobile within bulk region of a dispensed droplet prior to, during and/or after performing a curing process on the droplet. The moderate to high molecular weight type of photoinitiator is typically selected such that it will not, or at least minimally, migrate within a partially cured droplet. In one example, after UV or UV LED curing a droplet that has a moderate to high molecular weight type of photoinitiator, as compared with the traditional small molecular weight photoinitiator, the polymeric and oligomeric photoinitiators will tend to be immobilized within the bulk region of cured material and not migrate to or vaporize from the surface or interfacial region of the cured material, due to the photoinitiator's relatively high molecular weight. Since the moderate to high molecular weight type of photoinitiator is relatively immobile within the formed droplet, the curing, composition and mechanical properties of the bulk region and the curing, composition, mechanical properties and surface properties (e.g., hydrophilicity) of the surface of the dispensed droplet will remain relatively uniform and stable. In one example, the moderate to high molecular weight type of photoinitiator may be a material that has a molecular weight that is greater than 600, such as greater than 1000. In one example, the moderate to high molecular weight type of photoinitiator may be a material that is selected from the group of PL Industrials PL-150 and IGM Resins Omnipol 1001. The immobile feature of the polymeric and oligomeric photoinitiators, in comparison to small molecular photoinitiators, will also enhance the health, safety, and environmental impact of the additive manufacturing process used to form an advanced polishing pad.
- In some implementations, a moderate to high molecular weight type of photoinitiator is selected for use in a droplet formulation such that it will not significantly alter the viscosity of the final formulation used to form the droplet that is dispensed on the surface of the growing polishing pad. Traditionally, lower molecular weight photoinitiator undesirably alter the viscosity of the formulation used to form the droplet. Therefore, by selecting a desirable moderate to high molecular weight type of photoinitiator the viscosity of the final droplet formulation can be adjusted or maintained at a level that can be easily dispensed by the deposition hardware, such as a print head, during an additive manufacturing process (e.g., 3D printing process).
- In some implementations, the first and second polishing elements 204 and 206 may contain at least one oligomeric and/or polymeric segments, compounds, or materials selected from: polyamides, polycarbonates, polyesters, polyether ketones, polyethers, polyoxymethylenes, polyether sulfone, polyetherim ides, polyimides, polyolefins, polysiloxanes, polysulfones, polyphenylenes, polyphenylene sulfides, polyurethanes, polystyrene, polyacrylonitriles, polyacrylates, polymethylmethacrylates, polyurethane acrylates, polyester acrylates, polyether acrylates, epoxy acrylates, polycarbonates, polyesters, melamines, polysulfones, polyvinyl materials, acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS), halogenated polymers, block copolymers and copolymers thereof. Production and synthesis of the compositions used to form the first polishing element 204 and second polishing element 206 may be achieved using at least one UV radiation curable functional and reactive oligomer with at least one of the aforementioned polymeric and/or molecular segments, such as that shown in chemical structure A:
- The difunctional oligomer as represented in chemical structure A, bisphenol-A ethoxylate diacrylate, contains segments that may contribute to the low, medium, and high storage modulus E′ character of materials found in the first polishing element 204 and second polishing element 206 in the pad body 202. For example, the aromatic groups may impart added stiffness to the pad body 202 because of some local rigidity imparted by the phenyl rings. However, those skilled in the art will recognize that by increasing the ether chain segment “n” will lower the storage modulus E′ and thus produce a softer material with increased flexibility. In one implementation, a rubber-like reactive oligomer, polybutadiene diacrylate, may be used to create a softer and more elastic composition with some rubber-like elastic elongation as shown in chemical structure B:
- Polybutadiene diacrylate includes pendant allylic functionality (shown), which may undergo a crosslinking reaction with other unreacted sites of unsaturation. In some implementations, the residual double bonds in the polybutadiene segment “m” are reacted to create crosslinks, which may lead to reversible elastomeric properties. In one implementation, an porous polishing pad containing compositional crosslinks may have a percent elongation from about 5% to about 40%, and a E′30:E′90 ratio of about 6 to about 15. Examples of some crosslinking chemistries include sulfur vulcanization and peroxide, such as tert-butyl perbenzoate, dicumyl peroxide, benzoyl peroxide, di-tert-butyl peroxide and the like. In one implementation, 3% benzoyl peroxide, by total formulation weight, is reacted with polybutadiene diacrylate to form crosslinks such that the crosslink density is at least about 2%.
- Chemical structure C represents another type of reactive oligomer, a polyurethane acrylate, a material that may impart flexibility and elongation to the porous polishing pad. An acrylate that contains urethane groups may be an aliphatic or an aromatic polyurethane acrylate, and the R or R′ groups shown in the structure may be aliphatic, aromatic, oligomeric, and may contain heteroatoms such as oxygen.
- Reactive oligomers may contain at least one reactive site, such as an acrylic site, and may be monofunctional, difunctional, trifunctional, tetrafunctional, pentafunctional and/or hexafunctional and therefore serve as foci for crosslinking. The oligomers may represent “soft” or a low storage modulus E′ materials, “medium soft” or medium storage modulus E′ materials, or “hard” or high storage modulus E′ materials. The storage modulus E′ (e.g., slope, or Δy/Δx) increases from a soft and flexible and stretchable polyurethane acrylate to an acrylic acrylate, then to a polyester acrylate, and then to the hardest in the series, a hard and high storage modulus E″ epoxy acrylate. Functional oligomers may be obtained from a variety of sources including Sartomer USA of Exton, PA, Dymax Corporation of Torrington, CT, USA, and Allnex Corporation of Alpharetta, GA, USA.
- In implementations of the disclosure, multifunctional acrylates, including di, tri, tetra, and higher functionality acrylates, may be used to create crosslinks within the material used to form, and/or between the materials found in, the
first polishing element 204 andsecond polishing element 206, and thus adjust polishing pad properties including storage modulus E′, viscous dampening, rebound, compression, elasticity, elongation, and the glass transition temperature. It has been found that by controlling the degree of crosslinking within the various materials used to form thefirst polishing element 204 andsecond polishing element 206 desirable pad properties can be formed. Moreover, by controlling the porosity characteristics (e.g., average pore size, pore volume, etc.) of the material within one or more of the polishingelements - In some configurations, multifunctional acrylates may be advantageously used in lieu of rigid aromatics in a polishing pad formulation, because the low viscosity family of materials provides a greater variety of molecular architectures, such as linear, branched, and/or cyclic, as well as a broader range of molecular weights, which in turn widens the formulation and process window. Some examples of multifunctional acrylates are shown in chemical structures D (1,3,5-triacryloylhexahydro-1,3,5-triazine), and E (trimethylolpropane triacrylate):
- The type or crosslinking agent, chemical structure, or the mechanism(s) for forming the crosslinks are not restricted in the implementations of this disclosure. For example, an amine containing oligomer may undergo a Michael addition type reaction with acrylic moiety to form a covalent crosslink, or an amine group may react with an epoxide group to create a covalent crosslink. In other implementations, the crosslinks may be formed by ionic or hydrogen bonding. The crosslinking agent may contain linear, branched, or cyclic molecular segments. The crosslinking agent may further contain oligomeric and/or polymeric segments, and may contain heteroatoms such as nitrogen and oxygen. Crosslinking chemical compounds that may be useful for polishing pad compositions are available from a variety of sources including Sigma-Aldrich of St. Louis, MO, USA, Sartomer USA of Exton, PA, Dymax Corporation of Torrington, CT, USA, and Allnex Corporation of Alpharetta, GA, USA.
- As mentioned herein, reactive diluents can be used as viscosity thinning solvents that are mixed with high viscosity functional oligomers to achieve the appropriate viscosity formulation to allow the formulation to be deposited by an additive manufacturing process, followed by copolymerization of the diluent(s) with the higher viscosity functional oligomers when exposed to a curing energy. In one implementation, when n˜4, the viscosity of bisphenol-A ethoxylate diacrylate may be about 1350 centipoise (cP) at 25 degrees Celsius, a viscosity which may be too high to effect dispense of a such a material in a 3D printing process. Therefore, it may be desirable to mix bisphenol-A ethoxylate diacrylate with a lower viscosity reactive diluents, such as low molecular weight acrylates, to lower the viscosity to about 1 cP to about 100 cP at 25° C., such as about 1 cP to about 20 cP at 25 degrees Celsius. The amount of reactive diluent used depends on the viscosity of the formulation components and the diluent(s) themselves. For example, a reactive oligomer of 1000 cP may involve at least 40% dilution by weight of formulation to achieve a target viscosity. Examples of reactive diluents are shown in chemical structures F (isobornyl acrylate), G (decyl acrylate), and H (glycidyl methacrylate):
- The respective viscosities of F-G at 25 degrees Celsius are 9.5 cP, 2.5 cP, and 2.7 cP, respectively. Reactive diluents may also be multifunctional, and therefore may undergo crosslinking reactions or other chemical reactions that create polymer networks. In one implementation, glycidyl methacrylate (H), serves as a reactive diluent, and is mixed with a difunctional aliphatic urethane acrylates, so that the viscosity of the mixture is about 15 cP. The approximate dilution factor may be from about 2:1 to about 10:1, such as about 5:1. An amine acrylate may be added to this mixture, such as dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, so that it is about 10% by weight of the formulation. Heating the mixture from about 25 degrees Celsius to about 75 degrees Celsius causes the reaction of the amine with the epoxide, and formation of the adduct of the acrylated amine and the acrylated epoxide. A suitable free radical photoinitiator, such as Irgacure® 651, may be then added at 2% by weight of formulation, and the mixture may be dispensed by a suitable 3D printer so that a 20-micron thick layer is formed on a substrate. In one example, the layer may then be cured by exposing the droplet or layer for between about 0.1 μs to about 10 seconds, such as about 15 seconds, to UV light from about 200 nm to about 400 nm using a scanning UV diode laser at an intensity of about 10 to about 50 mJ/cm2 to create a thin polymer film. Reactive diluent chemical compounds that may be useful for 3D printed polishing pad compositions are available from a variety of sources including Sigma-Aldrich of St. Louis, MO, USA, Sartomer USA of Exton, PA, Dymax Corporation of Torrington, CT, USA, and Allnex Corporation of Alpharetta, GA, USA.
- Another method of radiation cure that may be useful in the production of polishing pads is cationic cure, initiated by UV or low energy electron beam(s). Epoxy group containing materials may be cationically curable, wherein the ring opening polymerization of epoxy groups may be initiated by cations such as protons and Lewis acids. The epoxy materials may be monomers, oligomers or polymers, and may have aliphatic, aromatic, cycloaliphatic, arylaliphatic or heterocyclic structures; and can include epoxide groups as side groups or groups that form part of an alicyclic or heterocyclic ring system.
- UV-initiated cationic photopolymerization exhibits several advantages compared to the free-radical photopolymerization including lower shrinkage, better clarity, better through cure via living polymerization, and the lack of oxygen inhibition. UV cationic polymerization may polymerize classes of monomers, which cannot be polymerized by free radical means, such as epoxides, vinyl ethers, propenyl ethers, siloxanes, oxetanes, cyclic acetals and formals, cyclic sulfides, lactones and lactams. These cationically polymerizable monomers include both unsaturated monomers, such as glycidyl methacrylate (chemical structure H) that may also undergo free-radical polymerization through the carbon-carbon double bonds as described herein. Photoinitiators that generate a photoacid when irradiated with UV light (˜225 to 300 nm) or electron beams include, but are not limited to aryl onium salts, such as iodonium and sulfonium salts, such as triarylsulfonium hexafluorophosphate salts, which may be obtained from BASF of Ludwigshafen, Germany (Irgacure® product).
- In one implementation, the material(s) used to form the
first polishing element 204 and thesecond polishing element 206, and thus thepad body 202, may be formed from the sequential deposition and cationic cure of at least one radiation curable resin precursor composition, wherein the compositions contain functional polymers, functional oligomers, monomers, porosity-forming agent(s) (e.g., water, organic liquids, or water-soluble materials) and/or reactive diluents that have epoxy groups. Mixed free radical and cationic cure systems may be used to save cost and balance physical properties. In one implementation, thefirst polishing element 204 and thesecond polishing element 206, may be formed from the sequential deposition and cationic and free radical cure of at least one radiation curable resin precursor composition, wherein the compositions contain functional polymers, functional oligomers, monomers, surfactants, porosity-forming agent(s), and reactive diluents that have acrylic groups and epoxy groups. In another implementation, to take advantage of the clarity and lack of light absorption inherent in some cationically cured systems, an observation window or CMP end-point detection window, which is discussed further below, may be formed from a composition cured by the cationic method. In some implementations, some of the layers in the formed porous polishing pad may be formed by use of a cationic curing method and some of the layers may be formed from a free radical curing method. - In one implementation, as is discussed further below, the 3D printed polymer layers may contain inorganic and/or organic particles that are used to enhance one or more pad properties of selected material layers found in the formed
porous polishing pad 200. Because the 3D printing process involves layer-by-layer sequential deposition of at least one composition per layer, additional deposition of inorganic or organic particles disposed upon or within a pad layer may also be desirable to obtain a certain pad property and/or to perform a certain function. The inorganic or organic particles may be added during the porous polishing pad formation process to improve the ultimate tensile strength, improve yield strength, improve the stability of the storage modulus over a temperature range, improve heat transfer, adjust a surfaces zeta potential, and/or adjust a surface's surface energy. The particle type, chemical composition, or size, and the added particles may vary by application or desired effect that is to be achieved. The particles that are integrated in a 3D printed polishing pad may also serve as foci for crosslinking, which may lead to a higher storage modulus E′ depending on a percent by weight loading. In another example, a polymer composition containing polar particles, such as ceria, may have a further affinity for polar materials and liquids at the pad surface, such as CMP slurries. - Exemplary Formulations:
- The porous polishing pad described herein may be formed from at least one resin precursor composition as described herein. The resin precursor composition may comprise at least one pre-polymer composition. The pre-polymer composition may be an ink jettable pre-polymer composition. The resin precursor composition may comprise, consist essentially of, or consist of at least one of: (1) one or more oligomer components, (2) one or more monomer components, (3) porosity-forming agent(s), (4) one or more emulsifiers/surfactants; (5) a photoinitiator component, (6) reactive diluents, (7) inorganic particles, organic particles or both, and (8) additional additives.
- The resin precursor composition may comprise one or more oligomer components (1). Any suitable oligomer component capable of achieving desired properties in the final porous polishing article may be used. The one or more oligomer components may comprise at least one of an acrylic oligomer, a urethane (meth)acrylate oligomer, a polyester based (meth)acrylate oligomer, a polyether based (meth)acrylate oligomer, a silicone based meth(acrylate), vinyl(meth)acrylates, an epoxy (meth)acrylate oligomer or any of the other oligomer components described herein. The oligomer component may be of low viscosity, low volatility, high reactivity, and low glass transition temperature. The oligomer component may be a multifunctional component. The functionality of the oligomer component may be 3 or less. The functionality of the oligomer component may be 2 or less.
- Examples of suitable acrylic oligomers include, but are not limited to, those under the designations of CN820, CN152, and CN146, etc. from Sartomer®. Examples of suitable urethane (meth)acrylates include, but are not limited to, aliphatic and aromatic urethane (meth)acrylates under the designations of CN929, CN966, CN978, CN981, CN991, CN992, CN994, CN997, CN1963, CN9006, CN9007, etc. from Sartomer® and those from Cytek® Surface Specialty under the designations of Ebecryl 8402, Ebecryl 1290.
- Examples of suitable polyester or polyether based (meth)acrylate oligomers include, but are not limited to, those under the designations of CN292, CN293, CN294E, CN299, CN704, CN2200, CN2203, CN2207, CN2261, CN2261LV, CN2262, CN2264, CN2267, CN2270, CN2271E, CN2273, CN2279, CN2282, CN2283, CN2303, CN3200 etc. from Sartomer® USA, LLC. Examples of suitable epoxy (meth)acrylates oligomer include, but are not limited to, those under the designations of Ebecryl 3701, Ebecryl 3708, Ebecryl 3200, Ebecryl 3600, etc. from Cytek® Surface Specialty, and CN151 from Sartomer®.
- The one or more oligomer components may comprise at least 5 wt. %, 10 wt. %, 15 wt. %, 20 wt. %, 25 wt. %, 30 wt. %, 35 wt. %, 40 wt. %, 45 wt. %, 50 wt. %, or 55 wt. % based on the total weight of the resin precursor composition. The one or more oligomer components may comprise up to 10 wt. %, 15 wt. %, 20 wt. %, 25 wt. %, 30 wt. %, 35 wt. %, 40 wt. %, 45 wt. %, 50 wt. %, 55 wt. %, or 60 wt. % based on the total weight of the resin precursor composition. The amount of the oligomer component in the resin precursor composition may be from about 5 wt. % to about 60 wt. % based on the total weight of the resin precursor composition (e.g., from about 10 wt. % to about 60 wt. %., from about 20 wt. % to about 50 wt. %; from about 40 wt. % to about 50 wt. %; or from about 10 wt. % to about 30 wt. %).
- The resin precursor composition may further comprise one or more monomer components (2). The monomer component typically offers good solvency to the oligomer component in ink formulations, which dilutes the ink to a low viscosity. The monomer component may also have a low glass transition temperature, which contributes to the flexibility of ink after curing. The monomer component may be a multifunctional component. The functionality of the monomer component may be 3 or less. The functionality of the monomer component may be 2 or less. In one implementation, the monomer component comprises both mono-functional and di-functional monomers.
- Examples of suitable mono-functional monomers include, but are not limited to, tetrahydrofurfuryl acrylate (e.g. SR285 from Sartomer®), tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylate, vinyl caprolactam, isobornyl acrylate, isobornyl methacrylate, 2-phenoxyethyl acrylate, 2-phenoxyethyl methacrylate, 2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethyl acrylate, isooctyl acrylate, isodecyl acrylate, isodecyl methacrylate, lauryl acrylate, lauryl methacrylate, stearyl acrylate, stearyl methacrylate, cyclic trimethylolpropane formal acrylate, 2-[[(Butylamino) carbonyl]oxy]ethyl acrylate (e.g. Genomer 1122 from RAHN USA Corporation), 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane acrylate, and mono-functional methoxylated PEG (350) acrylate, etc.
- Examples of suitable di-functional monomers include, but not are limited to, diacrylates or dimethacrylates of diols and polyether diols, such as propoxylated neopentyl glycol diacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol dimethacrylate, 1,3-butylene glycol diacrylate, 1,3-butylene glycol dimethacrylate 1,4-butanediol diacrylate, 1,4-butanediol dimethacrylate, alkoxylated aliphatic diacrylate (e.g., SR9209A from Sartomer®), diethylene glycol diacrylate, diethylene glycol dimethacrylate, dipropylene glycol diacrylate, tripropylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, and alkoxylated hexanediol diacrylates, e.g. SR562, SR563, SR564 from Sartomer®.
- The one or more monomer components may comprise at least 10 wt. %, 15 wt. %, 20 wt. %, 25 wt. %, 30 wt. %, 35 wt. %, 40 wt. %, 45 wt. %, 50 wt. %, or 55 wt. % based on the total weight of the resin precursor composition. The one or more monomer components may comprise up to 15 wt. %, 20 wt. %, 25 wt. %, 30 wt. %, 35 wt. %, 40 wt. %, 45 wt. %, 50 wt. %, 55 wt. %, or 60 wt. % based on the total weight of the resin precursor composition. The amount of the monomer component in the resin precursor composition may be from about 10 wt. % to about 60 wt. % relative to the total weight of the resin precursor composition (e.g., from about 30 wt. % to about 60 wt. %; from about 20 wt. % to about 50 wt. %; from about 40 wt. % to about 50 wt. %; or from about 10 wt. % to about 30 wt. %).
- In some implementations, it is desirable to control the properties of one or more of the polishing
elements - The resin precursor composition further comprises a porosity-forming agent (3). A porosity-forming agent may comprise at least 5 wt. %, 10 wt. %, 15 wt. %, 20 wt. %, 25 wt. %, 30 wt. %, 35 wt. %, 40 wt. %, 45 wt. %, 50 wt. %, or 55 wt. % of the total weight of the resin precursor composition. A porosity-forming agent may comprise up to 10 wt. %, 15 wt. %, 20 wt. %, 25 wt. %, 30 wt. %, 35 wt. %, 40 wt. %, 45 wt. %, 50 wt. %, 55 wt. %, or 60 wt. % of the total weight of the resin precursor composition. The amount of porosity-forming agent in the resin precursor composition may be from about 10 wt. % to about 40 wt. % relative to the total weight of the resin precursor composition (e.g., from about 20 wt. % to about 40 wt. %; from about 30 wt. % to about 40 wt. %; from about 20 wt. % to about 30 wt. %; or from about 10 wt. % to about 40 wt. %). The amount of porosity-forming agent in the resin precursor composition may be from about 5 wt. % to about 30 wt. % relative to the total weight of the resin precursor composition (e.g., from about 5 wt. % to about 25 wt. %; from about 10 wt. % to about 25 wt. %; from about 10 wt. % to about 20 wt. %; or from about 10 wt. % to about 30 wt. %).
- In one implementation, the porosity-forming agent (3) is selected from water, water-soluble polymers, water-soluble inert materials, water-containing hydrophilic polymers, hydrophilic polymerizable monomers, ionic surfactants and combinations thereof. In one implementation, the porosity-forming agent is vaporizable, soluble in water or soluble in another solvent.
- In one implementation, the porosity-forming agent is water. Examples of the water include pure water or ultrapure water such as ion-exchanged water, ultrafiltration water, reverse osmotic water, and distilled water. In another implementation, the porosity-forming agent is an organic liquid. Examples of an organic liquid include ethylene glycol.
- In another implementation, the porosity-forming agent is a water-soluble inert material. The water-soluble inert material is added during the additive manufacturing process and then removed to generate pores. The water-soluble inert material may be removed via a rinsing process. In some implementations, the water-soluble inert material is inert to UV radiation used during the curing process. In some implementations, the water-soluble inert material lowers the viscosity of the printable composition. In some implementations, as the deposited material is cured, the water-soluble inert material phase separates from the oligomers and monomers present.
- Examples of suitable water-soluble inert materials include, but not are limited to, glycols (e.g., polyethylene glycols), glycol-ethers, and amines. In one implementation, the water-soluble inert material is selected from the group comprising ethylene glycol, butanediol, dimer diol, propylene glycol-(1,2) and propylene glycol-(1,3), octane-1,8-diol, neopentyl glycol, cyclohexane dimethanol (1,4-bis-hydroxymethylcyclohexane), 2-methyl-1,3-propane diol, glycerine, trimethylolpropane, hexanediol-(1,6), hexanetriol-(1,2,6) butane triol-(1,2,4), trimethylolethane, pentaerythritol, quinitol, mannitol and sorbitol, methylglycoside, also diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, polyethylene glycols, dibutylene glycol, polybutylene glycols, ethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether (EGMBE), diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethanolamine, diethanolamine (DEA), triethanolamine (TEA) and combinations thereof.
- In another implementation, the porosity-forming agent is a water-containing hydrophilic polymer. Examples of suitable water-containing hydrophilic polymers include, but are not limited to vinyl polymers such as polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP) and polyvinyl methyl ether.
- In another implementation, the porosity-forming agent is hydrophilic polymerizable monomer in water. Examples of suitable hydrophilic polymerizable monomers in water include, but are not limited to, triethanolamine (TEA) surfactant, polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ether ammonium sulfates, polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ethers, anionic phosphate esters, and combinations thereof. In one implementations, the water-containing hydrophilic polymers are selected from Hitenol™ (polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ether ammonium sulfate) and Noigen™ (polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ether) surfactants commercially available from Dai-Ichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd. of Japan; and the Maxemul™ (anionic phosphate ester) surfactants commercially available from Uniqema of The Netherlands. Suitable grades of some of the materials listed above may include Hitenol BC-10™, Hitenol BC-20™, Hitenol BC-30™, Noigen RN-10™, Noigen RN-20™, Noigen RN-30™, Noigen RN-40™, and Maxemul 6106™, which has both phosphonate ester and ethoxy hydrophilicity, a nominal C18 alkyl chain with an acrylate reactive group, and 6112™.
- In another implementation, the porosity-forming agent contains ionic surfactants, glycols, or mixtures thereof. The ionic surfactants include, for example, ammonium-based salts. Exemplary ammonium-based salts include tetrabutylammonium tetrabutylborate, tetrafluoroborate, hexafluorophosphate, tetrabutylammonium benzoate, or combinations thereof. Exemplary glycols include diethylene glycol and propylene glycol. This non-reactive ionic surfactant/glycol mixture is dispersed into photo-curable ink formulations. After curing, nano-sized and micro-sized mixture drops are trapped in the cured materials. During CMP polishing, mixture drops dissolve into the polishing slurry leaving porous features in the CMP surface. This benefits pad surface interaction with slurry and slurry nanoparticle loading on pads; and in turn, enhances polishing removing rates and reduces the wafer-to-wafer removing rate deviation.
- Introduction of cationic materials can also bond to the polymer chain by Norrish Type II reactions further enhancing the positive zeta potential of the pad. These cationic materials contain active hydrogen and may participate in the Norrish Type II reactions thus incorporating into the polymer matrix. Not to be bound by theory but it is believed that addition of higher concentrations (>10%) of acrylic group containing amino materials may increase positive zeta potential. Under such conditions, the formulation becomes thermally unstable and gets cross-linked. In order to overcome this issue, just cationic species are added. These compounds are also miscible very well in the formulation. In some instances with polar components, during the curing these materials phase separate out to form islands that can be removed by treating with water, as they are soluble in water. This will create pores. Exemplary structures of the cationic materials are as follows:
- In one implementation, the porosity-forming agent is removed by at least one of dissolution from the printed-pad during the polishing process; the porosity-forming agent is sublimated from the printed-pad through annealing post print, and/or evaporated post-printing to create pores/voids within the pad.
- The resin precursor composition further comprises one or more emulsifiers (4). The one or more emulsifiers are selected from an anionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, an amphoteric or a combination thereof. As used herein, “emulsifier” refers to any compound or substance that enables the formation of an emulsion. The emulsifier may be selected from any surface-active compound or polymer capable of stabilizing emulsions, providing the emulsifier contains at least one anionic, cationic, amphoteric or nonionic surfactant and is used in sufficient quantities to provide the resin precursor composition with a porosity-forming agent-in-liquid polymer emulsion. Typically, such surface-active compounds or polymer stabilize emulsions by preventing coalescence of the dispersed amounts of porosity-forming agent within the emulsion. The surface-active compounds useful as emulsifiers in the present resin precursor composition are anionic, cationic, amphoteric or nonionic surfactant or combination of surfactants. Mixtures of surfactants of different types and/or different surfactants of the same type can be used.
- In one implementation, the emulsifier comprises a surfactant with an HLB ranging from 3 to 20. In one implementation, the surfactant has an HLB of at least 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, or 19. In one implementation, the surfactant has an HLB of up to 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20. Thus, the surfactant can have an HLB bounded by any two of the aforementioned endpoints recited for the HLB. In one implementation, the emulsifier comprises a surfactant having an HLB value ranging from 4 to about 14. In one implementation, the emulsifier comprises a surfactant having an HLB of 10 or less. In one implementation, the emulsifier comprises a low HLB surfactant having an HLB value ranging from 3 to about 6.
- In one implementation, the emulsifier is a nonionic surfactant. Some suitable nonionic surfactants that can be used include polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ethers, alkylglucosides, polyoxyethylene fatty acid esters, sorbitan fatty acid esters, and polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters. Examples of suitable nonionic surfactants include, but are not limited to, octylphenol ethyoxylate based surfactants (available from The Dow Chemical Company as TRITON™ X-45, TRITON™ X-100, TRITON™ X-102, TRITON™ X-114, TRITON™ X-305, TRITON™ X-405); benzyl-polyethylene glycol tert-octylphenyl ether (available from The Dow Chemical Company as TRITON™ CF-10); saturated, predominantly unbranched C13C15 oxo alcohol conforming to the following structure formula: RO(CH2CH2O)xH, wherein R is C13C15 oxo alcohol and x is 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10, 11 or 30 (available from BASF as Lutensol® AO 3, Lutensol® AO 4, Lutensol® AO 5, Lutensol® AO 7, Lutensol® AO 79, Lutensol® AO 8, Lutensol® AO 89, Lutensol® AO 109, Lutensol® AO 11, Lutensol® AO 30, Lutensol® AO 3109); alkylpolyethylene glycol ethers made from a linear, saturated C16C18 fatty alcohol, conforming to the following structure formula: RO(CH2CH2O)xH, wherein R is C16C18 fatty alcohol and x is 11, 13, 18, 25, 50, or 80 (available from BASF as Lutensol® AT 11, Lutensol® AT 13, Lutensol® AT 18, Lutensol® AT 18 Solution, Lutensol® AT 25 E, Lutensol® AT 25 Powder, Lutensol® AT 25 Flakes, Lutensol® AT 50 E, Lutensol® AT 50 Powder, Lutensol® AT 50 Flakes, Lutensol® AT 80 E, Lutensol® AT 80 Powder, Lutensol® AT 80 Flakes); alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers based on C10-Guebet alcohol and ethylene oxides (available from BASF as Lutensol® XP 30, Lutensol® XP 40, Lutensol® XP 50, Lutensol® XP 60, Lutensol® XP 69, Lutensol® XP 70, Lutensol® XP 79, Lutensol® XP 80, Lutensol® XP 89, Lutensol® XP 90, Lutensol® XP 99, Lutensol® XP 100, Lutensol® XP 140); alkyl polyethylene glycol ethers based on C10-Guebet alcohol and alkylene oxides (available from BASF as Lutensol® XL 40, Lutensol® XL 50, Lutensol® XL 60, Lutensol® XL 70, Lutensol® XL 79, Lutensol® XL 80, Lutensol® XL 89, Lutensol® XL 90, Lutensol® XL 99, Lutensol® XL 100, Lutensol® XL 140); polyoxyethylene alkylphenyl ether based surfactants (available from Montello, Inc. as NOIGEN RN-10™, NOIGEN RN-20™, NOIGEN RN-30™, NOIGEN RN-40™, NOIGEN RN-5065™); reactive surfactants with one reactive group (available from Ethox Chemicals, LLC as E-Sperse® RS-1616); reactive surfactants with two reactive groups (available from Ethox Chemicals, LLC as E-Sperse® RS-1617); polyoxyethylene alkyl ether (available from Kao Corporation as EMULGEN 1118S-70, HLB value: 16.4); alkoxylated surfactants (available from Air Products and Chemical, Inc. as Nonidet™ RK-18, Nonidet™ SF-3, Nonidet™ SF-5); alkoxylated surfactants (available from Air Products and Chemical, Inc. as Nonidet™ RK-18, Nonidet™ SF-3, Nonidet™ SF-5); ethoxylated alcohol surfactants (available from Air Products and Chemical, Inc. as Tomadol™ 1-3, Tomadol™ 1-5, Tomadol™ 1-7, Tomadol™ 1-9, Tomadol™ 23-1, Tomadol™ 3-3, Tomadol™ 23-5, Tomadol™ 23-6.5, Tomadol™ 400, Tomadol™ 600, Tomadol™ 900, Tomadol™ 1200); polyoxyethylene vegetable-based fatty ethers derived from lauryl, cetyl, stearyl and oleyl alcohols (available from Croda International Plc as Brij™ C10, Brij™ O10, Brij™ L23, Brij™ 58, Brij™ 93).
- In one implementation, the emulsifier is an anionic surfactant. Some suitable anionic surfactants, which can be used include (i) sulfonic acids and their salts, including alkyl, alkylaryl, alkylnapthalene, and alkyldiphenylether sulfonic acids, and their salts, having at least 6 carbon atoms in the alkyl substituent, such as dodecylbenzensulfonic acid, and its sodium salt or its amine salt; (ii) alkyl sulfates having at least 6 carbon atoms in the alkyl substituent, such as sodium lauryl sulfate; (iii) the sulfate esters of polyoxyethylene monoalkyl ethers; (iv) long chain carboxylic acid surfactants and their salts, such as lauric acid, steric acid, oleic acid, and their alkali metal and amine salts.
- Examples of suitable anionic surfactants include, but are not limited to, sodium dodecylsulfate, Poly(ethylene glycol) 4-nonylphenyl 3-sulfopropyl ether potassium salt, surfactants having both phosphonate ester and ethoxy hydrophilicity, a nominal C18 alkyl chain with an acrylate reactive group (available from Croda International Plc as MAXEMUL™ 6106); reactive surfactants based on a styrenated phenol hydrophobe with one equivalent of allyl glycidyl ether, then ethoxylated with 16 moles of EO, sulfated, and neutralized (available from Ethox Chemicals, LLC as E-Sperse® RS-1596); reactive surfactants based on the a styrenated phenol hydrophobe with two equivalents of allyl glycidyl ether, then ethoxylated with 15 moles of EO, sulfated, and neutralized (available from Ethox Chemicals, LLC as E-Sperse® RS-1618); E-Sperse® RS-1684, E-Sperse® RS-1685 (available from Ethox Chemicals, LLC); alternative anionic surfactants suitable for use with various implementations of the present disclosure include polyoxyethylene alkylphenyl ether ammonium sulfates (available from Montello, Inc. as HITENOL BC-10™, HITENOL BC-1025™, HITENOL BC-20™, HITENOL BC-2020™, HITENOL BC-30™); polyoxyethylene styrenated phenyl ether ammonium sulfates (available from Montello, Inc. as HITENOL AR-10™, HITENOL AR-1025™, HITENOL AR-20™, HITENOL AR-2020™, HITENOL BC-30™); sodium polyoxyethylene alkylether sulfuric esters (available from Montello, Inc. as HITENOL KH-05™, HITENOL KH-10™, HITENOL KH-1025™, HITENOL BC-2020™, HITENOL BC-30™; polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether phosphates (available from SOLVAY as Rhodafac® RE 610, Rhodafac® RE 610/LC, Rhodafac® RE 610-E); alkyl phosphate esters (available from SOLVAY as Rhodafac® RA 600, Rhodafac® RA 600-E); alkylphenol ethoxylate based phosphate esters (available from SOLVAY as Rhodafac® RM 710, Rhodafac® RP 710); alkyldiphenyloxide disulfonate based surfactants (available from The Dow Chemical Company as DOWFAX™ 2A1, DOWFAX™ 3B2, DOWFAX™ 8390, DOWFAX™ C6L, DOWFAX™ C10L).
- In one implementation, the emulsifier is a cationic surfactant. Some suitable cationic surfactants which can be used include an ammonium salt, especially a primary and a quaternary ammonium salt with straight chain alkyl group, such as a primary ammonium salt or an amino acid containing a straight chain alkyl with 3 carbons to 17 carbons, cetyltrimethylammonium bromide (CTAB), cetyltrimethylammonium chloride (CTAC), distearyldimethylammonium chloride, distearyldimethylammonium bromide, stearylbenzyldimethylammonium chloride, n-alkyltriethylammonium bromides or chloride, n-alkyltriethylammonium bromides or chloride and so on, wherein the carbon number of the n-alkyl is 13, 15, 17, 21, or 23, and Lauryl methyl gluceth-10 hydroxypropyldimonium chloride.
- In one implementation, the emulsifier is an amphoteric surfactant. Suitable amphoteric surfactants include N-coco β-amino propionic acid; N-lauryl-, myristyl β-amino propionic acid, disodium N-tallow β-iminodipropionate; N-coco β-amino butyric acid; and coco betaine in amounts of about 0.5 weight percent to about 5 weight percent, N-coco-3-aminopropionic acid/sodium salt, N-tallow 3-imminodipropionatedisodium salt, N-carboxymethyl-N-dimethyl-N-9-octadecenyl ammonium hydroxide, and N-cocoamidethyl-N-hydroxyethylglycine/sodium salt.
- The emulsifier component in the resin precursor composition may comprise at least 0.1 wt. %, 1 wt. %, 2 wt. %, 5 wt. %, 10 wt. %, 15 wt. %, or 17 wt. % based on the total weight of the resin precursor composition. The emulsifier component may comprise up to 1 wt. %, 2 wt. %, 5 wt. %, 10 wt. %, 15 wt. %, 17 wt. %, or 20 wt. % based on the total weight of the resin precursor composition. The amount of emulsifier component in the resin precursor composition may be from about 0.1 wt. % to about 20 wt. % relative to the total weight of the emulsifier (e.g., from about 1 wt. % to about 5 wt. %; from about 5 wt. % to about 10 wt. %; from about 10 wt. % to about 15 wt. %; or from about 15 wt. % to about 20 wt. %).
- The resin precursor formulation may further comprise one or more hydrophobes. The hydrophobe may be part of the emulsifier component. Suitable hydrophobes include hexadecane, octadecane, hexadecanol, or polydimethylsiloxane.
- The hydrophobe component in the resin precursor composition may comprise at least 0.1 wt. %, 1 wt. %, 2 wt. %, 5 wt. %, 8 wt. %, or 0 wt. % based on the total weight of the resin precursor composition. The hydrophobe component may comprise up to 1 wt. %, 2 wt. %, 5 wt. %, 8 wt. %, 9 wt. %, or 10 wt. % based on the total weight of the resin precursor composition. The amount of hydrophobe component in the resin precursor composition may be from about 0.1 wt. % to about 10 wt. % relative to the total weight of the emulsifier (e.g., from about 1 wt. % to about 5 wt. %; from about 5 wt. % to about 10 wt. %).
- The resin precursor composition may further comprise one or more photoinitiator components (5). In the radiation curing process, the photoinitiator component initiates the curing in response to incident radiation. The selection of the type of the photoinitiator component in the resin precursor composition is generally dependent on the wavelength of curing radiation employed in curing the resin precursor composition. Typically, the peak absorption wavelengths of selected photoinitiator vary with the range of wavelength of curing radiation to effectively utilize radiation energy, especially using ultraviolet light as radiation.
- Examples of suitable photoinitiators include, but are not limited to, 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone, 4-isopropylphenyl-2-hydroxy-2-methyl propan-1-one, 1-[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-phenyl]-2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-propan-1-one, 2,2-dimethyl-2-hydroxy-acetophenone, 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone, 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionphenone, Diphenyl (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) phosphine oxide, bis(2,6-dimethoxy-benzoyl)-2,4,6 trimethyl phenyl phosphine oxide, 2-methyl-1-1[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholino-propan-1-one, 3,6-bis(2-methyl-2-morpholino-propionyl)-9-n-octylcarbazole, 2-benzyl-2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-morpholinyl)phenyl)-1-butanone, benzophenone, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzophenone, isopropyl thioxanthone. Suitable blends of photoinitiators commercially available include, but are not limited to, those under the designations of Darocur 4265, Irgacure 1173, Irgacure 2022,
Irgacure 2100 from Ciba® Specialty Chemicals; and Esacure KT37, Esacure KT55, Esacure KTO046 from Lamberti®). - The photoinitiator component in the resin precursor composition may comprise at least 0.1 wt. %, 1 wt. %, 2 wt. %, 5 wt. %, 10 wt. %, 15 wt. %, or 17 wt. % based on the total weight of the resin precursor composition. The photoinitiator component may comprise up to 1 wt. %, 2 wt. %, 5 wt. %, 10 wt. %, 15 wt. %, 17 wt. %, or 20 wt. % based on the total weight of the resin precursor composition. The amount of photoinitiator component in the resin precursor composition may be from about 0.1 wt. % to about 20 wt. % relative to the total weight of the resin precursor composition (e.g., from about 1 wt. % to about 5 wt. %; from about 5 wt. % to about 10 wt. %; from about 10 wt. % to about 15 wt. %; or from about 15 wt. % to about 20 wt. %).
- The resin precursor composition may further comprise reactive diluents (6). Any suitable reactive diluent suitable to achieve the desired pad porosity may be used. Exemplary reactive diluents are described herein.
- The resin precursor composition may further comprise inorganic particles, organic particles or both (7). Because the 3D printing process involves layer-by-layer sequential deposition of at least one composition per layer, it may also be desirable to additionally deposit inorganic or organic particles disposed upon or within a pad layer to obtain a certain pad property and/or to perform a certain function. The inorganic or organic particles may be in the 50 nanometer (nm) to 100 micrometer (μm) range in size and may be added to the precursor materials prior to being dispensed by the 3D printer 306 or added to an uncured printed layer in a ratio of between 1 and 50 weight percent (wt. %). The inorganic or organic particles may be added to during the porous polishing pad formation process to improve the ultimate tensile strength, improve yield strength, improve the stability of the storage modulus over a temperature range, improve heat transfer, adjust a surfaces zeta potential, and adjust a surface's surface energy.
- The particle type, chemical composition, or size, and the added particles may vary by application or desired effect that is to be achieved. The inorganic or organic particles may be in the 25 nanometer (nm) to 100 micrometer (μm) range in size and may be added to the precursor materials prior to being dispensed by the droplet ejecting printer or added to an uncured printed layer in a ratio of between 1 and about 50 weight percent (wt. %). In some implementations, the particles may include intermetallics, ceramics, metals, polymers and/or metal oxides, such as ceria, alumina, silica, zirconia, nitrides, carbides, or a combination thereof. In one example, the inorganic or organic particles disposed upon or within a pad may include particles of high performance polymers, such PEEK, PEK, PPS, and other similar materials to improve the thermal conductivity and/or other mechanical properties of the porous polishing pad.
- The particle component in the resin precursor composition may comprise at least 0.1 wt. %, 1 wt. %, 2 wt. %, 5 wt. %, 10 wt. %, 15 wt. %, or 17 wt. % based on the total weight of the resin precursor composition. The particle component may comprise up to 1 wt. %, 2 wt. %, 5 wt. %, 10 wt. %, 15 wt. %, 17 wt. %, or 20 wt. % based on the total weight of the resin precursor composition. The amount of particle component in the resin precursor composition may be from about 0.1 wt. % to about 20 wt. % relative to the total weight of the resin precursor composition (e.g., from about 1 wt. % to about 5 wt. %; from about 5 wt. % to about 10 wt. %; from about 10 wt. % to about 15 wt. %; or from about 15 wt. % to about 20 wt. %).
- The resin precursor composition may further comprise one or more additional components (8). Additional additives include, but are not limited to stabilizers, surfactants, leveling additives, pH adjusters, sequestering agents, polymer spheres and colorants.
- In some implementations, it is desirable to select a surfactant and/or perform a process on the resin precursor composition to assure that the dispersion of one or more components within resin precursor composition, such as the porosity-forming agent and/or particles, is substantially uniform. The “process” performed on the resin precursor composition is also referred to herein as a dispersion process. In one configuration, a process is performed on the resin precursor composition that causes the dispersion of the porosity-forming agent within the formed emulsion to be substantially uniform. In another configuration, a process is performed on a resin precursor composition that contains a surfactant, with an HLB ranging from 3 to 20, that causes the dispersion of the porosity-forming agent within the formed emulsion to be substantially uniform. In some implementations, the dispersed regions of the porosity-forming agent within the formed resin precursor composition is selected such that each dispersed region (e.g., more than one) is only a percentage of the size of the droplet of the resin precursor composition dispensed during the formation of a layer during the additive manufacturing process.
- The process of dispensing the droplet of the resin precursor composition is discussed further below. In one example, the droplet of the resin precursor composition used to form part of a layer of the porous polishing pad has a physical size that is between about 10 and 200 micrometers (μm), such as between about 50 and 150 μm, in diameter, and the regions of the porosity-forming agent within the mixed resin precursor composition are between about 1% and 20% of the physical droplet size (e.g., 0.5 μm-30 μm in size). In one configuration, the droplet of the resin precursor composition has a volume between about 10 and about 420 picoliters. It is believed that forming a substantially uniform mixture of the porosity-forming agent can be useful to assure that the porosity in the deposited/printed and cured material is substantially uniform. In some implementations, the dispersion process includes a method of agitating and/or providing a high shear mixing process, for example by use of an impeller or rotor type mixing device, to assure that the dispersion of components within resin precursor composition is substantially uniform.
- In some implementations, the resin precursor composition includes polymer spheres, such as 100 nm-1 μm of diameter sized polymer nano-spheres or micro-spheres that are disposed within the droplets that are used to form the CMP pads. In some implementations, the polymer sphere is between 100 nm and 20 μm in size, such as between 100 nm and 5 μm in size. In some additive manufacturing implementations, it may be desirable to dispense a resin precursor composition containing droplet out of a first nozzle and also dispense a droplet of a polymer sphere containing formulation out of a second nozzle so that the two dispensed droplets can mix to form a complete droplet that can then be partially or fully cured to form part of the growing polishing pad.
- The polymer spheres may comprise one or more solid polymer materials that have desirable mechanical properties, thermal properties, wear properties, degradation properties, or other useful property for use within the formed advanced polishing pad. Alternately, the polymer spheres may comprise a solid polymer shell that encloses a liquid (e.g., water) or gas material so that the polymer sphere will provide desirable mechanical, thermal, wear, or other useful property to the formed advanced polishing pad. The polymer spheres may include materials that have hydrophilic and/or have hydro-degradable behaviors, such as hydrogels and poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid), PLGA, which degrade in the presence of an aqueous solutions. The polymer spheres are typically uniformly dispersed in the droplet formulations and in the cured materials after performing the additive manufacturing process (e.g., 3D printing).
- In some configurations, during a CMP polishing process, the polymer spheres are configured to dissolve into the aqueous slurry or degrade in the presence of slurry, and leave a pore (e.g., 100 nm-1 μm pore feature) in the exposed surface of the advanced polishing pad. It is believed that the use of this type of polymer sphere benefits pad surface interaction with slurry and slurry nanoparticle (such as ceria oxide and silicon dioxide) loading on the pad, which can enhance the polishing removal rate and reduce the common wafer-to-wafer removal rate deviations found in CMP processes.
- In one implementation, the method of agitating and/or providing a high shear mixing process is performed with an emulsification apparatus. Examples of an emulsification apparatus that is used include, but are not limited to, an ultrasonic homogenizer, TK Homomixer (manufactured by PRIMIX Corporation), TK Filmics (manufactured by PRIMIX Corporation), a high pressure homogenizer (PANDA 2K, manufactured by GEA Niro Soavi), Microfluidizer® (manufactured by Microfluidics), Nanomizer (manufactured by Yoshida Kikai Co., Ltd.), and the like.
- In some implementations, the dispersion process may be performed just prior to placing the resin precursor composition within the hardware used to deposit the resin precursor composition on a substrate. In one example, the resin precursor composition is mixed minutes, or even 1-2 hours, before depositing the resin precursor composition using the hardware in the
deposition section 355 of an additive manufacturing system 350 (FIG. 3A ), which is discussed below. In some implementations, the dispersion process may be performed prior to the shipment, or transfer, of the resin precursor composition from a point where the resin precursor composition is blended (e.g.,precursor formulation section 354 inFIG. 3A ) to the point where the resin precursor composition is deposited (e.g., deposition section 355). In this example, the resin precursor composition is mixed days or weeks before the resin precursor composition is deposited/printed by the hardware found within thedeposition section 355 of an additive manufacturing system 350 (FIG. 3A ). - In some implementations, it is desirable to deliver components of the resin precursor composition separately during deposition. In one implementation, for example, the porosity-forming agent is deposited separately from the other components of the resin precursor composition. In implementations where the resin precursor is deposited separately from the porosity-forming agent(s), the resin precursor formulation may comprise at least one of the following components as described herein: 1) one or more oligomer components, (2) one or more monomer components, (3) one or more emulsifiers/surfactants, (4) a photoinitiator component, (5) reactive diluents, (6) inorganic particles, organic particles or both, and (7) additional additives. The porosity-forming agent may be part of a porosity-forming agent mixture containing additional components. For example, the porosity-forming agent may be combined with any of the following components as described herein: 1) one or more oligomer components, (2) one or more monomer components, (3) one or more emulsifiers/surfactants, (4) a photoinitiator component, (5) reactive diluents, (6) inorganic particles, organic particles or both, and (7) additional additives.
-
FIG. 3A is a schematic sectional view of anadditive manufacturing system 350 that can be used to form a porous polishing pad using an additive manufacturing process according to one or more implementations of the present disclosure. An additive manufacturing process may include, but is not limited to a process, such as a polyjet deposition process, inkjet printing process, fused deposition modeling process, binder jetting process, powder bed fusion process, selective laser sintering process, stereolithographic process, vat photopolymerization process, digital light processing, sheet lamination process, directed energy deposition process, or other similar 3D deposition process. - The
additive manufacturing system 350 generally includes aprecursor delivery section 353, aprecursor formulation section 354 and adeposition section 355. Theprecursor formulation section 354 includes a section of theadditive manufacturing system 350 where the resin precursor components positioned in theprecursor delivery section 353 are mixed to form one or more resin precursor compositions. Thedeposition section 355 will generally include an additive manufacturing device, orhereafter printing station 300, that is used to deposit one or more resin precursor compositions on layers disposed over asupport 302. Theporous polishing pad 200 may be printed on thesupport 302 within theprinting station 300. Typically, theporous polishing pad 200 is formed layer-by-layer using one or more droplet ejecting printers 306, such asprinter 306A andprinter 306B illustrated inFIG. 3A , from a CAD (computer-aided design) program. Theprinters support 302 may move relative to each other during the printing process. - The droplet ejecting printer 306 may include one or more print heads 308 (e.g.,
print heads FIG. 3A , theprinter 306A includesprint head 308A that has anozzle 309 and aprint head 308B having anozzle 310. Thenozzle 309 may be configured to dispense a first liquid precursor composition to form a first polymer material, such as a porous polymer, while thenozzle 310 may be used to dispense a second liquid precursor to form a second polymer material, such as a non-porous polymer, or a porous polymer. The liquid precursor compositions may be dispensed at selected locations or regions to form a porous polishing pad that has desirable properties. These selected locations collectively form the target printing pattern that can be stored as a CAD-compatible file that is then read by anelectronic controller 305, which controls the delivery of the droplets from the nozzles of the droplet ejecting printer 306. - The
electronic controller 305 is generally used to facilitate the control and automation of the components within theadditive manufacturing system 350, including theprinting station 300. Theelectronic controller 305 can be, for example, a computer, a programmable logic controller, or an embedded controller. Theelectronic controller 305 typically includes a central processing unit (CPU) (not shown), memory (not shown), and support circuits for inputs and outputs (I/O) (not shown). The CPU may be one of any form of computer processors that are used in industrial settings for controlling various system functions, substrate movement, chamber processes, and control support hardware (e.g., sensors, motors, heaters, etc.), and monitor the processes performed in the system. The memory is connected to the CPU, and may be one or more of a readily available non-volatile memory, such as random access memory (RAM), flash memory, read only memory (ROM), floppy disk, hard disk, or any other form of digital storage, local or remote. Software instructions and data can be coded and stored within the memory for instructing the CPU. The support circuits are also connected to the CPU for supporting the processor in a conventional manner. The support circuits may include cache, power supplies, clock circuits, input/output circuitry, subsystems, and the like. A program (or computer instructions) readable by theelectronic controller 305 determines which tasks are performable by the components in theadditive manufacturing system 350. The program may be software readable by theelectronic controller 305 that includes code to perform tasks relating to monitoring, execution and control of the delivery and positioning of droplets delivered from the printer 306, and the movement, support, and/or positioning of the components within theprinting station 300 along with the various process tasks and various sequences being performed in theelectronic controller 305. - After 3D printing, the
porous polishing pad 200 may be solidified or partially solidified by use of acuring device 320 that is disposed within thedeposition section 355 of theadditive manufacturing system 350. The curing process performed by thecuring device 320 may be performed by heating the printed polishing pad to a curing temperature or exposing the pad to one or more forms of electromagnetic radiation or electron beam curing. In one example, the curing process may be performed by exposing the printed polishing pad toradiation 321 generated by an electromagnetic radiation source, such as a visible light source, an ultraviolet light source, x-ray source, or other type of electromagnetic wave source that is disposed within thecuring device 320. - The additive manufacturing process offers a convenient and highly controllable process for producing porous polishing pads with discrete features formed from different materials and/or different compositions of materials.
- In another implementation, the
first polishing elements 204 and/or the second polishing element(s) 206 may each be formed from a mixture of two or more compositions. In one example, a first composition may be dispensed in the form of droplets by a first print head, such as theprint head 308A, and the second composition may be dispensed in the form of droplets by a second print head, such as theprint head 308B of theprinter 306A. To form first polishingelements 204 with a mixture of the droplets delivered from multiple print heads typically includes the alignment of the pixels corresponding to thefirst polishing elements 204 on predetermined pixels within a deposition map found in theelectronic controller 305. Theprint head 308A may then align with the pixels corresponding to where thefirst polishing elements 204 are to be formed and then dispense droplets on the predetermined pixels. The porous polishing pad may thus be formed from a first composition of materials that is formed by depositing droplets of a first droplet composition and a second material that comprises a second composition of materials that is formed by depositing droplets of a second droplet composition. -
FIG. 3B is a schematic cross-sectional view of a portion of theprinting station 300 and theporous polishing pad 200 during the pad manufacturing process. Theprinting station 300, as shown inFIG. 3B , includes twoprinters porous polishing pad 200. The portion of theporous polishing pad 200 shown inFIG. 3B may, for example, include part of either thefirst polishing element 204 or thesecond polishing elements 206 in the finally formedporous polishing pad 200. During processing theprinters support 302 and then successively to a surface of the growing polishing pad that is disposed on thesupport 302 in a layer-by-layer process. - As shown in
FIG. 3B , asecond layer 348 is deposited over afirst layer 346 which has been formed on thesupport 302. In one implementation, thesecond layer 348 is formed over thefirst layer 346, which has been processed by thecuring device 320 that is disposed downstream from theprinters second layer 348 may be simultaneously processed by thecuring device 320 while one or more of theprinters surface 346A of the previously formedfirst layer 346. In this case, the layer that is currently being formed may include a processedportion 348A and anunprocessed portion 348B that are disposed on either side of acuring zone 349A. Theunprocessed portion 348B generally includes an array of dispensed droplets, such as dispenseddroplets surface 346A of the previously formedfirst layer 346 by use of theprinters -
FIG. 3C is a close up cross-sectional view of a dispenseddroplet 343 that is disposed on asurface 346A of the previously formedfirst layer 346. Based on the properties of the materials within the dispenseddroplet 343, and due to surface energy of thesurface 346A the dispensed droplet will spread across the surface an amount that is larger than the size of the original dispensed droplet (e.g., droplets “A” or “B”), due to surface tension. The amount of spread of the dispensed droplet will vary as a function of time from the instant that the droplet is deposited on thesurface 346A. However, after a very short period of time (e.g., <1 second) the spread of the droplet will reach an equilibrium size, and have an equilibrium contact angle α. The spread of the dispensed droplet across the surface affects the resolution of the placement of the droplets on the surface of the growing polishing pad, and thus the resolution of the features and material compositions found within various regions of the final polishing pad. - In some implementations, it is desirable to expose one or both of the droplets “A” and “B” after they have been contact with the surface of the substrate for a period of time to cure, or “fix,” each droplet at a desired size before the droplet has a chance to spread to its uncured equilibrium size on the surface of the substrate. In this case, the energy supplied to the dispensed droplet and surface on which the droplet is placed by the
curing device 320 and the droplet's material composition are adjusted to control the resolution of each of the dispensed droplets. Therefore, one optional parameter to control or tune during a 3D printing process is the control of the dispensed droplet's surface tension relative to the surface on which the droplet is disposed. - In some implementations, it is desirable to add one or more curing enhancement components (e.g., photoinitiators) to the droplet's formulation to control the kinetics of the curing process, prevent oxygen inhibition, and/or control the contact angle of the droplet on the surface on which the droplet is deposited. One will note that the curing enhancement components will generally include materials that are able to adjust: 1) the amount of bulk curing that occurs in the material in the dispensed droplet during the initial exposure to a desired amount of electromagnetic radiation, 2) the amount of surface curing that occurs in the material in the dispensed droplet during the initial exposure to a desired amount of electromagnetic radiation, and 3) the amount of surface property modification (e.g., additives) to the surface cured region of the dispensed droplet. The amount of surface property modification to the surface cured region of the dispensed droplet generally includes the adjustment of the surface energy of the cured or partially cured polymer found at the surface of the dispensed and at least partially cured droplet.
- It has been found that it is desirable to partially cure each dispensed droplet to “fix” its surface properties and dimensional size during the printing process. Further, it has also been found the partial curing of the droplet allows for the removal of the porosity-forming agent (e.g., water) after the initial pad structure has been formed. The ability to “fix” the droplet at a desirable size can be accomplished by adding a desired amount of at least one curing enhancement components to the droplet's material composition and delivering a sufficient amount of electromagnetic energy from the
curing device 320 during the additive manufacturing process. In some implementations, it is desirable to use acuring device 320 that is able to deliver between about 1 milli-joule per centimeter squared (mJ/cm2) and 100 mJ/cm2, such as about 10-20 mJ/cm2, of ultraviolet (UV) light to the droplet during the additive layer formation process. The UV radiation may be provided by any UV source, such as mercury microwave arc lamps (e.g., H bulb, H+ bulb, D bulb, Q bulb, and V bulb type lamps), pulsed xenon flash lamps, high-efficiency UV light emitting diode arrays, and UV lasers. The UV radiation may have a wavelength between about 170 nm and about 500 nm. - In some implementations, the size of dispensed droplets “A”, “B” may be from about 10 to about 200 microns, such as about 50 to about 70 microns. Depending on the surface energy (dynes) of the substrate or polymer layer that the droplet is dispensed over and upon, the uncured droplet may spread on and across the surface to a fixed
droplet size 343A of between about 10 and about 500 microns, such as between about 50 and about 200 microns. In one example, the height of such a droplet may be from about 5 to about 100 microns, depending on such factors as surface energy, wetting, and/or resin precursor composition, which may include other additives, such as flow agents, thickening agents, and surfactants. One source for the additives is BYK-Gardner GmbH of Geretsried, Germany. - In some implementations, it is generally desirable to select a photoinitiator, an amount of the photoinitiator in the droplet composition, and the amount of energy supplied by curing
device 320 to allow the dispensed droplet to be “fixed” in less than about 1 second, such as less than about 0.5 seconds after the dispensed droplet has come in contact with the surface on which it is to be fixed. The actual time it takes to partially cure the dispensed droplet, due to the exposure to delivered curing energy, may be longer or shorter than the time that the droplet resides on the surface before it is exposed to the delivered radiation, since the curing time of the dispensed droplet will depend on the amount of radiant energy and wavelength of the energy provide from thecuring device 320. In one example, an exposure time used to partially cure a 120 micrometer (μm) dispensed droplet is about 0.4 microseconds (μs) for a radiant exposure level of about 10-15 mJ/cm2 of UV radiation. In an effort to “fix” the droplet in this short timeframe one should position the dispense nozzle of the droplet ejecting printer 306 a short distance from the surface of the surface of the porous polishing pad, such as between 0.1 and 10 millimeters (mm), or even 0.5 and 1 mm, while thesurface 346A of the porous polishing pad are exposed to theradiation 321 delivered from thecuring device 320. - It has also been found that by controlling droplet composition, the amount of cure of the previously formed layer (e.g., surface energy of the previously formed layer), the amount of energy from the
curing device 320 and the amount of the photoinitiator in the droplet composition, the contact angle α of the droplet can be controlled to control the fixed droplet size, and thus the resolution of the printing process. In one example, the underlying layer cure may be a cure of about 70% acrylate conversion. A droplet that has been fixed, or at least partially cured, is also referred to herein as a cured droplet. In some implementations, the fixeddroplet size 343A is between about 10 and about 200 microns. In some implementations, the contact angle, also referred to herein as the dynamic contact angle (e.g., non-equilibrium contact angle), for a “fixed” droplet can be desirably controlled to a value of at least 50°, such as greater than 55°, or even greater than 60°, or even greater than 70°. - The resolution of the pixels within a pixel chart that is used to form a layer, or a portion of a layer, by an additive manufacturing process can be defined by the average “fixed” size of a dispensed droplet. The material composition of a layer, or portion of a layer, can thus be defined by a “dispensed droplet composition,” which a percentage of the total number of pixels within the layer, or portion of the layer, that include droplets of a certain droplet composition. In one example, if a region of a layer of a formed porous polishing pad is defined as having a dispensed droplet composition of a first dispensed droplet composition of 60%, then 60% percent of the pixels within the region will include a fixed droplet that includes the first material composition. In cases where a portion of a layer contains more than one material composition, it may also be desirable to define the material composition of a region within a porous polishing pad as having a “material composition ratio.” The material composition ratio is a ratio of the number of pixels that have a first material composition disposed thereon to the number of pixels that have a second material composition disposed thereon.
- In one example, if a region was defined as containing 1,000 pixels, which are disposed across an area of a surface, and 600 of the pixels contain a fixed droplet of a first droplet composition and 400 of the pixels contain a fixed droplet of a second droplet composition then the material composition ratio would include a 3:2 ratio of the first droplet composition to the second droplet composition. In configurations where each pixel may contain greater than one fixed droplet (e.g., 1.2 droplets per pixel) then the material composition ratio would be defined by the ratio of the number of fixed droplets of a first material to the number of fixed droplets of a second material that are found within a defined region. In one example, if a region was defined as containing 1,000 pixels, and there were 800 fixed droplets of a first droplet composition and 400 fixed droplets of a second droplet composition within the region, then the material composition ratio would be 2:1 for this region of the porous polishing pad.
- The amount of curing of the surface of the dispensed droplet that forms the next underlying layer is a polishing pad formation process parameter, since the amount of curing in this “initial dose” affects the surface energy that the subsequent layer of dispensed droplets will be exposed to during the additive manufacturing process. The amount of the initial cure dose is also influential since it will also affect the amount of curing that each deposited layer will finally achieve in the formed polishing pad, due to repetitive exposure of each deposited layer to additional transmitted curing radiation supplied through the subsequently deposited layers, as they are grown thereon. It is generally desirable to prevent over curing of a formed layer, since it will affect the material properties of the over cured materials and/or the wettability of the surface of the cured layer to subsequently deposited dispensed droplets in subsequent steps.
- In one example, to effect polymerization of a 10-30 micron thick layer of dispensed droplets may be performed by dispensing each droplet on a surface and then exposing the dispensed droplet to UV radiation at a radiant exposure level of between about 10 and about 15 mJ/cm2 after a period of time of between about 0.1 seconds and about 1 second has elapsed. However, in some implementations, the radiation level delivered during the initial cure dose may be varied layer-by-layer. For example, due to differing dispensed droplet compositions in different layers, the amount of UV radiation exposure in each initial dose may be adjusted to provide a desirable level of cure in the currently exposed layer, and also to one or more of the underlying layers.
- In some implementations, it is desirable to control the droplet composition and the amount of energy delivered from the
curing device 320 during the initial curing step, which is a step in which the deposited layer of dispensed droplets are directly exposed to the energy provided by thecuring device 320, to cause the layer to only partially cure a desired amount. In general, it is desirable for the initial curing process to predominantly surface cure the dispensed droplet versus bulk cure the dispensed droplet, since controlling the surface energy of the formed layer is significant for controlling the dispensed droplet size. In one example, the amount that a dispensed droplet is partially cured can be defined by the amount of chemical conversion of the materials in the dispensed droplet. In one example, the conversion of the acrylates found in a dispensed droplet that is used to form a urethane polyacrylate containing layer, is defined by a percentage x, which is calculated by the equation: -
x=1−[(A c=c /A c=o)x/(A c=c /A c=o)0], - where Ac=c and Ac=o are the values of the C═C peak at 910 cm−1 and the C═O peaks at 1700 cm−1 found using FT-IR spectroscopy. During polymerization, C═C bonds within acrylates are converted to C═C bond, while C═O within acrylates has no conversion. The intensity of C═C to C═O hence indicates the acrylate conversion rate. The Ac=c/Ac=o ratio refers to the relative ratio of C═C to C═O bonds within the cured droplet, and thus the (Ac=c/Ac=o)0 denotes the initial ratio of Ac=c to Ac=o in the droplet, while (Ac=c/Ac=o)x denotes the ratio of Ac=c to Ac=o on the surface of the substrate after the droplet has been cured.
- In some implementations, the amount that a layer is initially cured may be equal to or greater than about 70% of the dispensed droplet. In some configurations, it may be desirable to partially cure the material in the dispensed droplet during the initial exposure of the dispensed droplet to the curing energy to a level from about 70% to about 80%, so that the target contact angle of the dispensed droplet may be attained. It is believed that the uncured or partially acrylate materials on top surface are copolymerized with the subsequent droplets, and thus yield cohesion between the layers.
- The process of partially curing a dispensed droplet during the initial layer formation step can also be significant to assure water removal from the polishing pad structure to form the pores within the pad structure.
- The process of partially curing a dispensed droplet during the initial layer formation step can also be significant to assure that there will be some chemical bonding/adhesion between subsequently deposited layers, due to the presence of residual unbonded groups, such as residual acrylic groups. Since the residual unbonded groups have not been polymerized, they can be involved in forming chemical bonds with a subsequently deposited layer. The formation of chemical bonds between layers can thus increase the mechanical strength of the formed porous polishing pad in the direction of the layer-by-layer growth during the pad formation process (e.g., Z-direction in
FIG. 3B ). As noted above, the bonding between layers may thus be formed by both physical and/or chemical forces. - The mixture of the dispensed droplet, or positioning of the dispensed droplets, can be adjusted on a layer-by-layer basis to form layers that individually have tunable properties, and a porous polishing pad that has desirable pad properties that are a composite of the formed layers. In one example, as shown in
FIG. 3B , a mixture of dispensed droplets includes a 50:50 ratio of the dispenseddroplets 343 and 347 (or a material composition ratio of 1:1), wherein the dispenseddroplet 343 includes at least one different material from the material found in the dispenseddroplet 347. - Properties of portions of the
pad body 202, such as thefirst polishing elements 204 and/or second polishingelements 206 may be adjusted or tuned according to the ratio and/or distribution of a first composition and a second composition that are formed from the positioning of the dispensed droplets during the deposition process. For example, the weight % of the first composition may be from about 1% by weight based on total composition weight to about 100% based on total composition weight. In a similar fashion, the second composition may be from about 1% by weight based on total composition weight to about 100% based on total composition weight. Depending on the material properties that are desired, such as hardness and/or storage modulus, compositions of two or more materials can be mixed in different ratios to achieve a desired effect. In one implementation, the composition of thefirst polishing elements 204 and/or second polishingelements 206 is controlled by selecting at least one composition or a mixture of compositions, and size, location, and/or density of the droplets dispensed by one or more printers. Therefore, theelectronic controller 305 is generally adapted to position the nozzles 309-310, 311-312 to form a layer that has interdigitated droplets that have been positioned in a desired density and pattern on the surface of the porous polishing pad that is being formed. - In some configurations, dispensed droplets may be deposited in such a way as to ensure that each drop is placed in a location where it does not blend with other drops, and thus each remains a discrete material “island” prior to being cured. In some configurations, the dispensed droplets may also be placed on top of prior dispensed droplets within the same layer to increase the build rate or blend material properties. Placement of droplets relative to each other on a surface may also be adjusted to allow partial mixing behavior of each of the dispensed droplets in the layer. In some cases, it may be desirable to place the droplets closer together or farther apart to provide more or less mixing of the components in the neighboring droplets, respectively. It has been found that controlling droplet placement relative to other dispensed droplets and the composition of each droplet can have an effect on the mechanical and polishing properties of the formed porous polishing pad.
- Even though only two compositions are generally discussed herein for forming the
first polishing elements 204 and/or second polishingelements 206, implementations of the present disclosure encompass forming features on a porous polishing pad with a plurality of materials that are interconnected via compositional gradients. In some configurations, the composition of thefirst polishing elements 204 and/or second polishingelements 206 in a porous polishing pad are adjusted within a plane parallel to the polishing surface and/or through the thickness of the porous polishing pad, as discussed further below. - The ability to form compositional gradients and the ability to tune the chemical content locally, within, and across a porous polishing pad are enabled by “ink jettable” low viscosity compositions, or low viscosity “inks” in the 3D printing arts that are used to form the droplets “A” and/or “B” illustrated in
FIG. 3B . The low viscosity inks are “pre-polymer” compositions and are the “precursors” to the formed first polishingelements 204 andsecond polishing elements 206 found in thepad body 202. The low viscosity inks enable the delivery of a wide variety of chemistries and discrete compositions that are not available by conventional techniques (e.g., molding and casting), and thus enable controlled compositional transitions or gradients to be formed within different regions of thepad body 202. This may be achieved by the addition and mixing of viscosity thinning reactive diluents to high viscosity functional oligomers to achieve the appropriate viscosity formulation, followed by copolymerization of the diluent(s) with the higher viscosity functional oligomers when exposed to a curing energy delivered by thecuring device 320. The reactive diluents may also serve as a solvent, thus eliminating the use of inert non-reactive solvents or thinners that should be removed at each step. - Referring to the
precursor delivery section 353 andprecursor formulation section 354 ofFIG. 3A , in one implementation, a first porosity-forming agent/emulsifier mixture 352, afirst precursor 356, and optionally asecond precursor 357 are mixed with a diluent 358 to form a firstprintable ink composition 359, which is delivered toreservoir 304B of theprinter 306B, and used to form portions of thepad body 202. Similarly, a second porosity-forming agent/emulsifier mixture 365, athird precursor 366, and optionally afourth precursor 367 can be mixed with a diluent 368 to form a secondprintable ink composition 369, which is delivered toreservoir 304A of theprinter 306A, and used to form another portion of thepad body 202. In some implementations, thefirst precursor 356 and thethird precursor 366 each comprise an oligomer, such as multifunctional oligomer, thesecond precursor 357 and thefourth precursor 367 each comprise a multifunctional monomer, the diluent 358 and the diluent 368 each comprise a reactive diluent (e.g., monomer) and/or initiator (e.g., photo-initiator), and the porosity-forming agent/emulsifier mixtures - One example of a first
printable ink composition 359 may include afirst precursor 356 which includes a reactive difunctional oligomer, comprising aliphatic chain segments, which may have a viscosity from about 1,000 centipoise (cP) at 25 degrees Celsius, to about 12,000 cP at degrees Celsius, is then mixed with and thus diluted by a 10 cP at degrees Celsius reactive diluent (e.g., diluent 358), such as monoacrylate, to create a new composition that has new viscosity. The printable composition thus obtained may exhibit a viscosity from about 80 cP to about 110 cP at 25 degrees Celsius, and a viscosity from about 15 cP to about 30 cP at 70 degrees Celsius, which may be effectively dispensed from a 3D printer ink jet nozzle. - Referring to the
precursor delivery section 353 andprecursor formulation section 354 ofFIG. 3A , in one implementation, afirst precursor 356, and optionally asecond precursor 357 are mixed with a diluent 358 to form a firstprintable ink composition 359, which is delivered toreservoir 304B of theprinter 306B, and used to form portions of thepad body 202. Similarly, the second porosity-forming agent/emulsifier mixture 365, optionally athird precursor 366, and optionally a fourth precursor (e.g., an emulsifier precursor) 367 can be mixed with a diluent 368 to form a secondprintable ink composition 369, which is delivered toreservoir 304A of theprinter 306A, and removed to form the porous areas of thepad body 202. In some implementations, thefirst precursor 356 and thethird precursor 366 each comprise an oligomer, such as a multifunctional oligomer, thesecond precursor 357 and thefourth precursor 367 each comprise a multifunctional monomer, the diluent 358 and the diluent 368 each comprise a reactive diluent (e.g., monomer) and/or initiator (e.g., photo-initiator), and the second porosity-forming agent/emulsifier mixture 365 is at least one of water, a water-soluble polymer, a water-soluble inert material, a water-containing hydrophilic polymers, a hydrophilic polymerizable monomers, and combinations thereof. The secondprintable ink composition 369 containing the second porosity-forming agent/emulsifier mixture 365 provides the porous structure when removed from the pad body. - One example of a first
printable ink composition 359 may include afirst precursor 356 which includes a reactive difunctional oligomer, comprising aliphatic chain segments, which may have a viscosity from about 1,000 centipoise (cP) at 25 degrees Celsius, to about 12,000 cP at degrees Celsius, is then mixed with and thus diluted by a 10 cP at degrees Celsius reactive diluent (e.g., diluent 358), such as monoacrylate, to create a new composition that has new viscosity. The printable composition thus obtained may exhibit a viscosity from about 80 cP to about 110 cP at 25 degrees Celsius, and a viscosity from about 15 cP to about 30 cP at 70 degrees Celsius, which may be effectively dispensed from a 3D printer ink jet nozzle. - One example of a second
printable ink composition 369 may include water. -
FIG. 4A is a schematic view of a web basedporous polishing pad 400 a that is formed using an additive manufacturing process to form a polishing surface or upper surface(s) 208 that has a gradient in material composition across the polishing surface or upper surface(s) 208 (e.g., Y-direction). As shown inFIG. 4A the polishing material may be disposed over aplaten 102 between afirst roll 481 and asecond roll 482. By building a web, or even standard polishing pad, with differing regions of porosity the substrate can be moved over different locations on the web basedporous polishing pad 400 a during different portions of the polishing process to provide the desired mechanical properties during each phase of the polishing process. One example may involve a substrate having an initial surface texture removed rapidly using a planarizing portion of the web basedporous polishing pad 400 a that has a first porosity and then moving the substrate to a second portion of the web basedporous polishing pad 400 a that has a second porosity that may be identical to or different than the first porosity. -
FIG. 4B is schematic side cross-sectional view of aporous polishing pad 400 b that is formed using an additive manufacturing process to form apolishing base layer 491 that has a gradient in material composition in the Z-direction. Gradients in the material composition and/or material properties of the stacked printed layers of the polishingbase layer 491 can vary from a high concentration to a low concentration of a first material to a second material in one direction, or vice versa. In some cases, one or more regions within the porous polishing pad may include more complex concentration gradients, such as a high/low/high or low/high/low concentration gradient of at least two materials that have differing material properties. In one example, at least two materials that form the concentration gradient have different porosities. In some configurations, theporous polishing pad 400 b may include a polishingelement region 494 that may include discrete regions that include at least afirst polishing element 204 and asecond polishing element 206. In one example, the polishingelement region 494 may include a portion of apad body 202 that contains one or more of the structures shown inFIGS. 2A-2E . - In one implementation, the polishing
base layer 491 includes a homogeneous mixture of two or more different materials in each layer formed within the polishingbase layer 491. In one example, the homogeneous mixture may include a mixture of the materials used to form thefirst polishing element 204 and thesecond polishing element 206 in each layer formed within the polishingbase layer 491. In some configurations, it is desirable to vary the composition of the homogeneous mixture of materials layer-by-layer to form a gradient in material composition in the layer growth direction (e.g., Z-direction inFIG. 4B ). The phrase homogeneous mixture is intended to generally describe a material that has been formed by dispensing and curing printed droplets that have at least two different compositions within each layer, and thus may contain a mixture of small regions of the at least two different compositions that are each sized at a desired resolution. The interface between the polishingbase layer 491 and the polishingelement region 494 may include a homogeneous blend of the materials found at the upper surface of the polishingbase layer 491 and the lower surface of the polishingelement region 494, or include a discrete transition where the differing material composition in the first deposited layer of the polishingelement region 494 is directly deposited on the surface of the polishingbase layer 491. - In some implementations of the polishing
element region 494, or more generally any of thepad bodies 202 described above, it is desirable to form a porosity gradient in the material composition in thefirst polishing elements 204 and/or second polishingelements 206 in a direction normal to the polishing surface of the porous polishing pad. In one example, it is desirable to have higher concentrations of a material composition used to form the low porosity features in the printed layers near the base of the porous polishing pad (e.g., opposite to the polishing surface), and higher concentrations of a material composition used to form the high porosity features in the printed layers near the polishing surface of the porous polishing pad. In another example, it is desirable to have higher concentrations of a material composition used to form the high porosity features in the printed layers near the base of the porous polishing pad, and a higher concentration of a material composition used to form the low porosity features in the printed layers near the polishing surface of the porous polishing pad. - In one implementation, it is desirable to form a gradient in the material composition within the material used to form the first and/or second polishing elements in a direction normal to the polishing surface of the porous polishing pad. In one example, it is desirable to have higher concentrations of a material composition used to form the
second polishing elements 206 in the printed layers near the base of the porous polishing pad (e.g., opposite to the polishing surface), and higher concentrations of a material composition used to form thefirst polishing elements 204 in the printed layers near the polishing surface of the porous polishing pad. In another example, it is desirable to have higher concentrations of a material composition used to form thefirst polishing elements 204 in the printed layers near the base of the porous polishing pad, and a higher concentration of a material composition used to form thesecond polishing elements 206 in the printed layers near the polishing surface of the porous polishing pad. For example, a first layer may have a material composition ratio of the first printed composition to the second printed composition of 1:1, a material composition ratio of the first printed composition to the second printed composition of 2:1 in a second layer and a material composition ratio of the first printed composition to the second printed composition of 3:1 in a third layer. In one example, the first printed composition has a higher porosity containing material than the second printed composition, and the direction of sequential growth of the first, second and third layers is away from a supporting surface of the porous polishing pad. A gradient can also be formed within different parts of a single layer by adjusting the placement of the printed droplets within the plane of the deposited layer. -
FIG. 5A illustrates a schematic plan view of a pixel chart that is used to form aregion 500 of a layer 522 (FIG. 5B ) of a first or a second polishing element of a polishing pad that contains pore-forming regions according to one or more implementations of the present disclosure. In this example, the pixel chart includes a rectangular pattern of pore-formingregions 502 that are formed by dispensing one or more droplets of a porosity-forming agent 504 (FIG. 5B ) from a first print head onto a surface and then at least partially surrounding the pore-formingregions 502 with one or more structuralmaterial containing regions 501 that include a material that is formed by dispensing droplets of one or more resin precursor compositions from at least a second print head. The porosity-formingagent 504 can then later be removed in a post processing step or during a polishing process to form pores in one or more layers of the polishing pad. In one example, the porosity-forming agent material is removed from formed advanced polishing pad when the polishing pad is used in a CMP polishing process. In this example, the porosity-forming agent material may be removed due to the interaction of the porosity-forming agent disposed at asurface 520 of the first or second polishing elements in the advanced polishing pad with one or more components found within a slurry that is disposed between the first and/or second polishing elements and a substrate that is being polished. As shown inFIG. 5A , the pore-formingregions 502 are surrounded by a structuralmaterial containing region 501 that is formed by dispensing droplets of a resin-precursor formulation across a surface on which thelayer 522 is formed. By use of the various techniques described herein, compositional gradients in the cured structural material found within the structuralmaterial containing region 501 and/or gradients in the size and density of the pore-formingregions 502 can be used to form at least part of a complete polishing pad that has desirable mechanical and thermal properties. The composition of the pore-forming material disposed within the pore-formingregions 502 and distribution and size of the pore-formingregions 502 across of the porous polishing pad 200 (i.e., X-Y plane) or through the thickness of the polishing element (i.e., Z direction) may vary in any suitable pattern. Although polishing pads described herein are shown to be formed from two kinds of materials, this configuration is not intended to be limiting of the scope of the disclosure provided herein, since polishing pads including three or more kinds of materials is within the scope of the present disclosure. It should be noted that the compositions of the structural material found within a polishing pad, such as the polishing pad designs illustrated inFIGS. 2A-2K , may be varied in a similar manner as discussed above in conjunction withFIGS. 4A-4F . Thus, in some implementations, the material found within a formed structuralmaterial containing region 501 may include a mixture of two or more different materials that varies in one or more directions across (e.g., X and/or Y direction) or through (e.g., Z direction) the formed layer. -
FIG. 5B is a side cross-sectional view of a portion of theregion 500 illustrated inFIG. 5A according to one or more aspects of the present disclosure. The portion shown inFIG. 5B includes a plurality oflayers 522 that are formed on anoptional base layer 521 by use of an additive manufacturing process as described herein. For clarity of discussion purposes, the layers are shown inFIG. 5B as being disposed between two dashed lines, however, due to the processes described herein at least the structuralmaterial containing region 501 parts of adjacent layers may be formed such that there is no distinct physical division between layers in a formedporous polishing pad 200. Thelayers 522 each include pore-formingregions 502 that are interspersed between regions of the structuralmaterial containing region 501. As noted above, due to the interaction of the porosity-forming agent disposed within the pore-formingregions 502 at the surface 520 (i.e., polishing surface 112) of theporous polishing pad 200 with a slurry (not shown), which is disposed within a polishingregion 530, the porosity-formingagent 504 may be easily removed leaving an unfilled void within the pore-formingregions 502, and thus forming apore 503. - In one implementation, the pixel charts used to form each
layer 522 includes pattern that includes an array of porosity-formingagent 504 containing pore-formingregions 502 that are formed in a desired pattern across the surface of the formed layer. As noted above, in some implementations, the pattern of porosity-formingagent 504 containing pore-formingregions 502 can be formed in a rectangular array that has a desirable pitch in both the X and Y directions. However, the pattern of porosity-formingagent 504 containing pore-formingregions 502 may be formed in any desirable pattern including a hexagonal array of pore-formingregions 502, a directionally varying pattern of pore-formingregions 502, a random pattern of pore-formingregions 502 or other useful pattern of pore-formingregions 502. In some implementations, the pixel charts used to formadjacent layers 522 are shifted a desireddistance 525 in one or more directions (e.g., X, Y or X and Y directions) relative to each other, or formed in differing relative X-Y patterns, so that the pore-formingregions 502 are not placed on top of each other in adjacently positioned layers as the polishing pad is formed. In one implementation, similarly configured patterns of pore-formingregions 502 in adjacent layers may be staggered a desired distance in one or more directions relative to each other so that the pore-formingregions 502 are not placed on top of each other in the adjacently positioned layers. -
FIG. 5C illustrates is a side cross-sectional view of a portion of theregion 500 illustrated inFIG. 5A according to another aspect of the present disclosure. In some implementations, two or more of the deposited layers may be aligned with each other so that the layers are formed directly on top of each other. In one example, as shown inFIG. 5C , twolayers layer 522B so that the pore-formingregions 502 are placed one on top of the other. The next or subsequent layers may then be shifted a desireddistance 525 relative to thelayers 522A-B, so that the pore-formingregions 502 in the subsequent layers are not placed on top of thelayers 522A-B. This configuration in which two or more layers, within a larger stack of layers, are formed directly on top of each other may be useful in cases where the fixed droplet size resolution in the X and Y directions may be greater than the thickness of the layer in the Z direction. In one example, the fixed droplet size in the X and Y directions is twice as large as the thickness in the Z direction, thus allowing a regular pattern of printed material to be formed in the X, Y and Z directions when two layers are placed on top of each other. - Referring back to
FIG. 5A , the pixel charts used to form the pore-formingregions 502 and the surrounding structuralmaterial containing region 501 within a layer can be used to create portions of the polishing features that have a consistent or varying porosity in one or more directions X, Y, or Z. In one example, the polishing features near an edge region of the advanced polishing pad may include more of the resin precursor formulation used to form the structural material within the structuralmaterial containing region 501 than the porosity-formingagent 504 containing pore-formingregions 502. The polishing features near a center region of the polishing pad may also include a higher percentage of pore-formingregions 502 per layer (e.g., higher density) than the polishing features near the edge region. In this example, each polishing feature of the same type (e.g., first polishing elements 204), or of different types (e.g., first andsecond polishing elements 204, 206), has a unique combination of the resin precursor formulation, the porosity-forming agent and the density of the pore-formingregions 502 per layer and/or per polishing element. In one example, thefirst polishing elements 204 include a first combination of the resin precursor formulation and the porosity-forming agent and thesecond polishing elements 206 include a different second combination of the resin precursor formulation and the porosity-forming agent. Therefore, by use of pixel charts, the polishing body can be sequentially formed so that a desired porosity gradient is achieved in different parts of the polishing body to achieve a desired polishing performance of the advanced polishing pad. - A method of forming a layer of a porous advanced polishing pad according to implementations described herein may include the following steps. First, one or more droplets of a resin composition, such as described herein, are dispensed in a desired X and Y pattern to form the structural material portion of a formed layer. In one implementation, the one or more droplets of a resin composition are dispensed on a support if the one or more droplets constitute a first layer. In some implementations, the one or more droplets of a resin composition are dispensed on a previously deposited layer (e.g., second layer, etc.). Second, one or more droplets of a porosity-forming composition containing a porosity-forming
agent 504 are dispensed in a desired X and Y pattern to form the pore-formingregions 502 within the formed layer. In one implementation, the one or more droplets of the porosity-forming composition are dispensed on a support if the one or more droplets constitute a first layer. In some implementations, the one or more droplets of the porosity-forming composition are dispensed on a previously deposited layer. The dispensing processes of the first and second operations are typically performed separately in time and at different X-Y coordinates. Next, or third, the dispensed one or more droplets of the curable resin precursor and the dispensed one or more droplets of the porosity-forming composition are at least partially cured. Next, at the optional fourth step, the dispensed one or more droplets of the curable resin precursor and the dispensed one or more droplets of the porosity-forming composition are exposed to at least one of an annealing process, a rinsing process, or both to remove the porosity-forming agent. The rinsing process may include rinsing with water, another solvent such as alcohol (e.g., isopropanol) or both. The annealing process may include heating the deposited pad structure to a low temperature (e.g., about 100 degrees Celsius) under a low pressure to vaporize the porosity-forming agent. Next, at the fifth step, an optional second curing process is performed on the formed layer or final pad to form the final porous pad structure. In some cases, the first, second, third and fifth processing steps may also be sequentially repeated in any desired order to form a number of stacked layers before the fourth step is completed. - In some implementations, the porosity-forming
agent 504 may include materials that have hydrophilic and/or have hydro-degradable behaviors, such as hydrogels, poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid) (PLGA), and Polyethylene glycol (PEG), which degrade in the presence of an aqueous solutions. In some configurations, during a CMP polishing process, the porosity-formingagent 504 disposed within a formed polishing pad is configured to degrade, such as dissolve into an aqueous slurry (e.g., porosity-forming agent is soluble in the slurry) or break down in the presence of slurry, and leave a pore (e.g., 100 nm-1 μm opening or void) in the exposed surface of the advanced polishing pad. The porosity-formingagent 504 may include an oligomeric and/or polymeric material that is mixed with an inert soluble component. The inert soluble components may include ethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol and glycerol. The inert soluble components may also include corresponding mono alkyl or dialkyl ethers and alkyl groups that may include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl or isobutyl groups. In one implementation, the porosity-formingagent 504 includes PEG and about 5% to 15% of an oligomeric and/or polymeric material, such as an acrylate material. In some configurations, a hydrogel material may be used that is based on polyethylene glycol acrylates or methacrylates. These types of materials can be made from polar materials that are not soluble in most resin precursor formulations. The hydrogel materials can be made into pore-forming materials by cross-linking with diacrylates and dimethacrylates in a ratio of about 1 to 10%. The hydrogel materials are formed in this way will still have solubility in water and can be washed away with water to generate pores. - In some implementations, the structural
material containing region 501 may include a material that is formed from one or more of the resin precursor components disclosed herein. For example, the structuralmaterial containing region 501 may include a material that is formed by use of a resin precursor component that is selected from, but not restricted to, at least one of the materials listed in Table 3 or families of materials in which the materials listed in Table 3 are from. Other useful resin precursor components that may be used alone or in combination with one or more of the resin precursor components disclosed herein may also include the thiol-ene and thiol-yne type, epoxy, Michael addition type, ring-opening polymerization (ROP), and ring forming or Diels-Alder polymerization (DAP) type components described herein. - In one implementation, the pores formed with the
pad body 202 may be formed by causing the porosity-formingagent 504 change phase, such as vaporize, during a subsequent advanced polishing pad formation process. In one example, the porosity within the formed pad may be generated by delivering electromagnetic radiation to a portion of the polishing pad to induce the generation change in phase of the porosity-forming agent material. In one implementation, an advanced polishing pad pre-polymer composition may contain compounds, polymers, or oligomers that are thermally labile and that may contain of thermally labile groups. These porogen and thermally labile groups may be cyclic groups, such as unsaturated cyclic organic groups. The porogen may comprise a cyclic hydrocarbon compound. Some exemplary porogens include, but are not restricted to norbornadiene (BCHD, bicycle(2.2.1)hepta-2,5-diene), alpha-terpinene (ATP), vinylcyclohexane (VCH), phenylacetate, butadiene, isoprene, and cyclohexadiene. In one implementation, a pre-polymer layer is deposited that contains a radiation curable oligomer with a covalently bound porogen group. After exposure to UV radiation and heat, a porous polymer layer may be formed by the effusion of the porogen group. In another implementation, an advanced polishing pad pre-polymer composition may contain compounds, polymers, or oligomers that are mixed with a water containing compound. In this example, a plurality of porous layers may be formed by sequential layer deposition and then driving out the water containing compound to form a pore. In other implementations, pores may be generated by thermally induced decomposition of compounds that form a gas by-product, such as azo compounds, which decompose to form nitrogen gas. - Alternately, in some implementations, the resin precursor composition may include polymer spheres, such as 100 nm-1 μm of diameter sized polymer nano-spheres or micro-spheres that are disposed within the droplets that are used to form the advanced polishing pad. In some implementations, the polymer sphere is between 100 nm and 20 μm in size, such as between 100 nm and 5 μm in size. In some additive manufacturing implementations, it may be desirable to dispense a resin precursor composition containing droplet out of a first nozzle and also dispense a droplet of a polymer sphere containing formulation out of a second nozzle so that the two dispensed droplets can mix to form a complete droplet that can then be partially or fully cured to form part of the growing polishing pad. In some configurations, during a CMP polishing process, the polymer spheres are configured to degrade, such as dissolve into the aqueous slurry or break down in the presence of slurry, and leave a pore (e.g., 100 nm-1 μm pore feature) in the exposed surface of the advanced polishing pad.
- The polymer spheres may comprise one or more solid polymer materials that have desirable mechanical properties, thermal properties, wear properties, degradation properties, or other useful property for use within the formed advanced polishing pad. Alternately, the polymer spheres may comprise a solid polymer shell that encloses a liquid (e.g., water) or gas material so that the polymer sphere will provide desirable mechanical, thermal, wear, or other useful property to the formed advanced polishing pad. The polymer spheres may also be used to form pores within regions of a fixed droplet that is used to form one or more regions within portions of a formed polishing element (e.g., polishing
elements 204 and/or 206) to provide desirable mechanical, thermal, wear, or other useful property to these portions of a formed advanced polishing pad. The polymer spheres may include materials that have hydrophilic and/or have hydro-degradable behaviors, such as hydrogels and poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid), PLGA, which degrade in the presence of an aqueous solutions. The polymer spheres are typically uniformly dispersed in the droplet formulations and in the cured materials after performing the additive manufacturing process (e.g., 3D printing). - In some configurations, hydrogel particles may be used that are based on polyethylene glycol acrylates or methacrylates. These types of particles are made from polar materials and are not soluble in most formulations. The hydrogel particles can be made into particle form by cross-linking with diacrylates and dimethacrylates in a ratio of about 1 to 15%. The hydrogel particles formed in this way will still have solubility in water and can be washed away with water to generate pores.
- In some implementations, as discussed above, the construction of the
porous polishing pad 200 by an additive manufacturing process begins by creating a CAD model of the porous polishing pad design. This can be done using existing CAD design software, such as Unigraphics or other similar software. An output file, which is generated by the modelling software, is then loaded to an analysis program to ensure that the porous polishing pad design meets the design requirements (e.g., water tight, mass density). The output file is then rendered, and the 3D model is then “sliced” into a series of 2D data bitmaps, or pixel charts. As noted above, the 2D bitmaps, or pixel charts, are used to define the locations across an X and Y plane where the layers in the porous polishing pad will be built. In one implementation, the 2D bitmaps of the polishing article are represented in a data structure readable by a computer rendering device or a computer display device. - The computer-readable medium may contain a data structure that represents the polishing article. The data structure may be a computer file, and may contain information about the structures, materials, textures, physical properties, or other characteristics of one or more articles. The data structure may also contain code, such as computer executable code or device control code that engages selected functionality of a computer rendering device or a computer display device. The data structure may be stored on the computer-readable medium. The computer-readable medium may include a physical storage medium such as a magnetic memory, floppy disk, or any convenient physical storage medium. The physical storage medium may be readable by the computer system to render the article represented by the data structure on a computer screen or a physical rendering device, which may be an additive manufacturing device, such as a 3D printer. In some additive manufacturing process applications the pixel chart locations will define where a laser will pulse, and in other applications the location where a nozzle will eject a droplet of a material.
- The coordinates found in the pixel charts are used to define the location at which a specific droplet of uncured polymer will be placed using, for example, a poly jet print head. Every coordinate for an X and Y location and a given pad supporting Z stage position will be defined based on the pixel charts. Each X, Y and Z location will include either a droplet dispense or droplet non-dispense condition. Print heads may be assembled in an array in the X and/or Y directions to increase build rate or to deposit additional types of materials. In the examples shown in
FIGS. 2F-2K , the black pixels indicate locations where nozzles will not deposit materials and the white pixels indicate where nozzles will deposit materials. By combining the material maps, or pixel charts, in each formed layer a porous polishing pad of any desirable shape or structural configuration can be printed by the positioning of the discrete droplets near one another. - An additive manufacturing device, such as a 3D printer can be used to form a porous polishing pad by depositing water, emulsifiers/surfactants, thermoplastic polymers, depositing and curing of a photosensitive resin precursor compositions, and/or laser pulse type sintering and fusing of a dispensed powder layer. In some implementations, the porous polishing pad formation process may include a method of polyjet printing of UV sensitive materials. In this configuration, droplets of a precursor formulation (e.g., first printable ink composition 359) are ejected from a nozzle in the droplet ejecting printer 306 and resin precursor composition is deposited onto the build stage. As material is deposited from an array of nozzles, the material may be leveled with the use of a roller or other means to smooth drops into a flat film layer or transfer away excess material. While the droplet is being dispensed, and/or shortly thereafter, a UV lamp or LED radiation source passes over the deposited layer to cure or partially cure the dispensed droplets into a solid polymer network.
- In some implementations, a monochromatic light source (e.g., LED light source) is used that has a narrow emitted wavelength range and/or a narrow spot size that is specifically tailored to substantially or partially cure one or more dispensed droplets, and thus not adversely affect other surrounding regions or prior formed layers of the formed advanced polishing pad. In some implementations, the monochromatic light source is configured to deliver wavelengths of light within a range between 100 nm and 500 nm, such as between about 170 nm and 400 nm. In one example, a UV LED source is configured to deliver UV light within a band of +/−10 nm at a central wavelength of 240 nm, 254 nm, 365 nm, 385 nm, 395 nm or 405 nm wavelengths. This process is built layer on top of layer with adequate cohesion within the layer and between layers to ensure the final implementation of the pad model is mechanically sound.
- In order to better control the polymer stress through the build process, heat may be added during the formation of one or more of the layers. The delivery of heat allows the polymer network formed in each cured or partially cured layer to relax and thus reduce stress and remove stress history in the film. Stress in the film can result in unwanted deformation of the porous polishing pad during or after the porous polishing pad formation process. Heating the partially formed polishing pad while it is on the printer's build tray ensures that the final pad properties are set through the layer-by-layer process and a predictable pad composition and polishing result can be achieved. In addition to inducing heat into the porous polishing pad formation process, the area surrounding the growing polishing pad may be modified to reduce the oxygen exposure to the uncured resin. This can be done by employing vacuum or by flooding the build chamber with nitrogen (N2) or other inert gas. The reduction in oxygen over the growing pad will reduce the inhibition of the free radical polymerization reaction, and ensures a more complete surface cure of the dispensed droplets.
- Following production of the polishing pad, the polishing pad can be annealed by heating to a temperature above the glass transition temperature Tg for a period of time to remove water from the formed pad to from the porous pad structure. Optionally, water removal can be facilitated faster under vacuum.
- The polishing pad can be further processed using any suitable technique. For example, the polishing pad can be skived or milled to provide a polishing surface. The produced polishing surface can be further processed using techniques such as conditioning the polishing surface, for example, by diamond conditioning.
- As noted above, in some implementations, one or more of the materials that are used to form at least one of the two or more polishing elements, such as the first and
second polishing elements precursor delivery section 353 of theadditive manufacturing system 350, will include the formulation of resin precursor compositions that contain functional oligomers, porosity-forming agents (e.g., water), emulsifiers, hydrophobes, reactive diluents and curing components, such as initiators. Examples of some of these components are listed in Table 1. -
TABLE 1 Reference Tg UTS Name Material Information Functionality (° C.) (psi) % Elongation O1 Aliphatic urethane 2 27 5378 79 acrylate oligomer O2 Aliphatic hexafunctional 6 145 11,000 1 urethane acrylate O3 Low viscosity diacrylate 2 26 1,600 10 oligomer O4 Aliphatic hexafunctional 6 120 acrylate O5 Multifunctional urethane 3.4 46 3045 2 acrylate oligomer O6 Aliphatic urethane 2 N/A N/A N/A diacrylate oligomer 1 O7 Aliphatic urethane N/A N/A N/A N/A acrylate oligomer 2 O8 Aliphatic polyester 2 + 2 N/A N/A N/A urethane diacrylate blend with aliphatic diacrylate O9 Acrylic oligomer N/A N/A N/A N/A M1 Dipropylene glycol 2 104 2938 5 diacrylate M2 2-Propenoic acid, 2- 1 5 19 236 phenoxyethyl ester M3 Tertio-butyl 1 41 cyclohexanol acrylate (TBCHA) M4 Polyether-modified polydimethylsiloxane M5 CTFA 2 Ethers 1 32 — — M6 EOEO-EA 1 −54 — — M7 2- 1 −3 (((butylamino)carbonyl)oxy)ethyl ester M8 Tetrahydrofurfuryl 1 −12 M9 Tetrafunctional 4 N/A N/A N/A polyether acrylate M10 Isobornyl acrylate 1 N/A N/A N/A P1 2-Hydroxy-2-methyl-1- N/A N/A N/A phenyl-propan-1-one P2 4-Phenylbenzophenone N/A N/A N/A P3 Acyl phosphine oxide N/A N/A N/A N/A P4 Bis-benzoyl phosphine N/A N/A N/A N/A oxide P5 Blend of P1 and P3 N/A N/A N/A N/A A1 Acrylated amine <1 N/A N/A N/A synergist A2 Polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ether ammonium sulfate non-migratory surfactant H1 Hexadecane H2 Hexadecanol E1 MAXEMUL 6106 E2 E-Sperse RS1618 X1 Diethylene glycol X2 Glycerol X3 Glycerol propoxylate - Examples of functional oligomers can be found in items O1-O9 in Table 1. Examples of functional reactive diluents and other additives can be found in items M1-M10 in Table 1. Examples of curing components are found in items P1-P5 and A1 in Table 1. Examples of emulsifiers are found in items E1-E2 in Table 1. Examples of hydrophobes are found in items H1-H2 in Table 1. Examples of porosity-forming agents are found in items X1-X3 in Table 1. Items O1-O3, M1-M3 and M5-M6 found in Table 1 are available from Sartomer USA, item O4 is available from Miwon Specialty Chemicals Corporation Ltd. of Korea, item O5 is available from Allnex Corporation of Alpharetta, GA, USA, item M4 is available from BYK-Gardner GmbH of Germany and items P1-P5 and A1 are available from Chiba Specialty Chemicals Inc. and RAHN USA Corporation. Item A2 is available from Montello, Inc. of Tulsa, Oklahoma. Items H1-H2 in Table 1 are available from Sigma-Aldrich® Co. Item E1 is available from Croda International Plc. Item E2 is available from Ethox Chemicals, LLC. Items X1-X3 in Table 1 are available from Sigma-Aldrich® Co.
- One advantage of the additive manufacturing processes described herein includes the ability to form an advance polishing pad that has properties and porosity that can be adjusted based on the composition of the resin precursor components and structural configuration of the various formed materials used within the pad body structure. The information below provides some examples of some material formulations and the affect that varying various components in these formulations and/or processing techniques have on some of the properties needed to form a porous polishing pad that will achieve improved polishing results over conventional polishing pad designs. The information provided in these examples can be used to form at least a portion of the
porous polishing pad 200, such as part of thefirst polishing element 204, thesecond polishing element 206, or both the first andsecond polishing elements - Examples of the curable resin precursor composition components, which are described above and below, are intended to be comparative examples and one skilled in the art can find other suitable monomers/oligomers from various sources to achieve the desired properties. Some examples for reactive diluents are 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, octyldecyl acrylate, cyclic trimethylolpropane formal acrylate, caprolactone acrylate, isobornyl acrylate (IBOA), and alkoxylated lauryl methacrylate. The first material is available from Sigma-Aldrich, and the balance may be obtained from Sartomer USA and/or Rahn AG USA (
SR series CN series 292, 293, 294E, 299, 704, 2200, 2203, 2207, 2261, 2261LV, 2262, 2264, 2267, 2270, 2271E, 2273, 2279, 2282, 2283, 2285 and 2303 from Sartomer USA) and aliphatic urethane oligomers (CN series 929, 959, 961H81, 962, 969, 964A85, 965, 968, 980, 986, 989, 991, 992, 996, 2921, 9001, 9007, 9013, 9178 and 9783 from Sartomer USA). The agents or additives could be supplied from BYK, such as 3550, 3560, 307, 378, 1791, 1794, 9077, A515, A535, JET9510, JET9511, P9908, UV3500, UV3535, DISPERBYK168, and DISPERBYK2008. The first type photoinitiator could be from BASF, such asIrgacure series - Examples of formulations that contain different porosity are illustrated below in Table 2. Example 1 was a control performed without the addition of water and emulsifier. Example 2 was performed with the addition of water only. Example 3 was performed with both water and emulsifier. Items 4-7 each represent a formulation that may be modified with water, emulsifiers, or both.
-
TABLE 2 Material Composition Formulation Pore Size Average Item (See Table 1 Composition Range Pore Size No. Ref. Name) (wt. %) (microns) (microns) 1 O1:O3:O4:M1 30:33:15:33 2 O1:O3:O4:M1:H2O 30:33:15:33:11 6-130 3 O1:O3:O4:M1:H2O:E2 30:33:15:33:11:1.1 6-40 15 4 O1:M3 45:55 n/a n/a 5 O1:M1 45:55 n/a n/a 6 O1:M3:M1:M2 45:22:22:11 n/a n/a 7 O4:O1:M3:M1:M2 30:15:22:22:11 n/a n/a - As noted in Item 1 in Table 2, a formulation that contains multifunctional oligomers with O1:O3:O4:M1 was mixed in the ratio of 30:33:15:33. Then photoinitiators and additives (P1:P2:A1 in the ratio of 67:8.25:24.75) in about 3% by weight of the formulation were added for curing. This mixture (8 g) was placed in an aluminum cup and exposed to UV radiation to cure the acrylate monomers. This did not result in measureable pores.
- Referring to
Item 2 in Table 2, Example 1 was repeated by adding water (11 wt. %; 1.6 g) and photoinitiator (6.4 g) and was shaken very well. The mixture was cured similar to the Example 1. Then water was removed by heating to 60 degrees Celsius for 2 days under vacuum. The SEM image revealed the pore size as 6-130 microns and it is illustrated inFIG. 6A . - Referring to
Item 3 in Table 2, Example 2 was repeated by adding emulsifier E2 (1.1 wt. %) and shaken very well. It was then sonicated using Kaijo's Sono Cleaner Model 100 Z for 3 minutes. This mixture was transferred to aluminum cup and exposed to UV radiation to cure the acrylate monomers similar to Example 2. Then water was removed similar to Example 1. The SEM image revealed the pore size as 6-40 microns and is illustrated inFIG. 6B . The pore size depicted in the SEM image ofFIG. 6B is considerably reduced compared to the pore size depicted in the SEM image ofFIG. 6A with an average size of 15 microns having a narrower pore size distribution. In some cases, a narrower pore size distribution is desirable to control the spread of variation in mechanical properties of the formed porous material within desired regions of the porous polishing pad, provide more consistent and reproducible pad polishing properties, and control the slurry retention provided by the porous structure(s). - Table 3 depicts various formulations that may be used to form the porous pad structures described herein. Item No. 8 does not contain a porosity-forming agent. Item 9,
Item 10 and Item 11 contain 20 wt. %, 30 wt. %, and 40 wt. % of a porosity-forming agent X1 respectively. -
TABLE 3 CA with Item Material Composition Formulation Composition Viscosity at CA with water (°) No. (See Table 1 Ref. Name) (wt. %) 70° C. (cps) water (°) after 5 min 8 O1:O2:O3:M1:M3:M4:P2:P4:A1:A2 24.1:12.1:0.20:24.7:26.5:0.10:0.20: 1.61:0.60:9.97 9 O1:O2:O3:M1:M3:M4:P2:P4:A1:A2:X1 19.3:9.64:0.16:19.7:21.2:0.08:0.16: 12.0 57 47 1.29:0.48:7.98:20.0 10 O1:O2:O3:M1:M3:M4:P2:P4:A1:A2:X1 16.9:8.44:0.14:17.3:18.6:0.07:0.14: 7.3 83 77 1.13:0.42:6.98:30.0 11 O1:O2:O3:M1:M3:M4:P2:P4:A1:A2:X1 14.5:7.23:0.12:14.8:15.9:0.06:0.12: 6.5 88 76 0.97:0.36:5.98:40.0 - Table 4 depicts various formulations that may be used to form the porous pad structures described herein.
-
TABLE 4 Viscosity CA drop Viscosity at 70° C. Item Material Composition Formulation Composition on cured at 70° C. (cps) after No. (See Table 1 Ref. Name) (wt. %) film (°) (cps) 90 C./3 days 12 Item 8:X1 90:10 34 12.5 12.9 13 Item 90:10:0.2:0.1 39 12.3 12.5 8:X1:O3:M4 14 Item 80:10:10:0.2:0.1 43 17.3 20.3 8:X1:A2:O3:M4 - Table 5 depicts various hypothetical formulations that may be used to form the porous pad structures described herein.
-
TABLE 5 Component Weight % range Formulation of Item 8 60 to 90 Diethylene glycol 0 to 40 Glycerol 0 to 40 Glycerol propoxylate 0 to 30 CN132 0 to 2 BYK307 0 to 2 Hitenol BC-10 0 to 15 Maxemul 6106 0 to 15 -
FIG. 7 is a schematic perspective sectional view of aporous polishing pad 700 according to one implementation of the present disclosure. Theporous polishing pad 700 includes asecond polishing element 702 that is a soft or low storage modulus E′ material similar to thesecond polishing elements 206 of the 3D printed polishing pad. Similar to thesecond polishing elements 206, thesecond polishing element 702 may be formed from one or more elastomeric polymer compositions that may include polyurethane and aliphatic segments. Theporous polishing pad 700 includes a plurality of surface features 706 extending from thesecond polishing element 702.Outer surfaces 708 of the surface features 706 may be formed from a porous material. In one implementation, theouter surface 708 of the surface features 706 may be formed from the same material or the same composition of materials as thesecond polishing element 702. The surface features 706 may also include ahard feature 704 embedded therein. The high storage modulus E′ orhard features 704 may be formed from a material or a composition of materials that is harder than the surface features 706. The high storage modulus E′ orhard features 704 may be formed from materials similar to the material or materials of the hard or high storage modulus E′ features of theporous polishing pad 200, including crosslinked polymer compositions and compositions containing aromatic groups. The embeddedhard features 704 alter the effective hardness of the surface features 706, and thus provide a desired target pad hardness for polishing. The soft or low storage modulus E′ polymeric layer of theouter surface 708 can be used to reduce defects and improve planarization on the substrate being polished. Alternatively, a soft or low storage modulus E′ polymer material may be printed on surfaces of other polishing pads of the present disclosure to provide the same benefit. -
FIG. 8 is a schematic perspective sectional view of aporous polishing pad 800 having one ormore observation windows 810. Theporous polishing pad 800 may have apad body 802. Thepad body 802 may include one or more features such as a plurality offirst polishing elements 804 extending from second polishingelements 806 for polishing. Thesecond polishing elements 806 and thefirst polishing elements 804 may be formed from materials similar to those for the second polishing element(s) 206 and first polishingelements 204 of theporous polishing pad 200. Thefirst polishing elements 804 may be arranged in any suitable patterns according to the present disclosure. - The one or
more observation windows 810 may be formed from a transparent material or compositions to allow observation of the substrate being polished. The one ormore observation windows 810 may be formed through, and/or about portions of, thesecond polishing elements 806 or thefirst polishing elements 804. In some implementations, the one ormore observation windows 810 may be formed from a material that is substantially transparent, and thus is able to transmit light emitted from a laser and/or white light source for use in a CMP optical endpoint detection system. The optical clarity should be high enough to provide at least about 25% (e.g., at least about 50%, at least about 80%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%) light transmission over the wavelength range of the light beam used by the end point detection system's optical detector. Typical optical end point detection wavelength ranges include the visible spectrum (e.g., from about 400 nm to about 800 nm), the ultraviolet (UV) spectrum (e.g., from about 300 nm to about 400 nm), and/or the infrared spectrum (e.g., from about 800 nm to about 1550 nm). In one implementation, the one ormore observation windows 810 is formed from a material that has a transmittance of >35% at wavelengths between 280-800 nm. In one implementation, the one ormore observation windows 810 is formed from a material that has a transmittance of >35% at wavelengths between 280-399 nm, and a transmittance of >70% at wavelengths between 400-800 nm. In some implementations, the one ormore observation windows 810 is formed from a material that has a low refractive index that is about the same as that of the polishing slurry and has a high optical clarity to reduce reflections from the air/window/water interface and improve transmission of the light through the one ormore observation windows 810 to and from the substrate. - In one implementation, the one or
more observation windows 810 may be formed from a transparent printed material, including polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA). In another implementation, the window is formed using transparent polymeric compositions that contain epoxide groups, wherein the compositions may be cured using a cationic cure, and may provide additional clarity and less shrinkage. In a similar implementation, the window may be formed from a mixture of compositions that undergo both cationic and free radical cure. In another implementation, the window may be produced by another process, and may be mechanically inserted into a preformed opening in the porous polishing pad that is formed by a 3D process. -
FIG. 9 is a schematic perspective sectional view of aporous polishing pad 900 including abacking layer 906. Theporous polishing pad 900 includes asecond polishing element 904 and a plurality offirst polishing elements 902 protruding from thesecond polishing element 904. Theporous polishing pad 900 may be similar to any of theporous polishing pads backing layer 906 is attached to thesecond polishing element 904. Thebacking layer 906 may provide a desired compressibility to theporous polishing pad 900. Thebacking layer 906 may also be used to alter the overall mechanical properties of theporous polishing pad 900 to achieve a desired hardness and/or have desired storage modulus E′ and loss modulus E″. Thebacking layer 906 may have a hardness value of less than 70 Shore A scale. In one implementation, thebacking layer 906 may be formed from an open-cell or a closed-cell foam, such as polyurethane or polysiloxane (silicone), so that under pressure the cells collapse and thebacking layer 906 compresses. In another implementation, thebacking layer 906 may be formed from natural rubber, EPDM rubber (ethylene propylene diene monomer), nitrile, or neoprene (polychloroprene). - Although polishing pads described herein are circular in shape, polishing particles according to the present disclosure may include any suitable shape, such as polishing webs configured to move linearly during polishing.
- The increased complexity of polishing pad designs that will be needed to polish the next generation IC devices greatly increases the manufacturing complexity of these polishing pads. There are non-additive manufacturing type processes and/or subtractive process that may be employed to manufacture some aspects of these complex pad designs. These processes may include multi-material injection molding and/or sequential step UV casting to form material layers from single discrete materials. These forming steps are then typically followed by machining and post processing using milling, grinding or laser ablation operations or other subtractive techniques.
-
FIGS. 10A-10O depict SEM images of various implementations of porous pads formed according to implementations described herein.FIGS. 10A-10C depict SEM images for a porous pad formed using a 5×5 bitmap design.FIG. 10C depicts the formed porous pad containing the porosity-forming agent after deposition.FIG. 10B depicts the formed porous pad after exposure to a washing/rinsing process to remove the porosity-forming agent.FIG. 10A depicts the formed porous pad after exposure to both a washing/rinsing process and an anneal process to remove the porosity-forming agent. -
FIGS. 10D-10F depict SEM images for a porous pad formed using a 4×4 bitmap design.FIG. 10F depicts the formed porous pad containing the porosity-forming agent after deposition.FIG. 10E depicts the formed porous pad after exposure to a washing/rinsing process to remove the porosity-forming agent.FIG. 10D depicts the formed porous pad after exposure to both a washing/rinsing process and an anneal process to remove the porosity-forming agent. -
FIGS. 10G-10I depict SEM images for a porous pad formed using a 3×3 bitmap design.FIG. 10I depicts the formed porous pad containing the porosity-forming agent after deposition.FIG. 10H depicts the formed porous pad after exposure to a washing/rinsing process to remove the porosity-forming agent.FIG. 10G depicts the formed porous pad after exposure to both a washing/rinsing process and an anneal process to remove the porosity-forming agent. -
FIGS. 10J-10L depict SEM images for a porous pad formed using a 2×2 bitmap design.FIG. 10L depicts the formed porous pad containing the porosity-forming agent after deposition.FIG. 10K depicts the formed porous pad after exposure to a washing/rinsing process to remove the porosity-forming agent.FIG. 10J depicts the formed porous pad after exposure to both a washing/rinsing process and an anneal process to remove the porosity-forming agent. -
FIGS. 10M-10O depict SEM images for a porous pad formed using a 1×1 bitmap design.FIG. 10O depicts the formed porous pad containing the porosity-forming agent after deposition.FIG. 10N depicts the formed porous pad after exposure to a washing/rinsing process to remove the porosity-forming agent.FIG. 10M depicts the formed porous pad after exposure to both a washing/rinsing process and an anneal process to remove the porosity-forming agent. -
FIG. 11A-11B depict SEM images of surfaces of porous pads formed according to implementations described herein. -
FIG. 12 depict SEM images of surfaces of porous pads formed according to implementations described herein. In some implementations, as shown inFIG. 12 , the majority of the pores form adjacent to the interface between the deposited layers. -
FIG. 13 is a flow chart depicting amethod 1300 of forming a porous pad according to implementations described herein. Atoperation 1310, one or more droplets of a resin composition are dispensed. In one implementation, the one or more droplets of a resin composition are dispensed on a support if the one or more droplets constitute a first layer. In some implementations, the one or more droplets of a resin composition are dispensed on a previously deposited layer. Atoperation 1320, one or more droplets of a porosity-forming composition containing a porosity-forming agent are dispensed. In one implementation, the one or more droplets of the porosity-forming composition are dispensed on the support if the one or more droplets constitute a first layer. In some implementations, the one or more droplets of the porosity-forming composition are dispensed on a previously deposited layer. The dispensing processes ofoperation 1310 andoperation 1320 are typically performed separately. Optionally, atoperation 1330, the dispensed one or more droplets of the curable resin precursor and the dispensed one or more droplets of the porosity-forming composition are partially cured.Operations operation 1340, the dispensed one or more droplets of the curable resin precursor and the dispensed one or more droplets of the porosity-forming composition are exposed to at least one of an annealing process, a rinsing process, or both to remove the porosity-forming agent. The rinsing process may include rinsing with water, another solvent such as alcohol (e.g., isopropanol) or both. The annealing process may include heating the deposited pad structure to a low temperature (e.g., about 100 degrees Celsius) under a low pressure to vaporize the porosity-forming agent. Atoperation 1350, an optional curing process is performed to form the final porous pad structure. - While the foregoing is directed to implementations of the present disclosure, other and further implementations of the disclosure may be devised without departing from the basic scope thereof, and the scope thereof is determined by the claims that follow.
Claims (20)
1. A method of forming a porous polishing pad, comprising:
depositing a plurality of composite layers with an additive manufacturing process to reach a target thickness, wherein depositing the plurality of composite layers comprises:
forming a first layer of the porous polishing pad, wherein forming the first layer comprises:
forming a first pattern of porosity-forming agent containing regions on a surface on which the first layer is formed by dispensing droplets of a porosity-forming composition on the surface; and
forming a first structural material containing region on the surface and between adjacently positioned porosity-forming agent containing regions of the first pattern by dispensing one or more droplets of a curable resin precursor composition onto the surface; and
forming a second layer on a surface of the first layer, wherein forming the second layer comprises:
forming a second pattern of porosity-forming agent containing regions on the surface of the first layer by dispensing one or more droplets of the porosity-forming composition onto the surface of the first layer; and
forming a second structural material containing region on the surface of the first layer and between adjacently positioned porosity-forming agent containing regions of the second pattern by dispensing one or more droplets of the curable resin precursor composition onto the surface of the first layer; and
exposing the dispensed one or more droplets of the curable resin precursor composition and the dispensed one or more droplets of the porosity-forming composition to at least one of an annealing process, a rinsing process, or both to remove a porosity-forming agent of the porosity-forming composition to form pores in the porous polishing pad.
2. The method of claim 1 , wherein the porosity-forming agent is selected from water, water-soluble inert materials, water-containing hydrophilic polymers, hydrophilic polymerizable monomers, or a combination thereof.
3. The method of claim 1 , wherein the porosity-forming agent is selected from glycols, glycol-ethers, amines, or a combination thereof.
4. The method of claim 1 , wherein the porosity-forming agent is selected from ethylene glycol, butanediol, dimer diol, propylene glycol-(1,2), propylene glycol-(1,3), octane-1,8-diol, neopentyl glycol, cyclohexane dimethanol (1,4-bis-hydroxymethylcyclohexane), 2-methyl-1,3-propane diol, glycerin, trimethylolpropane, hexanediol-(1,6), hexanetriol-(1,2,6), butanetriol-(1,2,4), trimethylolethane, pentaerythritol, quinitol, mannitol, sorbitol, methylglycoside, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, polyethylene glycols, dibutylene glycol, polybutylene glycols, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether (EGMBE), diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethanolamine, diethanolamine (DEA), triethanolamine (TEA), or a combination thereof.
5. The method of claim 1 , wherein the porosity-forming agent is a water-containing hydrophilic polymer selected from the group consisting of polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP), polyvinyl methyl ether, or a combination thereof.
6. The method of claim 1 , wherein the porosity-forming agent is selected from triethanolamine (TEA) surfactant, polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ether ammonium sulfates, polyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ethers, anionic phosphate esters, and combinations thereof.
7. The method of claim 1 , wherein the porosity-forming agent is vaporizable, soluble in water, or soluble in another solvent.
8. The method of claim 1 , wherein the porosity-forming agent is configured to degrade in the presence of an aqueous solution.
9. The method of claim 1 , further comprising partially curing the dispensed one or more droplets of the curable resin precursor composition and the dispensed one or more droplets of the porosity-forming composition prior to exposing the dispensed one or more droplets of the curable resin precursor composition and the dispensed one or more droplets of the porosity-forming composition to at least one of the annealing process, the rinsing process, or both.
10. The method of claim 1 , wherein the rinsing process comprises rinsing with water, rinsing with alcohol, or rinsing with both water and alcohol.
11. The method of claim 1 , wherein the annealing process comprises heating the formed first layer and the formed second layer to a temperature to vaporize the porosity-forming agent.
12. The method of claim 1 , further comprising curing the dispensed one or more droplets of the curable resin precursor composition and the dispensed one or more droplets of the porosity-forming composition to form the porous polishing pad after exposing the dispensed one or more droplets of the curable resin precursor composition and the dispensed one or more droplets of the porosity-forming composition to at least one of the annealing process, the rinsing process, or both.
13. The method of claim 1 , wherein the first pattern of porosity-forming agent containing regions is staggered a distance from the second pattern of porosity-forming agent containing regions in a direction parallel to the surface of the first layer.
14. The method of claim 1 , wherein the first pattern of porosity-forming agent containing regions is aligned with the second pattern of porosity-forming agent containing regions so that the porosity-forming agent containing regions of the second pattern are positioned on top of the porosity-forming agent containing regions of the first pattern.
15. The method of claim 1 , wherein the curable resin precursor composition comprises an acrylate.
16. The method of claim 1 , wherein the curable resin precursor composition comprises a polyester acrylate oligomer, a polyether acrylate oligomer, an epoxy acrylate oligomer, a polycarbonate oligomer, a polyurethane acrylate oligomer, or a combination thereof.
17. The method of claim 1 , wherein the curable resin precursor composition, comprises:
a multifunctional acrylate oligomer;
a multifunctional acrylate monomer;
a monofunctional acrylate monomer; and
a photoinitiator.
18. The method of claim 17 , wherein the multifunctional acrylate oligomer is selected from a polyester acrylate oligomer, a polyether acrylate oligomer, an epoxy acrylate oligomer, a polycarbonate oligomer, a polyurethane acrylate oligomer, or a combination thereof.
19. The method of claim 18 , wherein the monofunctional acrylate monomer is selected from tetrahydrofurfuryl acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylate, isobornyl acrylate, isobornyl methacrylate, 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane acrylate, or a combination thereof.
20. The method of claim 19 , wherein the multifunctional acrylate monomer is selected from propoxylated neopentyl glycol diacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol dimethacrylate, 1,3-butylene glycol diacrylate, 1,3-butylene glycol dimethacrylate 1,4-butanediol diacrylate, 1,4-butanediol dimethacrylate, alkoxylated aliphatic diacrylate, diethylene glycol diacrylate, diethylene glycol dimethacrylate, dipropylene glycol diacrylate, tripropylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, alkoxylated hexanediol diacrylates, or a combination thereof.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US18/138,555 US20230330805A1 (en) | 2016-01-19 | 2023-04-24 | Porous chemical mechanical polishing pads |
Applications Claiming Priority (6)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201662280537P | 2016-01-19 | 2016-01-19 | |
US201662331234P | 2016-05-03 | 2016-05-03 | |
US201662380015P | 2016-08-26 | 2016-08-26 | |
US15/394,044 US10456886B2 (en) | 2016-01-19 | 2016-12-29 | Porous chemical mechanical polishing pads |
US16/373,121 US20190224809A1 (en) | 2016-01-19 | 2019-04-02 | Porous chemical mechanical polishing pads |
US18/138,555 US20230330805A1 (en) | 2016-01-19 | 2023-04-24 | Porous chemical mechanical polishing pads |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/373,121 Continuation US20190224809A1 (en) | 2016-01-19 | 2019-04-02 | Porous chemical mechanical polishing pads |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20230330805A1 true US20230330805A1 (en) | 2023-10-19 |
Family
ID=59313502
Family Applications (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/394,044 Active US10456886B2 (en) | 2016-01-19 | 2016-12-29 | Porous chemical mechanical polishing pads |
US16/373,121 Abandoned US20190224809A1 (en) | 2016-01-19 | 2019-04-02 | Porous chemical mechanical polishing pads |
US18/138,555 Pending US20230330805A1 (en) | 2016-01-19 | 2023-04-24 | Porous chemical mechanical polishing pads |
Family Applications Before (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/394,044 Active US10456886B2 (en) | 2016-01-19 | 2016-12-29 | Porous chemical mechanical polishing pads |
US16/373,121 Abandoned US20190224809A1 (en) | 2016-01-19 | 2019-04-02 | Porous chemical mechanical polishing pads |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (3) | US10456886B2 (en) |
KR (2) | KR102629800B1 (en) |
CN (3) | CN113146464A (en) |
TW (2) | TWI725103B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2017127221A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (49)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10041745B2 (en) | 2010-05-04 | 2018-08-07 | Fractal Heatsink Technologies LLC | Fractal heat transfer device |
US9873180B2 (en) | 2014-10-17 | 2018-01-23 | Applied Materials, Inc. | CMP pad construction with composite material properties using additive manufacturing processes |
US10875145B2 (en) | 2014-10-17 | 2020-12-29 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Polishing pads produced by an additive manufacturing process |
US10399201B2 (en) | 2014-10-17 | 2019-09-03 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Advanced polishing pads having compositional gradients by use of an additive manufacturing process |
US11745302B2 (en) | 2014-10-17 | 2023-09-05 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods and precursor formulations for forming advanced polishing pads by use of an additive manufacturing process |
US10821573B2 (en) | 2014-10-17 | 2020-11-03 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Polishing pads produced by an additive manufacturing process |
CN113579992A (en) | 2014-10-17 | 2021-11-02 | 应用材料公司 | CMP pad construction with composite material properties using additive manufacturing process |
US10875153B2 (en) | 2014-10-17 | 2020-12-29 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Advanced polishing pad materials and formulations |
KR102266961B1 (en) * | 2015-01-30 | 2021-06-18 | 어플라이드 머티어리얼스, 인코포레이티드 | Multilayer Nanofiber CMP Pads |
US10618141B2 (en) * | 2015-10-30 | 2020-04-14 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Apparatus for forming a polishing article that has a desired zeta potential |
US10391605B2 (en) | 2016-01-19 | 2019-08-27 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method and apparatus for forming porous advanced polishing pads using an additive manufacturing process |
KR102629800B1 (en) | 2016-01-19 | 2024-01-29 | 어플라이드 머티어리얼스, 인코포레이티드 | Porous Chemical Mechanical Polishing Pads |
US11904614B2 (en) | 2017-02-27 | 2024-02-20 | Kornit Digital Technologies Ltd. | Multi-input print heads for three-dimensionally printing and associated systems and methods |
US20190037961A1 (en) | 2017-02-27 | 2019-02-07 | Voxel8, Inc. | 3d-printed articles of footwear with property gradients |
EP3585620A4 (en) | 2017-02-27 | 2020-12-23 | Voxel8, Inc. | 3d printing devices including mixing nozzles |
US11857023B2 (en) | 2017-02-27 | 2024-01-02 | Kornit Digital Technologies Ltd. | Digital molding and associated articles and methods |
US11701813B2 (en) | 2017-02-27 | 2023-07-18 | Kornit Digital Technologies Ltd. | Methods for three-dimensionally printing and associated multi-input print heads and systems |
US11470908B2 (en) | 2017-02-27 | 2022-10-18 | Kornit Digital Technologies Ltd. | Articles of footwear and apparel having a three-dimensionally printed feature |
US11471999B2 (en) | 2017-07-26 | 2022-10-18 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Integrated abrasive polishing pads and manufacturing methods |
US11072050B2 (en) | 2017-08-04 | 2021-07-27 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Polishing pad with window and manufacturing methods thereof |
WO2019032286A1 (en) | 2017-08-07 | 2019-02-14 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Abrasive delivery polishing pads and manufacturing methods thereof |
US20190054527A1 (en) * | 2017-08-18 | 2019-02-21 | General Electric Company | Thermoplastic binders for use in binder jetting additive manufacturing |
JP6948878B2 (en) * | 2017-08-22 | 2021-10-13 | ラピスセミコンダクタ株式会社 | Semiconductor manufacturing equipment and semiconductor substrate polishing method |
EP3684312B1 (en) * | 2017-09-20 | 2023-08-23 | Coloplast A/S | Wound care device for debriding wounds |
US11826876B2 (en) | 2018-05-07 | 2023-11-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Hydrophilic and zeta potential tunable chemical mechanical polishing pads |
US11426818B2 (en) | 2018-08-10 | 2022-08-30 | The Research Foundation for the State University | Additive manufacturing processes and additively manufactured products |
WO2020040719A1 (en) * | 2018-08-20 | 2020-02-27 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Interlock between materials in multiple material additive manufacturing |
WO2020050932A1 (en) * | 2018-09-04 | 2020-03-12 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Formulations for advanced polishing pads |
US11851570B2 (en) * | 2019-04-12 | 2023-12-26 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Anionic polishing pads formed by printing processes |
US11491605B2 (en) * | 2019-06-10 | 2022-11-08 | Rohm And Haas Electronic Materials Cmp Holdings, Inc. | Fluopolymer composite CMP polishing method |
US11577360B2 (en) * | 2019-06-10 | 2023-02-14 | Rohm And Haas Electronic Materials Cmp Holdings, Inc. | Cationic fluoropolymer composite polishing method |
US11590627B2 (en) * | 2019-07-18 | 2023-02-28 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Mega-sonic vibration assisted chemical mechanical planarization |
JP2022545469A (en) * | 2019-08-21 | 2022-10-27 | アプライド マテリアルズ インコーポレイテッド | Additive Manufacturing of Polishing Pads |
KR102293781B1 (en) * | 2019-11-11 | 2021-08-25 | 에스케이씨솔믹스 주식회사 | Polishing pad, preparation method thereof, and preparation method of semiconductor device using same |
US20220411650A1 (en) * | 2019-11-27 | 2022-12-29 | Corning Incorporated | Compositions and methods of making a green body or a printed article using the same |
US11813712B2 (en) * | 2019-12-20 | 2023-11-14 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Polishing pads having selectively arranged porosity |
US11470956B2 (en) * | 2020-03-06 | 2022-10-18 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Brush, method of forming a brush, and structure embodied in a machine readable medium used in a design process |
WO2021206718A1 (en) * | 2020-04-09 | 2021-10-14 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Controlling a thermal parameter in additive manufacturing |
US11612978B2 (en) * | 2020-06-09 | 2023-03-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Additive manufacturing of polishing pads |
US11638979B2 (en) | 2020-06-09 | 2023-05-02 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Additive manufacturing of polishing pads |
US11738517B2 (en) | 2020-06-18 | 2023-08-29 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Multi dispense head alignment using image processing |
US11806829B2 (en) | 2020-06-19 | 2023-11-07 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Advanced polishing pads and related polishing pad manufacturing methods |
DE102020121547A1 (en) * | 2020-08-17 | 2022-02-17 | InnoSpire Technologies GmbH | Monolithic ceramic membrane filters |
WO2022038093A1 (en) * | 2020-08-17 | 2022-02-24 | InnoSpire Technologies GmbH | Monolithic membrane filter |
DE102020121549A1 (en) * | 2020-08-17 | 2022-02-17 | InnoSpire Technologies GmbH | Monolithic membrane filter |
US11878389B2 (en) * | 2021-02-10 | 2024-01-23 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Structures formed using an additive manufacturing process for regenerating surface texture in situ |
US20220362904A1 (en) * | 2021-05-17 | 2022-11-17 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Polishing pads having improved pore structure |
US11951590B2 (en) | 2021-06-14 | 2024-04-09 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Polishing pads with interconnected pores |
DE102022126743A1 (en) | 2022-10-13 | 2024-04-18 | Ernst-Abbe-Hochschule Jena Körperschaft des öffentlichen Rechts | Tool for material removal and method for its manufacture |
Family Cites Families (128)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5387380A (en) | 1989-12-08 | 1995-02-07 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Three-dimensional printing techniques |
JPH05188528A (en) | 1991-06-25 | 1993-07-30 | Eastman Kodak Co | Photograph element containing pressure-absorption protecting layer |
US5287663A (en) | 1992-01-21 | 1994-02-22 | National Semiconductor Corporation | Polishing pad and method for polishing semiconductor wafers |
MY114512A (en) | 1992-08-19 | 2002-11-30 | Rodel Inc | Polymeric substrate with polymeric microelements |
US6022264A (en) | 1997-02-10 | 2000-02-08 | Rodel Inc. | Polishing pad and methods relating thereto |
US5906863A (en) | 1994-08-08 | 1999-05-25 | Lombardi; John | Methods for the preparation of reinforced three-dimensional bodies |
US6719818B1 (en) | 1995-03-28 | 2004-04-13 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Apparatus and method for in-situ endpoint detection for chemical mechanical polishing operations |
US5609517A (en) | 1995-11-20 | 1997-03-11 | International Business Machines Corporation | Composite polishing pad |
US5876268A (en) * | 1997-01-03 | 1999-03-02 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Method and article for the production of optical quality surfaces on glass |
US5940674A (en) | 1997-04-09 | 1999-08-17 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Three-dimensional product manufacture using masks |
DE69809265T2 (en) | 1997-04-18 | 2003-03-27 | Cabot Microelectronics Corp | POLISHING CUSHION FOR A SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE |
US6126532A (en) | 1997-04-18 | 2000-10-03 | Cabot Corporation | Polishing pads for a semiconductor substrate |
US6121143A (en) * | 1997-09-19 | 2000-09-19 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Abrasive articles comprising a fluorochemical agent for wafer surface modification |
US5932040A (en) | 1997-10-01 | 1999-08-03 | Bibielle S.P.A. | Method for producing a ring of abrasive elements from which to form a rotary brush |
US6117000A (en) | 1998-07-10 | 2000-09-12 | Cabot Corporation | Polishing pad for a semiconductor substrate |
US6206759B1 (en) | 1998-11-30 | 2001-03-27 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Polishing pads and planarizing machines for mechanical or chemical-mechanical planarization of microelectronic-device substrate assemblies, and methods for making and using such pads and machines |
US6994607B2 (en) | 2001-12-28 | 2006-02-07 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Polishing pad with window |
WO2000059680A1 (en) | 1999-03-30 | 2000-10-12 | Nikon Corporation | Polishing body, polisher, polishing method, and method for producing semiconductor device |
US7300619B2 (en) | 2000-03-13 | 2007-11-27 | Objet Geometries Ltd. | Compositions and methods for use in three dimensional model printing |
WO2001072502A1 (en) | 2000-03-24 | 2001-10-04 | Generis Gmbh | Method for manufacturing a structural part by deposition technique |
JP3925041B2 (en) | 2000-05-31 | 2007-06-06 | Jsr株式会社 | Polishing pad composition and polishing pad using the same |
JP2002028849A (en) | 2000-07-17 | 2002-01-29 | Jsr Corp | Polishing pad |
US6736869B1 (en) | 2000-08-28 | 2004-05-18 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Method for forming a planarizing pad for planarization of microelectronic substrates |
US6641471B1 (en) | 2000-09-19 | 2003-11-04 | Rodel Holdings, Inc | Polishing pad having an advantageous micro-texture and methods relating thereto |
US6623355B2 (en) * | 2000-11-07 | 2003-09-23 | Micell Technologies, Inc. | Methods, apparatus and slurries for chemical mechanical planarization |
AU2002217867A1 (en) | 2000-11-29 | 2002-06-11 | Psiloquest, Inc. | Crosslinked polyethylene polishing pad for chemical-mechnical polishing, polishing apparatus and polishing method |
CN100484718C (en) * | 2000-12-01 | 2009-05-06 | 东洋橡膠工业株式会社 | Cushion layer for polishing pad |
GB0103754D0 (en) | 2001-02-15 | 2001-04-04 | Vantico Ltd | Three-dimensional structured printing |
US6840843B2 (en) | 2001-03-01 | 2005-01-11 | Cabot Microelectronics Corporation | Method for manufacturing a polishing pad having a compressed translucent region |
CN100398261C (en) | 2001-04-24 | 2008-07-02 | 应用材料有限公司 | Conductive polishing article for electrochemical mechanical polishing |
US20030134581A1 (en) | 2002-01-11 | 2003-07-17 | Wang Hsing Maw | Device for chemical mechanical polishing |
US6913517B2 (en) | 2002-05-23 | 2005-07-05 | Cabot Microelectronics Corporation | Microporous polishing pads |
US20050276967A1 (en) | 2002-05-23 | 2005-12-15 | Cabot Microelectronics Corporation | Surface textured microporous polishing pads |
DE10224981B4 (en) | 2002-06-05 | 2004-08-19 | Generis Gmbh | Process for building models in layers |
WO2003103959A1 (en) | 2002-06-07 | 2003-12-18 | Praxair S.T. Technology, Inc. | Controlled penetration subpad |
US7267607B2 (en) | 2002-10-28 | 2007-09-11 | Cabot Microelectronics Corporation | Transparent microporous materials for CMP |
US7435165B2 (en) | 2002-10-28 | 2008-10-14 | Cabot Microelectronics Corporation | Transparent microporous materials for CMP |
US7311862B2 (en) | 2002-10-28 | 2007-12-25 | Cabot Microelectronics Corporation | Method for manufacturing microporous CMP materials having controlled pore size |
US7169265B1 (en) * | 2002-12-31 | 2007-01-30 | Albany International Corp. | Method for manufacturing resin-impregnated endless belt and a belt for papermaking machines and similar industrial applications |
US7377840B2 (en) | 2004-07-21 | 2008-05-27 | Neopad Technologies Corporation | Methods for producing in-situ grooves in chemical mechanical planarization (CMP) pads, and novel CMP pad designs |
AU2004225931A1 (en) | 2003-03-25 | 2004-10-14 | Neopad Technologies Corporation | Chip customized polish pads for chemical mechanical planarization (CMP) |
US9278424B2 (en) | 2003-03-25 | 2016-03-08 | Nexplanar Corporation | Customized polishing pads for CMP and methods of fabrication and use thereof |
DE602004001268T2 (en) | 2003-04-25 | 2007-06-06 | Jsr Corp. | Polishing pad and chemical-mechanical polishing process |
CN1829587A (en) | 2003-06-06 | 2006-09-06 | 应用材料公司 | Conductive polishing article for electrochemical mechanical polishing |
US7435161B2 (en) | 2003-06-17 | 2008-10-14 | Cabot Microelectronics Corporation | Multi-layer polishing pad material for CMP |
US6998166B2 (en) | 2003-06-17 | 2006-02-14 | Cabot Microelectronics Corporation | Polishing pad with oriented pore structure |
CN1802237A (en) | 2003-08-07 | 2006-07-12 | Ppg工业俄亥俄公司 | Polishing pad having edge surface treatment |
GB0323462D0 (en) | 2003-10-07 | 2003-11-05 | Fujifilm Electronic Imaging | Providing a surface layer or structure on a substrate |
US7264641B2 (en) | 2003-11-10 | 2007-09-04 | Cabot Microelectronics Corporation | Polishing pad comprising biodegradable polymer |
US20050101228A1 (en) | 2003-11-10 | 2005-05-12 | Cabot Microelectronics Corporation | Polishing pad comprising biodegradable polymer |
US20050153634A1 (en) | 2004-01-09 | 2005-07-14 | Cabot Microelectronics Corporation | Negative poisson's ratio material-containing CMP polishing pad |
US7195544B2 (en) | 2004-03-23 | 2007-03-27 | Cabot Microelectronics Corporation | CMP porous pad with component-filled pores |
US7582127B2 (en) | 2004-06-16 | 2009-09-01 | Cabot Microelectronics Corporation | Polishing composition for a tungsten-containing substrate |
US8075372B2 (en) | 2004-09-01 | 2011-12-13 | Cabot Microelectronics Corporation | Polishing pad with microporous regions |
US7846008B2 (en) | 2004-11-29 | 2010-12-07 | Semiquest Inc. | Method and apparatus for improved chemical mechanical planarization and CMP pad |
US8075745B2 (en) | 2004-11-29 | 2011-12-13 | Semiquest Inc. | Electro-method and apparatus for improved chemical mechanical planarization pad with uniform polish performance |
WO2006057720A1 (en) | 2004-11-29 | 2006-06-01 | Rajeev Bajaj | Method and apparatus for improved chemical mechanical planarization pad with pressure control and process monitor |
US7815778B2 (en) | 2005-11-23 | 2010-10-19 | Semiquest Inc. | Electro-chemical mechanical planarization pad with uniform polish performance |
KR101107044B1 (en) | 2004-12-10 | 2012-01-25 | 도요 고무 고교 가부시키가이샤 | Polishing pad |
TWI385050B (en) | 2005-02-18 | 2013-02-11 | Nexplanar Corp | Customized polishing pads for cmp and methods of fabrication and use thereof |
US7829000B2 (en) | 2005-02-25 | 2010-11-09 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Core-shell solid freeform fabrication |
US7435364B2 (en) | 2005-04-11 | 2008-10-14 | Rohm And Haas Electronic Materials Cmp Holdings, Inc. | Method for forming a porous polishing pad |
US8398466B2 (en) | 2006-11-16 | 2013-03-19 | Chien-Min Sung | CMP pad conditioners with mosaic abrasive segments and associated methods |
KR101134058B1 (en) | 2005-05-17 | 2012-04-16 | 도요 고무 고교 가부시키가이샤 | Polishing pad |
US20070117393A1 (en) * | 2005-11-21 | 2007-05-24 | Alexander Tregub | Hardened porous polymer chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) pad |
US20070128991A1 (en) | 2005-12-07 | 2007-06-07 | Yoon Il-Young | Fixed abrasive polishing pad, method of preparing the same, and chemical mechanical polishing apparatus including the same |
US20070235904A1 (en) | 2006-04-06 | 2007-10-11 | Saikin Alan H | Method of forming a chemical mechanical polishing pad utilizing laser sintering |
EP2097247B1 (en) * | 2006-12-21 | 2016-03-09 | Agfa Graphics NV | 3d-inkjet printing methods |
US7497885B2 (en) | 2006-12-22 | 2009-03-03 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Abrasive articles with nanoparticulate fillers and method for making and using them |
US7862320B2 (en) | 2007-07-17 | 2011-01-04 | Seiko Epson Corporation | Three-dimensional object forming apparatus and method for forming three dimensional object |
US7828634B2 (en) | 2007-08-16 | 2010-11-09 | Rohm And Haas Electronic Materials Cmp Holdings, Inc. | Interconnected-multi-element-lattice polishing pad |
CN101376234B (en) | 2007-08-28 | 2013-05-29 | 侯家祥 | Ordered arrangement method for abrading agent granule on abrading tool and abrading tool |
WO2009032768A2 (en) | 2007-09-03 | 2009-03-12 | Semiquest, Inc. | Polishing pad |
JP5514806B2 (en) | 2008-04-29 | 2014-06-04 | セミクエスト・インコーポレーテッド | Polishing pad composition, method for producing the same and use thereof |
JP5400042B2 (en) | 2008-05-26 | 2014-01-29 | ソニー株式会社 | Modeling equipment |
CN101612722A (en) * | 2008-06-25 | 2009-12-30 | 三芳化学工业股份有限公司 | Polishing pad and manufacture method thereof |
WO2009158665A1 (en) | 2008-06-26 | 2009-12-30 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Polishing pad with porous elements and method of making and using the same |
US8282866B2 (en) | 2008-06-30 | 2012-10-09 | Seiko Epson Corporation | Method and device for forming three-dimensional model, sheet material processing method, and sheet material processing device |
JP5632378B2 (en) | 2008-09-26 | 2014-11-26 | ロディア オペレーションズRhodia Operations | Abrasive composition for chemical mechanical polishing and use thereof |
TW201016387A (en) | 2008-10-22 | 2010-05-01 | jian-min Song | CMP Pad Dressers with Hybridized abrasive surface and related methods |
US8292692B2 (en) | 2008-11-26 | 2012-10-23 | Semiquest, Inc. | Polishing pad with endpoint window and systems and method using the same |
WO2010123744A2 (en) | 2009-04-23 | 2010-10-28 | Cabot Microelectronics Corporation | Cmp porous pad with particles in a polymeric matrix |
JP5728026B2 (en) | 2009-12-22 | 2015-06-03 | スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー | Polishing pad and method of manufacturing the same |
SG181678A1 (en) | 2009-12-30 | 2012-07-30 | 3M Innovative Properties Co | Polishing pads including phase-separated polymer blend and method of making and using the same |
US9017140B2 (en) | 2010-01-13 | 2015-04-28 | Nexplanar Corporation | CMP pad with local area transparency |
JP5620141B2 (en) | 2010-04-15 | 2014-11-05 | 東洋ゴム工業株式会社 | Polishing pad |
US9156124B2 (en) | 2010-07-08 | 2015-10-13 | Nexplanar Corporation | Soft polishing pad for polishing a semiconductor substrate |
US8702479B2 (en) * | 2010-10-15 | 2014-04-22 | Nexplanar Corporation | Polishing pad with multi-modal distribution of pore diameters |
US20120302148A1 (en) | 2011-05-23 | 2012-11-29 | Rajeev Bajaj | Polishing pad with homogeneous body having discrete protrusions thereon |
US9067297B2 (en) | 2011-11-29 | 2015-06-30 | Nexplanar Corporation | Polishing pad with foundation layer and polishing surface layer |
KR20130084932A (en) | 2012-01-18 | 2013-07-26 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method of manufacturing semiconductor device |
DE102012203639A1 (en) | 2012-03-08 | 2013-09-12 | Evonik Industries Ag | Additive for adjusting the glass transition temperature of viscoelastic flexible polyurethane foams |
US9067299B2 (en) * | 2012-04-25 | 2015-06-30 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Printed chemical mechanical polishing pad |
US20150217424A1 (en) * | 2012-09-21 | 2015-08-06 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Incorporating additives into fixed abrasive webs for improved cmp performance |
KR102131604B1 (en) | 2012-10-11 | 2020-07-09 | 다우 실리콘즈 코포레이션 | Aqueous silicone polyether microemulsions |
US10357435B2 (en) | 2012-12-18 | 2019-07-23 | Dentca, Inc. | Photo-curable resin compositions and method of using the same in three-dimensional printing for manufacturing artificial teeth and denture base |
US9630249B2 (en) | 2013-01-17 | 2017-04-25 | Ehsan Toyserkani | Systems and methods for additive manufacturing of heterogeneous porous structures and structures made therefrom |
US9649742B2 (en) | 2013-01-22 | 2017-05-16 | Nexplanar Corporation | Polishing pad having polishing surface with continuous protrusions |
WO2014123706A1 (en) | 2013-02-06 | 2014-08-14 | Sun Chemical Corporation | Digital printing inks |
US20140370788A1 (en) | 2013-06-13 | 2014-12-18 | Cabot Microelectronics Corporation | Low surface roughness polishing pad |
US20150038066A1 (en) | 2013-07-31 | 2015-02-05 | Nexplanar Corporation | Low density polishing pad |
JP6595473B2 (en) | 2013-08-22 | 2019-10-23 | キャボット マイクロエレクトロニクス コーポレイション | Polishing pad with porous interface and solid core and apparatus and method thereof |
US20150056895A1 (en) | 2013-08-22 | 2015-02-26 | Cabot Microelectronics Corporation | Ultra high void volume polishing pad with closed pore structure |
US20150065012A1 (en) * | 2013-08-27 | 2015-03-05 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Method of finishing a stone surface and abrasive article |
CN103465155B (en) | 2013-09-06 | 2016-05-11 | 蓝思科技股份有限公司 | A kind of epoxide resin type diamond lap pad and preparation method thereof |
US10071459B2 (en) | 2013-09-25 | 2018-09-11 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Multi-layered polishing pads |
US9421666B2 (en) | 2013-11-04 | 2016-08-23 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Printed chemical mechanical polishing pad having abrasives therein |
CN104625945B (en) * | 2013-11-07 | 2017-03-01 | 三芳化学工业股份有限公司 | Polishing pad and its manufacture method |
WO2015083730A1 (en) * | 2013-12-03 | 2015-06-11 | 旭硝子株式会社 | Aqueous primer composition and laminate using same |
US9993907B2 (en) | 2013-12-20 | 2018-06-12 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Printed chemical mechanical polishing pad having printed window |
KR20160110973A (en) | 2014-01-23 | 2016-09-23 | 가부시키가이샤 리코 | Three-dimensional object and method for forming same |
WO2015120430A1 (en) | 2014-02-10 | 2015-08-13 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | 3d-printed polishing pad for chemical-mechanical planarization (cmp) |
US9259820B2 (en) | 2014-03-28 | 2016-02-16 | Rohm And Haas Electronic Materials Cmp Holdings, Inc. | Chemical mechanical polishing pad with polishing layer and window |
US9314897B2 (en) | 2014-04-29 | 2016-04-19 | Rohm And Haas Electronic Materials Cmp Holdings, Inc. | Chemical mechanical polishing pad with endpoint detection window |
US9333620B2 (en) | 2014-04-29 | 2016-05-10 | Rohm And Haas Electronic Materials Cmp Holdings, Inc. | Chemical mechanical polishing pad with clear endpoint detection window |
US9259821B2 (en) | 2014-06-25 | 2016-02-16 | Rohm And Haas Electronic Materials Cmp Holdings, Inc. | Chemical mechanical polishing layer formulation with conditioning tolerance |
JP2016023209A (en) | 2014-07-17 | 2016-02-08 | 日立化成株式会社 | Polisher, polisher set and substrate polishing method |
US9731398B2 (en) | 2014-08-22 | 2017-08-15 | Rohm And Haas Electronic Materials Cmp Holding, Inc. | Polyurethane polishing pad |
US9873180B2 (en) | 2014-10-17 | 2018-01-23 | Applied Materials, Inc. | CMP pad construction with composite material properties using additive manufacturing processes |
US10399201B2 (en) | 2014-10-17 | 2019-09-03 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Advanced polishing pads having compositional gradients by use of an additive manufacturing process |
US10821573B2 (en) | 2014-10-17 | 2020-11-03 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Polishing pads produced by an additive manufacturing process |
US10875145B2 (en) | 2014-10-17 | 2020-12-29 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Polishing pads produced by an additive manufacturing process |
TWI689406B (en) | 2014-10-17 | 2020-04-01 | 美商應用材料股份有限公司 | Polishing pad and method of fabricating the same |
US10086500B2 (en) | 2014-12-18 | 2018-10-02 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method of manufacturing a UV curable CMP polishing pad |
US10946495B2 (en) | 2015-01-30 | 2021-03-16 | Cmc Materials, Inc. | Low density polishing pad |
US9475168B2 (en) | 2015-03-26 | 2016-10-25 | Rohm And Haas Electronic Materials Cmp Holdings, Inc. | Polishing pad window |
US10189143B2 (en) | 2015-11-30 | 2019-01-29 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company Limited | Polishing pad, method for manufacturing polishing pad, and polishing method |
KR102629800B1 (en) | 2016-01-19 | 2024-01-29 | 어플라이드 머티어리얼스, 인코포레이티드 | Porous Chemical Mechanical Polishing Pads |
-
2016
- 2016-12-29 KR KR1020187023740A patent/KR102629800B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2016-12-29 CN CN202110277323.5A patent/CN113146464A/en active Pending
- 2016-12-29 CN CN201680082260.5A patent/CN108698206B/en active Active
- 2016-12-29 KR KR1020247002556A patent/KR20240015161A/en active Application Filing
- 2016-12-29 CN CN202311059644.3A patent/CN117283450A/en active Pending
- 2016-12-29 US US15/394,044 patent/US10456886B2/en active Active
- 2016-12-29 WO PCT/US2016/069193 patent/WO2017127221A1/en active Application Filing
-
2017
- 2017-01-05 TW TW106100236A patent/TWI725103B/en active
- 2017-01-05 TW TW110109486A patent/TWI821642B/en active
-
2019
- 2019-04-02 US US16/373,121 patent/US20190224809A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2023
- 2023-04-24 US US18/138,555 patent/US20230330805A1/en active Pending
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
TW202138131A (en) | 2021-10-16 |
TW201726325A (en) | 2017-08-01 |
CN117283450A (en) | 2023-12-26 |
TWI821642B (en) | 2023-11-11 |
KR102629800B1 (en) | 2024-01-29 |
US10456886B2 (en) | 2019-10-29 |
US20170203406A1 (en) | 2017-07-20 |
CN108698206A (en) | 2018-10-23 |
CN113146464A (en) | 2021-07-23 |
US20190224809A1 (en) | 2019-07-25 |
KR20240015161A (en) | 2024-02-02 |
WO2017127221A1 (en) | 2017-07-27 |
TWI725103B (en) | 2021-04-21 |
KR20180097759A (en) | 2018-08-31 |
CN108698206B (en) | 2021-04-02 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20230330805A1 (en) | Porous chemical mechanical polishing pads | |
US11964359B2 (en) | Apparatus and method of forming a polishing article that has a desired zeta potential | |
US11826876B2 (en) | Hydrophilic and zeta potential tunable chemical mechanical polishing pads | |
US11724362B2 (en) | Polishing pads produced by an additive manufacturing process | |
JP7009542B2 (en) | Methods and Equipment for Forming High Performance Polishing Pads Using Additional Manufacturing Processes | |
US11851570B2 (en) | Anionic polishing pads formed by printing processes | |
US11685014B2 (en) | Formulations for advanced polishing pads | |
US20160114458A1 (en) | Polishing pads produced by an additive manufacturing process | |
WO2016061585A1 (en) | Polishing pads produced by an additive manufacturing process | |
TW202406683A (en) | Method of forming porous polishing pads | |
TWI833745B (en) | Hydrophilic and zeta potential tunable chemical mechanical polishing pads and methods of forming the same |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: APPLIED MATERIALS, INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:GANAPATHIAPPAN, SIVAPACKIA;PATIBANDLA, NAG B.;BAJAJ, RAJEEV;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20170125 TO 20170127;REEL/FRAME:065618/0930 |